Installation Guide | PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.0 – 2022-12-02

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer

Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
© 2022 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

THE BEST RUN

Content

1 How to Use this Common Installation Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

1.1 Naming Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
1.2 Information Available on SAP Help Portal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

2 Plan your System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2.1 System Landscape. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 Deployment Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3 Integration with Source Master Data Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

3 Install the Prerequisites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

4 Prepare the Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

4.1 Implement SAP Notes for the Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
4.2 Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.3 Verify Correct Schema Mapping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.4 Generate Time Data for Gregorian Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.5 Configure AFL Usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Enable Usage of PAL Functions (SAP Assortment Planning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Check the OFL Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

5 Install the Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

5.1 Verify Prerequisites and SAP Notes (Pre-Installation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
5.2 Install ABAP Back-End Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Download and Install SAP XRP AFL (Only for SAP Replenishment Planning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Install SAP CARAB Back-End Product Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Set Up SAP Client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.3 Install ABAP Front-End Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Verify Installation of SAP Gateway Foundation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Verify Installation of Central SAP Fiori UI Component. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Install SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB Front-End Product Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.4 Verify SAP Notes and RINs (Post-Installation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

6 Set Up the Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

6.1 SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Core (Mandatory for All Applications). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Advanced (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
2 PUBLIC Content
6.2 SAP Merchandise Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Configure SAP Merchandise Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Verify the Connection Between the SAP Merchandise Planning System and SAP Analysis for
Microsoft Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Activate SAP Merchandise Planning Omnichannel BI Planning Framework Content. . . . . . . . . . 265
Configure Data Replication Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Create Market Hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Specify Analysis Workbook Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
6.3 SAP Assortment Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Configure Assortment Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Retail Week. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Month. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Generate Time Data - Fiscal Calendar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
Activate Planning Framework Content (SAP Assortment Planning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Configure Data Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Run the Validation Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Configure Front-End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
Extend an SAP Fiori App for SAP Assortment Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Additional Information for Retail SAP BW Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
6.4 SAP Promotion Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Activate Internet Communication Framework (ICF) Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
6.5 SAP Allocation Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP Allocation Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Check Procedure Associated with Function GENIOS_SOLVE Is Active. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Configure SAP Allocation Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Configure Data Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Configure Front End. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Implement BAdI for Real-Time Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
6.6 SAP Replenishment Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
Implement SAP Notes for the Integration of SAP Replenishment Planning with SAP ERP or
SAP S/4HANA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
Specify RFC Destinations for Source Master Data Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Enable the Use of Scheduling Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
Adjust the Use of Shelf Life Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Make Fiori Launchpad Tiles for SAP GUI Transactions Accessible With Hub Deployment. . . . . . .389

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Content PUBLIC 3
 Set Up Database Roles and Authorizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Set Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
Set Up Authorizations for Transfer of Order Plan Items to Source Master Data System. . . . . . . . 398
Perform Configuration Steps in SAP Customer Activity Repository. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Ensure a Suitable Configuration of the Enqueue Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Configure SAP Replenishment Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Define the Parameterization Profiles and the Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Configure Exception Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Configure Process Packaging and Parallelization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Set Up Real-Time Inventory Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Configure SAP Analytics Cloud for Replenishment-Related Analytics (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Check Performance-Related Configuration Options (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
6.7 Configure Access to Documentation on SAP Help Portal (Optional for All Applications). . . . . . . . . . 413
6.8 Enable In-App Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Install and Configure SAP Web Dispatcher. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Set Up the In-App Help Plugin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
4 PUBLIC Content
1 How to Use this Common Installation
Guide

This guide describes how to install and set up the applications included in SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle 5.0 FPS04. Learn what applications are included in this release, and get an overview of the
main installation steps.

Applications in this Release (Functional View)

 Caution

If you already have an existing installation of any of these applications, you must perform a software
upgrade rather than a new installation. In this case, see the Common Upgrade Guide for this release at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB.

Functionally, SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0 FPS04 includes the following
applications:

• SAP Customer Activity Repository 5.0 FPS04

• SAP Merchandise Planning 5.0 FPS04
• SAP Assortment Planning 5.0 FPS04
• SAP Promotion Management 5.0 FPS04
• SAP Allocation Management 5.0 FPS04
• SAP Replenishment Planning 5.0 FPS04

Product Documentation
You can find this guide and all product documentation for these applications on SAP Help Portal for SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB.

 Note

You can set up your back-end system to consume documentation directly from SAP Help Portal. For more
information, see Configure Access to Documentation on SAP Help Portal (Optional for All Applications)
[page 413].

What to Install (Technical View)

Technically, SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0 FPS04 is delivered in the form of two
installable product versions, one for the back-end and one for the front-end.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
How to Use this Common Installation Guide PUBLIC 5
Product Versions for this Release Purpose

SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 Back-end product version

Contains several software components that provide the ABAP

back-end functionality and the business content for all the appli­
cations in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle
5.0 FPS04. For example, this includes SAP HANA views and
SQLScript procedures, local BI Content, application function li­
braries, and workbooks, where applicable.

SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 Front-end product version

Contains one software component that includes the SAP Fiori

apps for the applications in SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle 5.0 FPS04. This product version is also refer­
red to as the product-specific SAP Fiori UI component.

Installation at a Glance

This guide leads you through the following main activities:

1. First you prepare the installation. Here you ensure that the technical prerequisites are installed. You also
implement mandatory corrections, verify authorizations, and do other preparatory tasks. These steps are
described in section Install the Prerequisites [page 19] and section Prepare the Installation [page 34].
2. Then you install the back-end product version and the front-end product version. These steps are
described in section Install the Software [page 64]. You must do these steps regardless of the application
that you want to set up later on.
3. Now you can set up the desired applications. These steps are described in section Set Up the Applications
[page 85]. First you must do the general setup steps in section Core (Mandatory for All Applications)
[page 86]. You must do these core steps regardless of the application that you want to set up. After the
core steps, you only need to do the steps that are required for your application. You do not need to read
sections that do not apply to your application.

 Tip

Get Notified of SAP Note Updates

This guide references several SAP Notes that are regularly updated with new information. If a note is
particularly relevant for your scenario and you want to be informed of updates, you can easily set up email
notifications. See SAP Note 2478289 (How to set up notifications for SAP Notes and/or KBAs with Expert
Search filters).

 Tip

Get SAP Universal ID for Easy Login

With an SAP Universal ID, you get a single user login and profile. You are able to log in once to gain access to
all of your authorized SAP platforms and applications.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
6 PUBLIC How to Use this Common Installation Guide
 SAP Universal ID is a free service offered by SAP which requires no software installation. For more
information, see https://discover.sap.com/universalid/en-us/about.html .

1.1 Naming Conventions

This section explains important terms used in this guide. It also explains the meaning of important variables
(for example, SAPHANADB). Additionally, you get an overview of naming differences that exist between the
consuming applications.

Important Terms

Term Definition

Common Installation Guide These two common guides are your entry points for all the applications and scenarios
included in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle. Use the Common Instal­
Common Upgrade Guide
lation Guide if you wish to do a completely new installation. Use the Common Upgrade
Guide if you wish to upgrade from a lower release.

You can find both guides on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB

under Implement.

consuming application An application consuming data from SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Examples:

• SAP Allocation Management

• SAP Assortment Planning
• SAP Merchandise Planning
• SAP Promotion Management
• SAP Replenishment Planning

back-end server / back-end The SAP NetWeaver-based ABAP back-end server

system
Depending on your deployment scenario, this is where you might install the SAP CARAB
back-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle..

front-end server / front-end The SAP NetWeaver-based ABAP front-end server

system
Depending on your deployment scenario, this is where you might install SAP Gateway, the
central SAP Fiori UI component (including SAP Fiori launchpad), and the SAP FIORI FOR
SAP CARAB front-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
How to Use this Common Installation Guide PUBLIC 7
Term Definition

logical schema A term used in the Display Mappings of Database Schemas transaction in SAP Customer
Activity Repository.

The term is synonymous with the authoring schema concept in SAP HANA studio.

source master data system SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle must be deployed alongside an SAP
ERP (SAP Retail, SAP Fashion Management) or SAP S/4HANA (SAP S/4HANA Retail)
central component as the single source of truth for all master data.

Whenever this guide refers to a source master data system, it refers to the SAP ERP or SAP
S/4HANA central component that you choose for your implementation.

For more information, see Integration with Source Master Data Systems [page 17].

SAP ERP Unless otherwise specified, references in this guide to SAP ERP are comprehensive. That is,
they apply to SAP Retail and SAP Fashion Management.

SAP S/4HANA Unless otherwise specified, references in this guide to SAP S/4HANA are comprehensive.
That is, they apply to SAP S/4HANA Retail for merchandise management and to SAP S/
4HANA for fashion and vertical business.

Important Variables

 Note

Variables are placeholders for objects that have different names in your customer system landscape or are
user-defined.

When you come across a variable in this guide, replace it with your customer-specific name of the
respective object.

 Example

An instruction states to map the authoring schema to the SAPHANADB physical schema in your ABAP
back-end system.

• In your customer system landscape, this physical schema is called ABC01.

• You therefore replace the SAPHANADB variable with ABC01. That is, you map the authoring schema to
the ABC01 physical schema.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
8 PUBLIC How to Use this Common Installation Guide
 Variable Description

Depending on the documentation and user Stands for the name of the ABAP back-end system, database schema, or
interface, you might come across any of database user in your customer system landscape.
the following variables. They all mean the
same:  Tip
• SAPHANADB If you don't know what the name is in your customer system landscape,

• SAP<SID> there are two easy ways to find it:

• SAPABAP<num> • Log on to your ABAP back-end system using SAP Logon. Choose

System Status . In the section titled Database data, see the

name for Schema.
• In SAP HANA studio, log on to your back-end system. The schema
name is listed under Catalog.

For more information, see SAP Note 2535951 (FAQ: SAP HANA Users and
Schemas).

<DBSID> Database ID in uppercase letters

<dbsid> Database ID in lowercase letters

<INSTDIR> Installation directory for the SAP system

<DVD_DIR> Directory on which a DVD is mounted

<OS> Operating system name within a path

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
How to Use this Common Installation Guide PUBLIC 9
Naming Differences

Due to naming differences between the underlying technical objects, the following terms are used
interchangeably in this guide:

SAP Customer Activity Unified Demand Forecast SAP Retail and SAP S/
Repository (all modules ex­ (UDF) and Demand Data 4HANA
cept for UDF and DDF) Foundation (DDF)

SAP Merchandise Planning

SAP Assortment Planning

SAP Promotion
Management

SAP Replenishment SAP Allocation

Planning Management

article product product article

material

article variant product variant product variant or product/ article variant

color/size

store location (used as an umbrella store store

term for stores, distribution
site
centers, etc.)

1.2 Information Available on SAP Help Portal

Quickly find information on prerequisite platforms and components and get quick links to helpful SAP sites.

Information on Prerequisite Platforms and Components

Information On Path Title

Installing SAP HANA https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ SAP HANA Server Installation and Up­
SAP_HANA_PLATFORM date Guide

<Version> Installation and

Upgrade SAP HANA Server

Installation and Update Guide

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
10 PUBLIC How to Use this Common Installation Guide
 Information On Path Title

Installing SAP HANA database clients https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ SAP HANA Client Installation and Up­
SAP_HANA_PLATFORM date Guide

<Version> Installation and

Upgrade SAP HANA Client

Installation and Update Guide

Installing SAP HANA studio https://help.sap.com/ SAP HANA Studio Installation and Up­
viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLAT­ date Guide

FORM <Version> Installation

and Upgrade SAP HANA

Studio Installation and Update Guide

Installing SAP LT (Landscape Transfor­ https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ Installation Guide

mation) Replication Server for SAP SAP_HANA_REAL_TIME_REPLICA­
HANA TION <Version> Installation

and Upgrade

Managing major operational aspects https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ Versions up to 3.0 SP04: Application

of the SAP LT (Landscape Transforma­ SAP_HANA_REAL_TIME_REPLICA­ Operations Guide
tion) Replication Server for SAP HANA TION <Version> Version 3.0 SP04: Application Help

Version 3.0 SP05 and higher: Getting

Started

Using SAP HANA https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ SAP HANA Administration Guide for

SAP_HANA_PLATFORM SAP HANA Platform

<Version> Administration SAP

HANA Administration Guide

Using the SAP HANA development https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ SAP HANA Developer Guide
tools to create comprehensive analyt­ SAP_HANA_PLATFORM
ical models and to build applications
<Version> Development SAP
with SAP HANA interfaces and inte­
HANA Developer Guide (For SAP
grated development
HANA Studio)
(for developers)

Defining data models for use in SAP https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ SAP HANA Modeling Guide for HANA
HANA SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Studio

(for modelers, business analysts) <Version> Development SAP

HANA Modeling Guide (For SAP

HANA Studio)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
How to Use this Common Installation Guide PUBLIC 11
Information On Path Title

Installing Foundation on SAP NetWea­ https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ Master Guide

ver AS for ABAP 7.52, version for SAP SAP_NETWEAVER_AS_ABAP_752
HANA <Version> Installation and

Upgrade Master Guide

Installing SAP ERP 6.0 https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ Installation Guide

SAP_ERP <Version> Installation

and Upgrade Installation Guide

Installing SAP S/4HANA https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/ Installation Guide

SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE

<Version> Implement

Installation Guide

General Quick Links

SAP Site Path

SAP Help Portal https://help.sap.com

Knowledge Base Articles and SAP Notes https://support.sap.com/en/index.html

Product Availability Matrix (PAM) https://support.sap.com/pam

Maintenance and release strategy https://support.sap.com/en/release-upgrade-maintenance.html

SAP Software Download Center https://support.sap.com/swdc

SAP Solution Manager https://support.sap.com/solutionmanager

SAP Security Optimization Services Portfolio https://support.sap.com/en/offerings-programs/support-services/se-

curity-optimization-services-portfolio.html

Data Protection and Privacy 2590321 Upgrade recommendations to support GDPR compliance

Support information (quick access via SAP ONE https://launchpad.support.sap.com/#/productsearch

Support Launchpad; requires login)

Support package stacks, latest versions, patch https://support.sap.com/patches

level requirements

System sizing https://www.sap.com/about/benchmark/sizing.html

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
12 PUBLIC How to Use this Common Installation Guide
2 Plan your System

Plan your customer landscape so that it best serves your business scenario. Choose the best deployment
option, and see from which source master data systems you can replicate data to your SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle system.

System Landscape [page 14]

Find out what a typical system landscape for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle
looks like. You can see the main layers in the diagram (database, back-end, front-end).

Deployment Options [page 16]

Learn about the two deployment options for your SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle solution.

Integration with Source Master Data Systems [page 17]

Get an overview of the source master data systems from which you can replicate master data and
transactional data to SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Plan your System PUBLIC 13
2.1 System Landscape

Find out what a typical system landscape for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle looks like.
You can see the main layers in the diagram (database, back-end, front-end).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
14 PUBLIC Plan your System
System Landscape Example

The applications included in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle require a layered system
landscape, as shown in the following example:

System Landscape Example

 Tip

Planning Help

• For more information on possible deployment scenarios, see Deployment Options [page 16].
• For the minimum versions required for this release, see Install the Prerequisites [page 19].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Plan your System PUBLIC 15
2.2 Deployment Options

Learn about the two deployment options for your SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle
solution.

To help you decide on the best deployment option for your scenario, please see SAP Note 2997851 (SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0: Front-end deployment options).

What is Central Hub Deployment?

With central hub deployment, you install the back-end product version (SAP CARAB) in your ABAP back-end
system, while you install the front-end product version (SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB) and the SAP Fiori
front-end server in a separate front-end system.

As a result, the SAP Fiori apps are deployed in separate systems (UIs in the front-end system, related OData
services in the back-end system).

What is Embedded Deployment?

With the embedded deployment option, you install the SAP Fiori front-end server in the same system as your
ABAP back-end server. For your SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle solution, this means
that you install the back-end product version (SAP CARAB) and the front-end product version (SAP FIORI
FOR SAP CARAB) in the same system (that is, your SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION back-end system).

 Caution

If you wish to use or are already using an embedded deployment scenario for SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle in the same system as the SAPS/4HANA source master data
system, carefully read SAP Note 2948396 (Deployment options for SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle and SAP S/4HANA source master data system).

The note contains important deployment information for the following scenario:

• Your current source master data system is SAP S/4HANA 1709 or 1809.
• You want to install or upgrade to SAP S/4HANA 1909 or higher.
• You are using your source master data system in an embedded deployment scenario. That is, you
are also using it as your front-end system for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.
In other words, you have installed the front-end product version SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB
(containing the software component UICAR001 with the SAP Fiori apps) on your SAP S/4HANA
system.
The advantage of this option is that you do not require a separate front-end system.
• Be aware that such an embedded scenario is no longer possible as of SAP S/4HANA 1909. For more
information and for supported deployment alternatives, please see SAP Note 2948396 .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
16 PUBLIC Plan your System
More Information

 Tip

To help you decide on the best deployment option for your scenario, see SAP Note 2997851 (SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0: Front-end deployment options).

For more information on deployment options for SAP Fiori, see the following:

• For a system landscape overview showing the ABAP back-end server and the ABAP front-end server,
see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/FIORI_IMPLEMENTATION and choose Implement Installation and
Upgrade SAP Fiori: Setup and Configuration Setup of SAP Fiori System Landscape .

2.3 Integration with Source Master Data Systems

Get an overview of the source master data systems from which you can replicate master data and transactional
data to SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.

Overview

You can deploy your scenario of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle in parallel with one of
the following source master data systems:

Source Master Data System Flavor

SAP ERP SAP Retail (add-on to SAP ERP)

SAP Fashion Management (add-on to SAP Retail)

SAP S/4HANA SAP S/4HANA Retail for merchandise management

SAP S/4HANA for fashion and vertical business

 Note

Unless otherwise specified, references in this guide to SAP ERP are comprehensive. That is, they apply to
SAP Retail and SAP Fashion Management.

The same is true for references to SAP S/4HANA. That is, they apply to SAP S/4HANA Retail for
merchandise management and to SAP S/4HANA for fashion and vertical business.

For more information on these and other important terms used in this guide, see Naming Conventions
[page 7].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Plan your System PUBLIC 17
Prerequisites

For information on what versions of the source master data systems are required for this release, see Install the
Prerequisites [page 19].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
18 PUBLIC Plan your System
3 Install the Prerequisites

This section lists all the prerequisite platforms, applications, and components that must be installed and
configured to prepare the system landscape for a new installation of this release.

 Note

If you are upgrading from a previous release, the information in this Common Installation Guide is not
relevant for you. Instead, proceed with the Common Upgrade Guide available at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/CARAB on the Implement tab.

The prerequisites are grouped in two categories:

• Common Prerequisites, which must be installed regardless of the business scenario you are planning to
implement
• Application-Specific Prerequisites, which are only relevant for specific applications under specific
conditions

 Caution

The prerequisites should be installed and configured by an experienced SAP Basis administrator.

 Tip

This guide references several SAP Notes that are updated on a regular basis. If you want to be informed
of such updates because a note is particularly relevant for your scenario, you can easily set up email
notifications for it. For instructions, see SAP Note 2478289 (How to set up notifications for SAP Notes
and/or KBAs with Expert Search filters).

Common Prerequisites

 Caution

Always first consult SAP Note 2957259 (Latest news on SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle 5.0 (any release)) before installing or upgrading any of the prerequisites. There you can find the
latest updates on the following:

• information on higher versions of the prerequisites not yet mentioned in this guide
• technology and support updates
• other news and helpful references

You can also find the note on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB under
Implement Important SAP Notes .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 19
SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION

 Note

SAP S/4HANA foundation is the next-generation business suite foundation platform. It cannot be used
standalone but only as a foundation in combination with an add-on (such as the SAP CARAB 5.0 back-end
product version).

The minimum requirement for this release is as follows, regardless of the business scenario you are planning to
implement:

Minimum Requirement Installation Information

• SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION 1909 — • SAP Note 2750164 (SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION 1909: Release In­
SPS05 (11/2021) formation Note)

• SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION 2020 — • SAP Note 2912919 (SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION 2020: Release In­
Initial Shipment Stack formation Note)

 Note
If you plan to use SAP Assortment Planning, implement the SAP
Note 3072121 .

• SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION 2021 — • SAP Note 3015497 (SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION 2021: Release In­
Initial Shipment Stack formation Note)

 Note
The following are important points to consider:
• Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) requires the implementation
of the following SAP Notes:
• 3148263
• 3148911
• 3140456
• SAP Replenishment Planning requires the implementation of
the SAP Note 3141677 .
• SAP Assortment Planning requires the implementation of the
SAP Note 3072121 .

SAP HANA Platform 2.0

• SAP HANA database component:

The minimum requirement for this release is as follows, regardless of the business scenario you are
planning to implement: SAP HANA database 2.0 SPS05 revision 2.00.059 (sometimes referred to as
revision 59)

 Caution

Guidance for Selecting a Higher Revision than the Minimum Revision

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
20 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
 If you wish to use a higher revision, we recommend that you select one of the “maintenance revisions”.
See SAP Note 2378962 (SAP HANA 2.0 Revision and Maintenance Strategy) and consult the
information under Last Released Revision or Maintenance Revision.

Also use this same strategy if the minimum revision is no longer available for download from the
Software Download Center. This situation might occur depending on when you perform the actual
installation and how long ago the revision was released.

If you wish to use the latest SAP HANA support package stack, be aware that there are no
maintenance revisions for it. In this case, we recommend the following:

1. To avoid incompatibilities, first consult SAP Note 2818378 (Which releases of SAP HANA
Platform are supported for which releases of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle
(SAP CARAB)?).
Select a supported combination of releases. This applies not only during a new installation or an
upgrade, but is equally relevant during operations later on (for example, if you decide to upgrade
your SAP HANA Platform to a higher revision or support package stack).
2. Install the latest SAP HANA support package stack in your test system. Test it carefully to evaluate
its impact on your customer system landscape. Only roll it out to your production system when you
are sure that it integrates well with your day-to-day business processes.

• SAP HANA AFL component:

The minimum requirement for this release is the SAP HANA AFL revision that is compatible with the
selected SAP HANA database revision.

For installation information, see the following:

• SAP Note 2818378 (Which releases of SAP HANA Platform are supported for which releases of SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle (SAP CARAB)?)
• SAP Note 2378962 (SAP HANA 2.0 Revision and Maintenance Strategy, lists the available maintenance
revisions)
• SAP Note 2115815 (FAQ: SAP HANA Database Patches and Upgrades, helpful information on database
upgrades, downgrades, downtimes, patch levels, and more)
• SAP HANA 2.0 Revision Strategy (what are revisions, what are support package stacks, what is the SAP
HANA product availability and maintenance strategy)
• SAP Note 2958224 (SAP HANA Revision Release Details, easy entry point to all released revisions)
• SAP Note 2844322 (SAP HANA Platform 2.0 SPS 05 Release Note)
• SAP HANA Server Installation and Update Guide for your SAP HANA Platform version at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM
• Overview, important links, and download of SAP HANA Platform 2.0: http://support.sap.com
Software Downloads By Alphabetical Index (A-Z) H SAP HANA PLATFORM EDITION SAP HANA
PLATFORM EDITION 2.0 INFO
• SAP Note 2339267 (HANA Client version and installation manifest file doesn't match currently available
HANA server version information)

SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA

 Note

SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA is a back-end software component of SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle. However, you must always install this component together with the SAP HANA

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 21
 Platform. You must do this before installing the SAP CARAB back-end product version. This guide leads
you through the correct steps.

The minimum revision for SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA applies regardless of the business scenario you are
planning to implement. There is a minimum AFL revision for each SAP HANA database revision. Whichever
AFL revision you choose, it must be compatible with the SAP HANA database revision.

When you download an AFL revision from the SAP Support Portal, the compatible SAP HANA database revision
is always indicated.

The minimum supported revision of SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA is 59.404 (patch 404 of revision 59), and
this revision is compatible with SAP HANA database 2.0 Revision 59.04.

 Caution

Criteria for Selecting a Revision

• No matter which AFL revision you choose, always install the highest patch available for download.
• Be aware that patches for different revisions can occur at different points in time. For example, an AFL
patch for revision 55 might be released after an AFL patch for revision 56.
• If you decide to install a higher revision of SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA, it must again be compatible
with the SAP HANA database revision.
• For information on higher revisions, see SAP Note 2818378 (Which releases of SAP HANA Platform
are supported for which releases of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle (SAP
CARAB)?).

 Note

SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA contains back-end functionality for two modules of SAP Customer Activity
Repository: Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) and On-Shelf Availability (OSA). You must always install the
component, regardless of the scenario you are planning to implement. You only need to configure UDF
and/or OSA if you wish to use the functionality in your scenario.

 Note

To avoid issues related to rendering of charts in the SAP Fiori Apps for your forecast scenario (Analyze
Forecast, Analyze Forecast, and Manage Demand Influencing Factors) resulting from SAP HANA content
activation, see SAP Note 3266666 (SAP Fiori apps for Forecast Scenario: HANA content activation issue
(SAP CARAB 5.0, 5.0 FPS01, 5.0 FPS02, 5.0 FPS03, 5.0 FPS04)).

SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server

We strongly recommend that you install SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server for SAP S/
4HANA 1.0 as a standalone system.

For installation information and possible dependencies to other components, see the following:

• Installation Guide for the latest support package (to see all the options of replicating data from a master data
system) at https://help.sap.com/slts4hana
• SAP Note 1605140 (SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server (SLT)): This is the central
note for enabling trigger-based data replication (functional overview, download, installation, upgrade,
corrections, implementation).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
22 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
 • SAP Note 2014562 (FAQ: SAP HANA LT Replication Server (SLT))
• SAP Note 2707835 (SLT Licensing, licensing and deployment overview by source master data system)
• SAP Note 2572945 (DMIS compatibility with S/4HANA, integration of the DMIS component into S4CORE
layer, release overview and guidance for SAP S/4HANA source master data systems)

SAP Fiori

 Note

SAP Fiori front-end server is an add-on product version. It contains the front-end software components
required to run SAP Fiori apps and the SAP Fiori launchpad.

The minimum requirement for this release is one of the following, regardless of the business scenario you are
planning to implement:

Minimum Requirement Installation Information

SAP FIORI FRONT-END SERVER 6.0 • SAP Note 2775163 (SAP-Fiori-Frontend-Server 6.0 - General Informa­
- SAP Frontend Server 7.54 SP02 tion)
(05/2020) • SAP Note 2825540 (Release of Fiori Product Versions for SAP Fiori
front-end server 6.0)
The minimum SAPUI5 version is 1.71.
• For overall planning and implementation information, see the note be­
low this table.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 23
Minimum Requirement Installation Information

SAP Fiori front-end server 2020 • SAP Note 2919182 (SAP Fiori front-end server 2020 for SAP S/
for SAP S/4HANA SP01 (02/2021) 4HANA) – main entry note where you can find an overview, prerequi­
sites, and important references
 Note • SAP Note 2977715 (Release of Fiori Product Versions for SAP Fiori
SAP FES 2020 SP01 is the front-end front-end server 2020 for SAP S/4HANA)
server version supporting central hub • SAP Note 2935725 (General Information: Installation details of SAP
deployment for the UICAR001 500 Fiori front-end server 2020 for SAP S/4HANA) – overview for setting
front-end component of SAP Customer up systems to run SAP S/4HANA 2020 and SAP Business Suite Fiori
Activity Repository applications bundle. apps on SAP Fiori front-end server 2020 for SAP S/4HANA (as hub
deployment or embedded)
SAP FES 2020 SP01 contains SAP_UI
7.55 SP02 (with the SAPUI5 long-
• For overall planning and implementation information, see the note be­
low this table.
term maintenance version 1.84) and
UIBAS001 600 SP01.
 Tip
You can use one of the following instances: Install the latest support package of the FES version that you wish to
use.
• SAP FIORI FES 2020 FOR S/4HANA
- SAP Frontend Server 7.52
(Hub) SP01 (02/2021)  Note
• SAP FIORI FES 2020 FOR S/4HANA With SAP Fiori front-end server 2020, you can use spaces and pages
- SAP Frontend Server 7.55 in SAP Fiori launchpad. For more information and an example, see the
SP01 (02/2021) Spaces and Pages section in the SAP Fiori launchpad documentation.

 Note Note that SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle does
not deliver any spaces and pages by default. However, you can add
Front-end server instances 7.53 and 7.54
customer-specific spaces and pages to the launchpad as needed.
are currently not supported. If this sit­
uation changes in the future, we will in­
dicate it in SAP Note 2957259 (Lat­
est news on SAP Customer Activity Re­
pository applications bundle 5.0 (any re­
lease)).

 Note

Overall planning and implementation information:

• SAP Fiori Overview (your entry point to all documentation)

• SAP Fiori Deployment Options and System Landscape Recommendations (regularly updated, very
helpful guidelines and landscape diagrams)
• Overview of SAP Fiori front-end server components and versions
• SAP Note 2217489 (Maintenance and Update Strategy for SAP Fiori Front-End Server)
• SAP Fiori Implementation Information (select your front-end server version at the top)
• SAP Note 2590653 (SAP Fiori front-end server deployment for SAP S/4HANA)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
24 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
  Tip

If you wish to check what SAPUI5 version is currently installed in your system, there is an easy way to do
this. See SAP Note 2282103 (How to check the version of SAPUI5 you have installed).

Source Master Data Systems

• Either SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA must be installed.

 Note

Unless otherwise specified, references in this guide to SAP ERP are comprehensive. That is, they apply
to SAP Retail and SAP Fashion Management.

The same is true for references to SAP S/4HANA. That is, they apply to SAP S/4HANA Retail for
merchandise management and to SAP S/4HANA for fashion and vertical business.

For more information on these and other important terms used in this guide, see Naming Conventions
[page 7].

• The minimum requirements for this release are as follows, regardless of the business scenario you are
planning to implement:

Source Master Data Sys­

tem Minimum Requirement Installation Information

SAP ERP • SAP ERP 6.0 Enhancement Package 7 SP16 Installation Guide at https://
or higher help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_ERP
• SAP ERP 6.0 Enhancement Package 8 SP09
or higher

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 25
 Source Master Data Sys­
tem Minimum Requirement Installation Information

SAP S/4HANA • SAP S/4HANA 1709 FPS2 or higher • Installation Guide at

• SAP S/4HANA 1809 Initial Shipment Stack https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
or higher SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE

• SAP S/4HANA 1909 Initial Shipment Stack • SAP Note 2482453 (SAP S/
or higher 4HANA 1709: Release Information
• SAP S/4HANA 2020 Initial Shipment Stack Note)
or higher • SAP Note 2625407 (SAP S/
• SAP S/4HANA 2021 Initial Shipment Stack 4HANA 1809: Release Informa­
or higher tion Note)
• SAP Note 2769531 (SAP S/
 Caution 4HANA 1909: Release Informa­
tion Note)
If you wish to use or are already using
an embedded deployment scenario for SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications
 Note
bundle in the same system as the SAPS/ To set up the data replication
4HANA source master data system, care­ from SAP S/4HANA 1909
fully read SAP Note 2948396 (Deploy­ or higher, you need to do
ment options for SAP Customer Activity some preparatory steps. For
Repository applications bundle and SAP S/ more information, see Cre­
4HANA source master data system). ate/Replicate Source Master
Data System Tables [page
The note contains important deployment in­
94].
formation for the following scenario:

• Your current source master data system • SAP Note 2884313 (SAP S/
is SAP S/4HANA 1709 or 1809. 4HANA 2020: Release Informa­
tion)
• You want to install or upgrade to SAP S/
4HANA 1909 or higher. • SAP Note 3015539 (SAP S/

• You are using your source master 4HANA 2021: Release Informa­

data system in an embedded deploy­ tion Note)

ment scenario. That is, you are also

using it as your front-end system  Note
for SAP Customer Activity Repository The table MBEW cannot be
applications bundle. In other words, you replicated from the master
have installed the front-end product ver­ data system SAP S/4HANA
sion SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 2021. For more information
(containing the software component and to solve this issue, see
UICAR001 with the SAP Fiori apps) on the SAP Note 3156410 .
your SAP S/4HANA system. Since the views MBV_MBEW
The advantage of this option is that you and MBV_MBEW_BASE
do not require a separate front-end sys­ are not relevant for
tem. SAP Customer Activity
• Be aware that such an embedded sce­ Repository applications
nario is no longer possible as of SAP S/ bundle, you do not have to
4HANA 1909. For more information and manually copy them.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
26 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
 Source Master Data Sys­
tem Minimum Requirement Installation Information

for supported deployment alternatives,

please see SAP Note 2948396 .

 Note

There are some scenarios that are supported on older source master data systems than the minimum
requirements specified above. For more information, see SAP Note 2696488 (SAP Customer
Activity Repository - Alignment with Source Master Data Versions Outside of the Minimum (SAP Retail,
SAP S/4HANA)).

 Tip

If you are planning to convert from SAP ERP to SAP S/4HANA, you can use the SAP Readiness Check
to check the readiness of your SAP ERP system. For more information, see SAP Note 2758146 (SAP
Readiness Check 2.0 & Next Generation SAP Business Scenario Recommendation).

Application-Specific Prerequisites

SAP Customer Activity Repository

Prerequisites for SAP Customer Activity Repository

Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

SAP Customer Relationship The minimum requirement Optional, depending on Installation Guide at https://
Management (SAP CRM) for this release is one of the whether or not you choose help.sap.com/viewer/p/
following: to implement customer de­ SAP_CUSTOMER_RELA­
termination with SAP CRM. TIONSHIP_MANAGEMENT
• SAP Enhancement
Package 2 for SAP CRM
7.0
• SAP Enhancement
Package 2 for SAP CRM
7.0, Version for SAP
HANA or higher

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 27
Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

SAP Smart Business SAP Smart Business founda­ Optional, depending on SAP Note 2018360 (Re­
tion component 1.0, most re­ whether or not you choose lease Information Note for
cent SPS to implement the SAP Smart SAP SMART BUSINESS)
Business for Multichannel
Sales Analytics dashboard
within SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

 Note
SAP Smart Business is
not supported with SAP
Fiori front-end server
2020 for SAP S/4HANA
(or higher). Instead, you
can use the SAP Fiori
Launchpad Designer to
access and set the con­
figuration parameters re­
quired for the analytical
apps in the multichan­
nel sales analytics cock­
pit. For more informa­
tion, see Using SAP Fiori
Launchpad Designer.

SAP Marketing solution (SAP SAP Marketing 1.10 or higher Optional, depending on • For SAP Market­
Marketing or SAP Marketing whether or not you choose ing, see the Instal­
Cloud) to implement customer de­ lation and Configura-
termination with your SAP tion Guide at https://
Marketing solution. help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_HYBRIS_MARKET­
ING.
• For SAP Market­
ing Cloud, see
https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/SAP_MAR­
KETING_CLOUD.

SAP Commerce SAP Commerce 1811 or Optional, depending on https://help.sap.com/

higher (in particular, the Ac­ whether or not you choose to viewer/p/SAP_COMMERCE/
celerator, the Data Hub, and implement Omnichannel Ar­
SAP Asynchronous Order ticle Availability and Sourc­
Management) ing (OAA) or Omnichannel
Promotion Pricing (OPP)
within SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
28 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
 Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

SAP Commerce, integration SAP Commerce, integration Optional, depending on See the Administration Guide
package for SAP for Retail package for SAP for Retail whether or not you choose to delivered with the software
1811 or higher implement Omnichannel Ar­ package or from https://
ticle Availability and Sourc­ help.sap.com/viewer/p/IPR.
ing (OAA) or Omnichannel
Promotion Pricing (OPP)
within SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

SAP Analytics Cloud Content Innovation 12 Optional, depending on System Requirements and
whether or not you choose Technical Prerequisites
to implement Omnichannel
Article Availability and
Sourcing (OAA) within
SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

You only need to run and

connect this application if
you want to use the set of
OAA analyses that has been
predefined in SAP Analytics
Cloud and that is part of the
standard delivery of SAP An­
alytics Cloud. If you are using
a different analytics tool, or
if you do not run analytics at
all, you do not need this ap­
plication.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 29
Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

Content Innovation 20 Optional, depending on

whether or not you want to
use the forecast-related an­
alytics.

This is a set of predefined

analyses templates for ana­
lyzing UDF forecast data. The
templates are delivered as
part of the standard delivery
of SAP Analytics Cloud, in
the form of content packages
SAP__RT_UDF_DEMANDFORE
CASTING_LIVE (SAP Retail:
Unified Demand Forecast)
and
SAP__RT_RPL_UDF_DASHBO
ARD_LIVE (SAP Retail:
Replenishment Planning and
Unified Demand Forecast
Dashboard).

For more information, see

the Forecast-Related Ana­
lytics section in the ap­
plication help for SAP
Customer Activity Repository
at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/CARAB.

If you are using a different

analytics tool, or if you do
not run analytics at all, you
do not need SAP Analytics
Cloud.

SAP IQ SAP IQ 16.0, SP8 or higher Optional, depending on https://help.sap.com/

whether or not you choose viewer/product/SAP_IQ/
to use the Table Content 16.1.latest/en-US?task=im­
Aging report to move data plement_task
from SAP Customer Activity
Repository to SAP IQ.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
30 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
 Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering Optional, depending on SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering:
is delivered with the SAP whether or not you choose Installation and Update Guide
HANA Platform. See the to use the Table Content at https://help.sap.com/
Common Prerequisites sec­ Aging report to move data viewer/p/SAP_HANA_DY­
tion above. from SAP Customer Activity NAMIC_TIERING
Repository to extended stor­
age using SAP HANA Dy­
namic Tiering.

SAP HANA extended appli­ SAP HANA XSA, version Optional, depending on SAP HANA Server Instal­
cation services, advanced 1.0.88 or higher whether or not you choose lation and Update Guide
model (XSA) to use Omnichannel Promo­ at https://help.sap.com/
We recommend that you use
tion Pricing (OPP) within viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLAT­
the highest version available.
SAP Customer Activity FORM, search for section In­
Repository with a central de­ stalling XS Advanced Runtime
ployment of the promotion
pricing service (PPS).

SAP Merchandise Planning

Prerequisites for SAP Merchandise Planning

Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

SAP Analysis SAP Analysis for Microsoft Mandatory Administrator Guide

Office 2.8 SP02 at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/SAP_BUSINES­
SOBJECTS_ANALYSIS_OF­
FICE

SAP Assortment Planning

Prerequisites for SAP Assortment Planning

Prerequisite Minimum Requirement Mandatory/Optional Installation Information

SAP Analysis SAP Analysis for Microsoft Mandatory Administrator Guide

Office 2.8 SP02 at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/SAP_BUSINES­
SOBJECTS_ANALYSIS_OF­
FICE

SAP Promotion Management

SAP Promotion Management requires only the common prerequisites.

SAP Allocation Management

SAP Allocation Management requires the common prerequisites.

In addition, the bar chart used to display the purchase order quantity by status requires the SAPUI5 library
version 1.71.14 or higher. In lower library versions, additional color is shown in the bar chart even if the

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 31
purchase order quantity is zero. This affects SAP Fiori apps (My Allocation Workload - Promotional Push,
My Order Workload - Promotional Buy, and My Allocation Plans for buy plans) in the business scenarios for
promotional push and promotional buy.

SAP Replenishment Planning

SAP Replenishment Planning requires the SAP XRP AFL.

 Note

SAP XRP AFL is a back-end software component of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle. You must install this component before using SAP Replenishment Planning for the first time but
you can do it after installing or upgrading the SAP CARAB back-end product version. This guide leads you
through the correct steps.

The minimum revision of SAP XRP AFL applies regardless of the business scenario you are planning to
implement. There is a minimum AFL revision for each SAP HANA database revision. Whichever AFL revision
you choose, it must be compatible with the SAP HANA database revision.

Compatible Minimum Revisions

Minimum Revision of SAP XRP AFL Compatible With This Revision of SAP HANA Database

AFL revision 54.0006 (patch 6 of revision 54) SAP HANA database 2.0 revision 2.00.054

AFL revision 55.0006 (patch 6 of revision 55) SAP HANA database 2.0 revision 2.00.055

AFL revision 56.0002 (patch 2 of revision 56) SAP HANA database 2.0 revision 2.00.056

AFL revision 57.0000 (patch 0 of revision 57) SAP HANA database 2.0 revision 2.00.057

AFL revision 58.0000 (patch 0 of revision 58) SAP HANA database 2.0 revision 2.00.058

AFL revision 59.0000 (patch 0 of revision 59) SAP HANA database 2.0 revision 2.00.059

 Caution

No matter which AFL revision you choose, always install the highest patch available for download.

Be aware that patches for different revisions can occur at different points in time.

 Example

The AFL patch 54.0006 might be released later than the AFL patch 55.0006.

If you decide to install a higher revision of SAP XRP AFL, it must again be compatible with the SAP HANA
database revision.

When you download an AFL revision from the SAP Support Portal, the compatible SAP HANA database
revision is always indicated.

SAP Analytics Cloud is optional for SAP Replenishment Planning.

You only need to run and connect the Content Innovation 20 or later release of this application with SAP
Replenishment Planning depending on whether or not you choose to use the set of replenishment-related

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
32 PUBLIC Install the Prerequisites
analyses that has been predefined in SAP Analytics Cloud and that is part of the standard delivery of SAP
Analytics Cloud. If you are using a different analytics tool, or if you do not run analytics at all, you do not need
this application. For installation information related to SAP Analytics Cloud, see System Requirements and
Technical Prerequisites.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Prerequisites PUBLIC 33
4 Prepare the Installation

Before you start with the actual installation of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04, you must first perform several preparatory tasks.

1. Implement SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34]

This section lists SAP Notes (corrections) that you must read and — when appropriate — implement
at different points in the installation process. The section also points you to the release information
notes (RINs) for this release. There you can find the back-end and front-end corrections that have
become available since the software was released. The RINs complement the SAP Notes listed in this
chapter.
2. Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges [page 49]
SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle requires a multi-level system landscape: Level 1
is the SAP HANA database. Level 2 is the ABAP back-end server. Level 3 is the ABAP front-end server
with SAP Gateway and the SAP Fiori apps. Each level requires specific users with specific privileges. In
this procedure, you set up the authorizations for the SAP HANA database (level 1).
3. Verify Correct Schema Mapping [page 55]
In SAP HANA studio, verify that the authoring schemas delivered by SAP are mapped to the correct
physical schemas of your customer landscape. First do an n:1 mapping (all authoring schemas of SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle to the same SAPHANADB physical schema). Then do
a 1:1 mapping (the authoring schema of each source master data system to a unique physical schema
for that system). If necessary, create any mappings that are missing.
4. Generate Time Data for Gregorian Calendar [page 59]
Perform a generic calendar setting in SAP HANA studio. This generates the time data (calendar) for
several scenarios and SAP Fiori apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle. Setting
up the Gregorian calendar is mandatory. Optionally, you can choose to set up the Fiscal calendar as
well.
5. Configure AFL Usage [page 61]
Perform configuration tasks to enable the usage of application function libraries (such as the PAL and
the OFL) for the applications SAP Assortment Planning and SAP Allocation Management.

4.1 Implement SAP Notes for the Installation

This section lists SAP Notes (corrections) that you must read and — when appropriate — implement at
different points in the installation process. The section also points you to the release information notes
(RINs) for this release. There you can find the back-end and front-end corrections that have become available
since the software was released. The RINs complement the SAP Notes listed in this chapter.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
34 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
Prerequisites

• Make sure that you have the latest version of Note Assistant (transaction SNOTE) installed. This is required
so that notes can be implemented correctly. For more information, see the following:
• Versions of Note Assistant: See https://support.sap.com/en/my-support/knowledge-base/note-
assistant.html#section_2043200365 .
• Mandatory corrections for Note Assistant: See SAP Note 1668882 (Note Assistant: Important notes
for SAP_BASIS 730,731,740,750,751,752,753,754,755,756).
• Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note, which you can always find on the SAP
Support Portal at http://support.sap.com/notes .

Release Information Notes (RINs) and Performance Note with Latest

Corrections for All Applications

After the publication of this guide, additional corrections might become available. You can find these
additional corrections in the following SAP Notes:

• Release Information Notes (RINs):

• For the latest back-end corrections, see SAP Note 3223444 .
• For the latest front-end corrections, see SAP Note 3223460 .
• Performance note:
• For the latest performance corrections and recommendations, see SAP Note 2958143 .

The notes are regularly updated if new corrections become available.

 Tip

If a note is particularly relevant for your scenario and you want to be informed of updates, you can easily set
up email notifications. See SAP Note 2478289 (How to set up notifications for SAP Notes and/or KBAs
with Expert Search filters).

 Caution

Always consult the SAP Notes for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes
listed here are often common corrections, applicable to all applications.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 35
SAP Notes for SAP Customer Activity Repository

SAP Notes for SAP Customer Activity Repository

Implement Area SAP Note Description

Prior to the installa­ Front-end 2436567 Only relevant if you are using the Manage Workloads app to create
tion new workloads.
UI for Basis
Applications -
General Infor­
mation

After the installation SAP S/4HANA 2835297 Only required if your source master data system is SAP S/4HANA
1909 back-end 1909.
Missing OAA
ATP Change Mandatory if you are using omnichannel article availability and
Indicator en­ sourcing (OAA), for both sales channel mode and OAA profile
tries for S/ mode. Not required for functions other than OAA and source mas­
4HANA 1909 ter data systems other than SAP S/4HANA 1909.

After the installation Back-end 2857334 Mandatory correction if your source master data system is SAP
S/4HANA 1909. In that case, the note is required for all the appli­
Unsupported
cations of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.
data type DEC­
FLOAT34 /
D34N when
replicating
from an SAP
S/4HANA
1909 on prem­
ise system

After the installation Back-end Mandatory correction to replicate the location hierarchy data
3212199
from the master data system to Demand Data Foundation.
PPHY Replica­
tion: Dump ob­
served during
data replica­
tion when a
site is unas­
signed from
the location hi­
erarchy in
transaction
REFSITE

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
36 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back end Mandatory correction to replicate the product data from the mas­
3245095
ter data system to Demand Data Foundation.
PMAT: Articles
with only Price
list prices are
not replicated
through
DRFOUT

After the installation Back end Mandatory correction to replicate the product data from the mas­
3252656
ter data system to Demand Data Foundation.
PMAT replica­
tion is taking
more time as
prices that are
not required
are also getting
replicated to
CARAB

After the installation Back-end 3266580 Mandatory correction for the UDF Aggregation SAP HANA view
available for Forecast-Related Analytics.
"Persist Aggre­
gated Sales
and Forecast
Data for Ana­
lytics" (trans­
action /DMF/
FCST_AGGR_P
RST) report:
Unique value
violation con­
straint during
insert of aggre­
gated data

After the installation Front-end 3260648 This note provides the texts related to the features in the demand
forecasting apps (Analyze Forecast, Adjust Forecast, Manage
"Reuse Com­
Demand Influencing Factors) that could be missing in some of the
ponents for
supported languages.
Forecast":
missing trans­
lations (SAP
FIORI FOR SAP
CARAB 5.0
FPS04)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 37
Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Front-end 3260428 This note provides the texts related to the features in the Analyze
Forecast app that can be missing in some of the supported lan­
"Analyze Fore­
guages.
cast" app:
missing trans­
lations (SAP
FIORI FOR SAP
CARAB 5.0
FPS04)

Prior to the installa­ SAP HANA da­ 3266666 Important information to verify the order of activation HANA con­
tabase SAP Fiori apps tent to avoid the issue of charts not rendering in case of SAP Fiori
tion
for Forecast app for Forecast Scenario.
Scenario:
HANA content
activation is­
sue (SAP
CARAB 5.0, 5.0
FPS01, 5.0
FPS02, 5.0
FPS03, 5.0
FPS04)

After the installation Back-end 3275752 Optional correction to improve performance and only relevant if
you are using the Process Packaging and Parallelization frame­
Process Pack­
work for your workloads.
aging and Par­
allelization
(PPP): Per­
formance Im­
provement in
SAP CARAB
5.0 FPS01, 5.0
FPS02, CARAB
5.0 FPS03 or
CARAB 5.0
FPS04

After the installation SAP ERP or 3254769 Optional correction to improve performance.
ERP Inbound:
SAP S/4HANA
buffering of
Back-end
master data

SAP Notes for SAP Merchandise Planning

 Note

Always consult the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes listed
there are often common corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
38 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
SAP Notes for SAP Merchandise Planning

Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 2913238 If you receive an error when variables are submitted, consult this
Error transfer­ note for possible solutions.
ring single key
value from var­
iable to SID

After the installation Back-end 2938084 Mandatory correction if a figure or structure element isn’t calcu­
Current mem­ lated correctly.
ber and char­
acteristics ref­
erencing to
0FISC*

After the installation Back-end 2950567 Mandatory correction if a planning sequence uses a mandatory
BRAIN 629 variable without default value or error Specify a value for variable
when Save a (BRAIN 629) is received.
Planning Se­
quence

After the installation Back-end 2941202 Mandatory correction if a global filter is deleted during query run­
Not required time.
part provider
access for cur­
rent member
query

After the installation Back-end 2946337 Mandatory correction if a query shows incorrect data.
Wrong data in
current mem­
ber query

SAP Notes for SAP Assortment Planning

 Note

Always consult the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes listed
there are often common corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 39
SAP Notes for SAP Assortment Planning

Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3224893 Mandatory correction to fix bugs when listing long-lifecycle as­
sortments.
Bug Fixes for
the Listing of
Long-Lifecycle
Assortments:
SAP CARAB

After the installation Back-end 3226353 Mandatory correction for the Manage Assortments app.

Ability to Pre­
serve Status of
Products in Fu­
ture Revisions
of an Assort­
ment

After the installation Back-end 3241306 Mandatory correction for the Manage Assortments app.

Performance
Improvement
for the KPI Cal­
culation Re­
port /RAP/
ALC_RECAL­
CULATE_KPIS
(Delta)

After the installation Back-end 3265016 Optional correction to modify the module status text In Progress
in the domain /DMF/AL_MD_STATUS.
Modified Mod­
ule Status Text
in the Do­
main /DMF/
AL_MD_STA­
TUS

After the installation Back-end 3261582 Mandatory correction to the module copy feature of the Manage
Assortments app relating to future product statuses. The behav­
CARAB 5.0 - ior should depend on how the customer configures the product
Module con­ settings. If the option Do Not Overwrite Product Status in Future
tent copy Revisions is disabled, the status from only one revision is retained
adaptations and future statuses are discarded.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
40 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3270825 Mandatory correction to the Manage Assortment Modules app.
With this correction, when the Valid To date of one or more mod­
APR5.0 – Ad­ ules is set using the Set Valid To feature, the module's existing
just module cluster and location assignments are updated accordingly.
cluster assign­
ments when
limiting the val­
idity interval of
the module

After the installation Back-end 3276539 Mandatory correction for the Manage Assortments app.

Bug Fix for In­

correct Refer­
enced KPIs at
the Distribu­
tion Chain
Level in the
Manage As­
sortments App

SAP Notes for SAP Promotion Management

 Note

Always consult the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes listed
there are often common corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.

 Note

There are no mandatory SAP Notes to be implemented for SAP Promotion Management at the time
of publishing this guide. For corrections made available after the publication of this guide, see Release
Information Notes (RINs) and Performance Note with Latest Corrections for All Applications [page 35]

SAP Notes for SAP Allocation Management

 Note

Always consult the SAP Notes for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes
listed there are common corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 41
  Note

Some SAP Notes must be implemented before the activation of the SAP HANA content. If this is the
case, this is indicated in the description of the note. Otherwise, the note must be implemented after the
activation of the SAP HANA content.

SAP Notes for SAP Allocation Management

Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Front-end 3274460 This note can be implemented to improve application perform­
ance affected by multiple selection of products from workload
AMR 5.0 : Fiori
table, which are then added to a basket/cross-basket for plan
Reuse Lib -
creation.
Performance
issue while cre­
ating a basket
and plan

After the installation Front-end 3274456 This note can be implemented to improve application perform­
ance affected by multiple selection of products from workload
AMR 5.0 : My
table, which are then added to a basket/cross-basket for plan
Allocation
creation.
Workload -
Performance
issue while cre­
ating a basket
and plan

After the installation Back-end 3262972 This note can be implemented to resolve the issue of plans not
getting created, occuring when scheduling a promo push plan
SAP Allocation
with a mixed display having no ATA, but with components com­
Management:
prising of ATAs.
Mix display
with 0 ATA but
Components
have ATA -
Background
scheduling

After the installation Back-end 3260633 This note can be implemented to resolve the error of a missing
Save button for plans with a mixed display or items of buy plan set
SAP Allocation
for scheduled recalculation.
Management:
Save Button
missing in Buy
plan when re­
calculation is
scheduled

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
42 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3259906 This note can be implemented to resolve the error of stores with
no demand receiving larger UOMs allocated.
SAP AMR 5.0 -
Stores with 0
demand get
larger UOM al­
located

After the installation Back-end 3257772 This note can be implemented to resolve issues while deleting
entries with season-dependent dates.
SAP AM 4.0
- /AMR/
SEAS_DAT_RE
ORG - Delete
season-de­
pendent dates
but not the
registers with­
out year

After the installation Back-end 3256756 This note can be implemented to resolve unexpected program
erros in the allocation plans.
SAP Allocation
Manage­
ment: /AMR/
SCHED­
ULE_ALLO_PL
AN - UN­
CAUGHT_EX­
CEPTION

After the installation Back-end 3255514 This note can be implemented to resolve the issue of stores with
mixed displays not getting considered for product pressure calcu­
SAP Allocation
lation, leading to incorrect calculations.
Management:
Mixed article
stores not get­
ting consid­
ered in /AMR/
PRE_PRD_PSR

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 43
Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3251930 This note can be implemented to resolve errors caused when
creating regular or cross plans with 0 ATA articles via a scheduling
Allocation
report, resulting in articles being stuck in the status "Scheduled".
Management
5.0 - schedule
plan articles
with 0 ATA still
in status
scheduled

After the installation Back-end 3248217 This note can be implemented to reduce the delays in plan crea­
tion by users, which are caused due to long runtimes for the OFL
SAP Allocation
presolver.
Management
5.0 - Long opti­
mizer runtimes
for OFL (Pre­
solve in the
SCIP-Compo­
nent)

After the installation Back-end 3121019 This note can be implemented to resolve RFC errors in the
Allocation Workload app, occuring due to multiple seclections in
SAP Allocation
the variant.
Management :
RFC Error in
Allocation
Workload app

After the installation Back-end 2982741 Starting with SAP Allocation Management 5.0, a BAdI implemen­
tation is required for retrieving real-time inventory. This SAP Note
SAP Allocation
provides steps for implementing the standard BAdI logic.
Management -
BAdI Imple­
mentation for
Real-Time In­
ventory View

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
44 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 2951092 Provides an RFC function module for handling allocation tables
in the business scenarios for promotional push and promotional
RFC function
buy.
module to cre­
ate allocation
table for SAP
Allocation
Management
in source sys­
tem (Allocation
Management
5.0)

After the installation Back-end 2777415 This note can be implemented if activation fails for CDS views for
SAP Allocation Management.
SAP Allocation
Management:
Activating /AM
R/* views ends
in Error

After the installation Back-end 2631613 Follow the instructions to create a valid business scenario ID.

SAP Allocation
Management -
Customizing -
Define Busi­
ness Scenarios

After the installation SAP S/4HANA 2522603 This note can be implemented for calling ATP (available-to-prom­
Retail for mer­ ise) for multiple products in the target SAP S/4HANA or ECC
Wrapper RFC
chandise man­ system. This note is intended to increase the performance of the
for ATP via
agement ATP call to the target system
Controller

After the installation Back-end 2474287 This note resolves inconsistent maintenance of units of measure
between SAP ECC and SAP Customer Activity Repository.
Handling of
units of meas­
ure inside SAP
Allocation
Management

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 45
Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 2441184 The manual instructions in the note must be implemented for the
successful activation of SAP Allocation Management applications.
Static ABAP
generation er­ This note is mandatory.
ror of
classes /AMR/
CL... when in­
stalling CARAB
1.0 FP03,
CARAB 2.0,
CARAB 4.0,
CARAB 5.0

SAP Notes for SAP Replenishment Planning

 Note

Always consult the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes listed
there are often common corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.

SAP Notes for SAP Replenishment Planning

Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3102701 This note provides a correction to define that 00:00:00 is a
Value valid input for a mandatory time field.
00:00:00 is
not accepted
as valid time
input for man­
datory fields.

Prior to the installa­ Front-end 2436567 Only relevant if you are using the Manage Workloads app to create
tion new workloads.
UI for Basis
Applications -
General Infor­
mation

After the installation Back-end 3078242 Only relevant if you want to use parallel process­
ing while executing the Replenishment Calculation (/XRP/
Dump AS­
REPLENISHMENT_CALC) and Order Plan Outbound Processing
SIGN_LENGTH
(/XRP/ORDERPLAN_OUTBOUND) reports.
_0 in free se­
lections
WHERE2RANG
E if '' as literal

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
46 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Front-end 3261050 This note provides the texts related to constraint profiles in the
Simulate Replenishment app that could be missing in some of the
REPL_SIMU­
supported languages.
LATION - miss­
ing transla­
tions (SAP
FIORI FOR SAP
CARAB 5.0
FPS04)

After the installation Back-end 3261377 Optional correction to improve performance and memory con­
sumption.
Replenishment
Planning 5.0:
Improvement
in Performance
and Memory
Consumption
when persist­
ing high and
low level mes­
sages

After the installation Back-end 3265208 Optional correction to improve performance and memory con­
sumption.
Replenishment
Planning 5.0:
Improvement
in Performance
and Memory
Consumption
when reading
demands

After the installation Back-end 3268168 Optional correction to improve performance and memory con­
sumption.
Replenishment
Planning 5.0:
Improvement
in Performance
and Memory
Consumption
when reading
open goods
movements

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 47
Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3249708 Optional correction to improve performance and memory con­
sumption.
Replenishment
Planning 5.0:
Improvement
in Performance
and Memory
Consumption
when reading
demands and
processing fu­
ture order
dates

After the installation Back-end 3275752 Optional correction to improve performance and only relevant if
you are using the Process Packaging and Parallelization frame­
Process Pack­
work for your workloads.
aging and Par­
allelization
(PPP): Per­
formance Im­
provement in
SAP CARAB
5.0 FPS01, 5.0
FPS02, CARAB
5.0 FPS03 or
CARAB 5.0
FPS04

After the installation Back-end 3270631 Mandatory correction for the Review Order Plan Items app.

"Review Order
Plan Items"
app: "Meets
MOQ" field is
"Yes" even
when a rele­
vant candidate
does not meet
MOQ in SAP
Replenishment
Planning 5.0
FPS04

After the installation Back-end 3258447 Optional correction to improve performance of the replenishment
Persist OPIs calculation and its subprocesses by disabling the creation of zero-
with zero order quantity order plan items and only relevant if you want to use this
quantity feature.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
48 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Implement Area SAP Note Description

After the installation Back-end 3252753 Optional correction of errors that occur while transferring order
Order Plan plan items in parallel mode and only relevant if you are using the
Outbound in Process Packaging and Parallelization framework for the order
Parallel Mode plan outbound.
stops with
CX_SY_DY­
NAMIC_OSQL

After the installation Back-end 3252778 Optional correction to reduce the runtime of the replenishment
Long runtime calculation by disabling the determination of real-time inventory
of Replenish­ if no product locations are relevant for the real-time inventory
ment Calcula­ determination.
tion due to
Real-Time In­
ventory Deter­
mination

After the installation Back-end 3251427 Optional correction to improve performance.

Performance
improvement
in procurement
schedule de­
termination

After the installation Back-end 3258460 Optional correction to improve performance by using Process
Parallel Proc­ Packaging and Parallelization to purge order plan items.
essing Options
for Order Plan
Purge

Parent topic: Prepare the Installation [page 34]

Next: Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges [page 49]

4.2 Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges

SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle requires a multi-level system landscape: Level 1 is the
SAP HANA database. Level 2 is the ABAP back-end server. Level 3 is the ABAP front-end server with SAP
Gateway and the SAP Fiori apps. Each level requires specific users with specific privileges. In this procedure,
you set up the authorizations for the SAP HANA database (level 1).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 49
Overview

In the following diagram, you can see an overview of the three levels and the required authorizations:

 Note

Depending on your deployment scenario, the concrete implementation in your customer system landscape
can vary. For example, if you have an embedded deployment scenario, you are using the ABAP back-end
server also as your front-end system, and have no separate ABAP front-end server.

For more information, see Deployment Options [page 16]. For an overview diagram, see System Landscape
[page 14].

Authorization Levels for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle

 Caution

Level 1: You must always set up the SAP HANA users and privileges first, that is, before installing SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle on the ABAP back-end server and the ABAP front-end
server. This procedure is described below.

 Note

Level 2 and Level 3: You can only set up these authorizations after the actual installation. In most cases,
you only need to do this if you are doing a new installation. If you are doing an upgrade from a lower support
package stack or feature package stack, the authorizations should already be available.

• Level 2: This procedure is described in section Verify Back-End Users and Roles.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
50 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 • Level 3: The required authorizations depend on the consuming application and SAP Fiori apps that you
wish to use. For example, the procedures are described in the following sections:
SAP Customer Activity Repository: Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository; SAP
Assortment Planning: Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launchpad; SAP Allocation
Management: Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launchpad; SAP Replenishment
Planning: Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning

Prerequisites

• You are authorized to maintain users and assign privileges in the SAP HANA system.

 Note

For more information or if you encounter any issues during the procedure below, see the
SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_HANA_PLATFORM. Select your version at the top and choose the Operate tab. In the guide,
search for section Managing SAP HANA Users and section User Authorization.

• You know what the source master data system is (for example, SAP S/4HANA or SAP Retail).
• You know what the name of the SAPHANADB ABAP database schema is in your customer system
landscape.

 Note

In this guide, SAPHANADB is used as a variable. Replace it with the name of the database user or
database schema in your ABAP back-end system. You might also come across documentation or user
interfaces that use SAP<SID>. Both variables mean the same.

For more information and an example, see the Important Variables in section Naming Conventions
[page 7].

For more information about database users and schemas, see SAP Note 2535951 (FAQ: SAP HANA
Users and Schemas).

 Tip

If you don't know the SAPHANADB of your system, there are two easy ways to find it:

• Log on to your back-end system using SAP Logon. Choose System Status . In the section
titled Database data, see the name for Schema.
• Log on to your back-end system in SAP HANA studio. The schema name is listed under Catalog.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 51
• Ensure that physical schemas, corresponding to the following authoring schemas of your source master
data systems, are created on the SAP HANA database of your SAP Customer Activity Repository back-end
system:

Authoring Schema Name Source Master Data System

SAP_ECC SAP ERP (SAP Retail)

SAP_S4H SAP S/4HANA Retail

These are the physical schemas to which the SAP Retail and/or SAP S/4HANA data will be replicated.

 Note

Ensure that the physical schemas that you create have unique names and are different from the name
of the SAPHANADB ABAP database schema.

Procedure

To set up the authorizations, follow these steps:

1. Open SAP HANA studio and log on to your back-end system.

2. Choose Window Perspective Open Perspective SAP HANA Administration Console .
3. In the Systems view, choose Security Users to display the list of database users.
4. Verify that the following users exist and that they have the required privileges and roles. If necessary,
assign any missing privileges and roles.

 Caution

Users marked * must be identical on all three levels. Make sure these users have the same name on
the SAP HANA database level, on the ABAP back-end server, and on the ABAP front-end server.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
52 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Users Privileges / Roles

SAPHANADB • Privilege REPO.IMPORT

This is the generic database user

• Privilege ROLE ADMIN

that you need for the connection • Privilege STRUCTUREDPRIVILEGE ADMIN

from the ABAP back-end server to • Privilege EXECUTE on procedure TRUNCATE_PROCEDURE_OBJECTS

the SAP HANA database. • Privilege EXECUTE on procedure GET_PROCEDURE_OBJECTS
• Privilege CREATE SCHEMA
• Privilege SELECT on the physical schema corresponding to SAP_ECC (re­
quired if your source master data system is SAP Retail)

 Tip
You can also use the following example SQL statement to grant this
privilege using the SQL console:

GRANT SELECT on SCHEMA <Your physical schema

name> TO SAPHANADB;

You can do this for other privileges with similar SQL statements.

• Privilege SELECT on the physical schema corresponding to SAP_S4H (re­

quired if your source master data system is SAP S/4HANA)
• Role CONTENT_ADMIN
• Role AFLPM_CREATOR_ERASER_EXECUTE
This role enables the user to execute functions of the PAL library (required
by SAP Assortment Planning, for example).
For more information, see Enable Usage of PAL Functions [page 61] and
SAP Note 2046767 .
• Role AFL__SYS_AFL_OFL_AREA_EXECUTE
• Additionally, grant the following privileges, with option Grantable to others,
on these schemas:
On schema _SYS_BIC:
• Privilege CREATE ANY
• Privilege ALTER
On schema <your SAP S/4HANA or SAP Retail schema name>:
• Privilege SELECT

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 53
 Users Privileges / Roles

_SYS_REPO • Privilege SELECT, with option Grantable to others, on the following physical
database schemas:
• Physical database schema of your back-end system (referred to as
SAPHANADB in this guide)
• Physical database schema that contains the SAP S/4HANA or SAP
Retail tables
• Physical database schema that contains the SAP CRM tables
• Physical database schema that contains the SAP Marketing Cloud
tables
• Authoring schema SAP_S4H (required if your source master data sys­
tem is SAP S/4HANA)
• Authoring schema SAP_ECC (required if your source master data sys­
tem is SAP Retail)

 Tip
You can use the following example SQL statement to grant the privi­
lege:

GRANT SELECT ON SCHEMA <Your schema name> TO

_SYS_REPO WITH GRANT OPTION;

• Role UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO.
For information about the privileges automatically assigned with this role,
see Set Up Authorizations for Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) [page 90].
• For SAP Allocation Management, grant the following additional privileges:
• Privilege CREATE ANY on schema _SYS_BIC
This privilege enables the user to create a schema in the SAP HANA
database.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
54 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 Users Privileges / Roles

<Your User Name> * • Privilege SELECT on schema _SYS_BI

• Privilege SELECT on schema SAPHANADB
• Privilege EXECUTE on procedure REPOSITORY_REST
• Privilege SELECT on the physical schema corresponding to SAP_S4H (if
your source master data system is SAP S/4HANA)
• Privilege SELECT on the physical schema corresponding to SAP_ECC (if
your source master data system is SAP Retail)
• Set the Session Client of this database user to the correct back-end sys­
tem client.
This step is required to enable the SAP Assortment Planning planning
framework, where SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks obtain
data from SAP HANA views.

 Note
If you encounter issues with the steps below, see the Assign De­
fault Client section in the SAP HANA Modeling Guide at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM.

1. Still under Security Users , select the user.

2. On the User tab, set the Session Client to the client number created in
the Set Up SAP Client section.

5. Save your changes.

Result

You have successfully set up the users and privileges in the SAP HANA back-end system. Continue with the
next section.

Parent topic: Prepare the Installation [page 34]

Previous: Implement SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34]

Next: Verify Correct Schema Mapping [page 55]

4.3 Verify Correct Schema Mapping

In SAP HANA studio, verify that the authoring schemas delivered by SAP are mapped to the correct physical
schemas of your customer landscape. First do an n:1 mapping (all authoring schemas of SAP Customer
Activity Repository applications bundle to the same SAPHANADB physical schema). Then do a 1:1 mapping

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 55
(the authoring schema of each source master data system to a unique physical schema for that system). If
necessary, create any mappings that are missing.

Context

Why Schema Mapping?

• Schema mapping is a prerequisite to activate the SAP HANA content.

• SAP CARAB requires the authoring schema name to be either SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H. If the corresponding
physical schema name in SAP Customer Activity Repository is anything other than SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H,
then this schema mapping is mandatory.

What are Authoring Schemas and Physical Schemas?

The SAP HANA content of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle is delivered with several
authoring schemas (for different scenarios and different source master data systems).

• The authoring schema is the logical database schema to which the physical schema is mapped to. The
authoring schema is listed in each object's properties in SAP HANA studio. Different objects can have
different authoring schemas.
• The physical schema is the logical database schema of your customer back-end system (referred to as
SAPHANADB).

In the procedure below, you must map the authoring schemas to the physical schemas of your customer
back-end system.

Prerequisites

• You have set up the authorizations as described in Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges [page 49].
• You know what the name of the SAPHANADB database schema is in your customer back-end system. This is
the physical schema name that you need to enter in the mapping procedure below.

 Note

In this guide, SAPHANADB is used as a variable. Replace it with the name of the database user or
database schema in your ABAP back-end system. You might also come across documentation or user
interfaces that use SAP<SID>. Both variables mean the same.

For more information and an example, see the Important Variables in section Naming Conventions
[page 7].

For more information about database users and schemas, see SAP Note 2535951 (FAQ: SAP HANA
Users and Schemas).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
56 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
  Tip

If you don't know the SAPHANADB of your system, there are two easy ways to find it:

• Log on to your back-end system using SAP Logon. Choose System Status . In the section
titled Database data, see the name for Schema.
• Log on to your back-end system in SAP HANA studio. The schema name is listed under Catalog.

Authoring Schemas

The following tables show the two sets of authoring schemas that are relevant for this release. In the procedure
below, you map these authoring schemas to the physical schemas of your customer system landscape.

Table 1: Authoring Schemas for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle

Schema Name Required For

SAP_CAR SAP HANA objects for SAP Customer Activity Repository

SAP_DDF SAP HANA objects for Demand Data Foundation and Unified
Demand Forecast

SAPOSA SAP HANA objects for On-Shelf Availability

SAP_RAP SAP HANA objects for consuming applications (for example,

SAP Assortment Planning, SAP Merchandise Planning, or
SAP Promotion Management)

SAP_RTLRAP_AMR SAP HANA objects for SAP Allocation Management

Table 2: Authoring Schemas for Source Master Data Systems

Schema Name Required For

SAP_CRM SAP Customer Relationship Management

SAP_CUAN SAP Marketing Cloud

SAP_ECC SAP ERP (SAP Retail)

SAP_S4H SAP S/4HANA Retail

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 57
Example

The following are a couple of examples of the schema setup and mapping in SAP Customer Activity Repository:

Scenario 1

Authoring Schema Physical Schema

SAP_ECC ECC_DATA

SAP_S4H S4H_DATA

In this example, the physical schema names are different from the authoring schema names and so we map
the authoring schemas to the physical schemas.

Scenario 2

Authoring Schema Physical Schema

SAP_ECC SAP_ECC

SAP_S4H SAP_S4H

In this example, the physical schema names are the same as the authoring schema names. In such a setup you
do not need to map the authoring schemas to the physical schemas.

Procedure

 Note

If you encounter issues during the steps below, see the SAP HANA Modeling Guide for SAP HANA Studio at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM. Select your version at the top. Search for section
Map Authoring Schema to Physical Schema and also consult the subsections.

1. In SAP HANA studio, log on to your back-end system.

2. Choose Window Perspective Open Perspective SAP HANA Modeler .
3. Choose Help Quick View Schema Mapping .
4. Select the system and choose Add.
5. Enter the authoring schemas and physical schemas that you want to map:

 Caution

Make sure that you enter the names correctly.

Make sure there are no leading or trailing spaces before or after a name. Space characters cause issues
with schema mapping.

1. Map all authoring schemas from Table 1 to the same physical schema (SAPHANADB) of your customer
system. This is the n:1 mapping step. If necessary, add new mappings.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
58 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
 2. Map each authoring schema from Table 2 to a unique physical schema for the respective source
master data system in your customer system. This is the 1:1 mapping step. If necessary, add new
mappings.

 Note

In this step, each physical schema that you map to must have a different name. Do not map the
authoring schemas from Table 2 to the same physical schema (SAPHANADB) used in the previous
step (a).

6. Choose OK.

 Note

If you are using an SAP HANA system with multiple isolated tenant databases to perform cross-
database access between tenants, you must provide the authoring database name and the physical
database name in the schema-mapping definition.

You maintain schema-mapping definitions in the SYS_BI.M_DATABASE_SCHEMA_MAPPING table.

Parent topic: Prepare the Installation [page 34]

Previous: Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges [page 49]

Next: Generate Time Data for Gregorian Calendar [page 59]

4.4 Generate Time Data for Gregorian Calendar

Perform a generic calendar setting in SAP HANA studio. This generates the time data (calendar) for several
scenarios and SAP Fiori apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle. Setting up the
Gregorian calendar is mandatory. Optionally, you can choose to set up the Fiscal calendar as well.

Use

Perform this procedure to generate the time data for the calendar type Gregorian.

 Note

There is a second calendar type called Fiscal. It is used if the financial year is not the same as the calendar
year (for example, April to March).

The Fiscal calendar is required for SAP Assortment Planning and for SAP Merchandise Planning.

You can set up both calendar types already now. Or you can set up the fiscal calendar type later on when
you get to the application-specific sections (Generate Time Data - Fiscal Calendar [page 318]).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 59
Prerequisites

• You are familiar with the calendar information for SAP HANA Platform.

 Note

For more information, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM and select your

version. Choose Develop Development SAP HANA Modeling Guide for SAP HANA Studio .
Search for the Generate Time Data section and see also the subsections.

Procedure

1. Open SAP HANA studio and log in to your back-end system.

2. Open the SAP HANA Modeler perspective.
3. On the Quick View tab, choose Generate Time Data.
4. Select your back-end system and choose Next.
5. Set up the Gregorian calendar:
• Select the calendar type Gregorian.
• Enter a From Year and a To Year.

 Note

The range of years should include all the years of data that you plan to store in SAP Customer
Activity Repository.

 Example

If you plan to start using SAP Customer Activity Repository on January 1, 2019, enter 2019 as your
starting year. But if you plan to access sales documents created in SAP Retail that date back to
January 2017, enter 2017 as your starting year.

• Select the granularity.

 Note

Day is the minimum granularity required for SAP Customer Activity Repository. You can choose a
finer level of granularity, for example Hour, if necessary.

• Choose Finish.
6. (Optional) If you wish to set up the fiscal calendar as well, follow the instructions in Generate Time Data -
Fiscal Calendar [page 318].

Parent topic: Prepare the Installation [page 34]

Previous: Verify Correct Schema Mapping [page 55]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
60 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
Next: Configure AFL Usage [page 61]

4.5 Configure AFL Usage

Perform configuration tasks to enable the usage of application function libraries (such as the PAL and the OFL)
for the applications SAP Assortment Planning and SAP Allocation Management.

Enable Usage of PAL Functions (SAP Assortment Planning) [page 61]

To enable the usage of the PAL algorithm for SAP Assortment Planning, perform the required setup
steps.

Check the OFL Installation [page 62]

Confirm that the OFL algorithm was installed successfully as prerequisite for SAP Assortment Planning
and SAP Allocation Management.

Parent topic: Prepare the Installation [page 34]

Previous: Generate Time Data for Gregorian Calendar [page 59]

4.5.1 Enable Usage of PAL Functions (SAP Assortment

Planning)

To enable the usage of the PAL algorithm for SAP Assortment Planning, perform the required setup steps.

Use

The installation of SAP HANA Platform includes the installation of the PAL algorithm, a prerequisite for SAP
Assortment Planning.

To enable the usage of the PAL algorithm, as required by SAP Assortment Planning, perform the following
procedure.

 Note

You do not need to create the AFL_WRAPPER_GENERATOR or AFL_WRAPPER_ERASER procedures, nor do

you need to generate any special PAL procedures; this is done automatically.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 61
Procedure

1. To confirm that the PAL functions were installed successfully, you can run SELECT statements in the three
relevant public views as follows:
• SELECT * FROM SYS.AFL_AREAS WHERE AREA_NAME = 'AFLPAL';
In the case of a successful installation, the statement should return 1 row.
• SELECT * FROM SYS.AFL_PACKAGES WHERE AREA_NAME = 'AFLPAL';
In the case of a successful installation, the statement should return 1 row.
• SELECT * FROM SYS.AFL_FUNCTIONS WHERE AREA_NAME = 'AFLPAL';
In the case of a successful installation, the statement should return many rows. Verify that the function
KMEANS is part of the list.

More Information

• Section Install the Prerequisites [page 19] Common Prerequisites SAP HANA Platform
• http://help.sap.com/hana_platform <Version> Machine Learning SAP HANA Predictive Analysis
Library (PAL)

4.5.2 Check the OFL Installation

Confirm that the OFL algorithm was installed successfully as prerequisite for SAP Assortment Planning and
SAP Allocation Management.

Use

The installation of SAP HANA Platform includes the installation of the OFL algorithm, a prerequisite for SAP
Assortment Planning.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
62 PUBLIC Prepare the Installation
Procedure

1. To confirm that the OFL was installed successfully, you can run SELECT statements in the three relevant
public views as follows:
• SELECT * FROM SYS.AFL_AREAS WHERE AREA_NAME = 'OFL_AREA';
In the case of a successful installation, the statement should return 1 row.
• SELECT * FROM SYS.AFL_PACKAGES WHERE AREA_NAME = 'OFL_AREA';
In the case of a successful installation, the statement should return 1 row.
• SELECT * FROM SYS.AFL_FUNCTIONS WHERE AREA_NAME = 'OFL_AREA';
In the case of a successful installation, the statement should return 4 rows. Verify that the function
GENIOS_SOLVE is part of the list.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Prepare the Installation PUBLIC 63
5 Install the Software

For a correct installation, you must first install the required prerequisites and implement the pre-installation
SAP Notes. Then you install the back-end components and the front-end components. Finally, you implement
the SAP Notes that can only be applied after the installation.

 Tip

If you encounter issues during these procedures, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section for possible
solutions.

1. Verify Prerequisites and SAP Notes (Pre-Installation) [page 64]

Ensure that the required prerequisites and pre-installation SAP Notes have been implemented in your
system landscape.
2. Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]
First install the SAP HANA database together with the AFL components for this release. Then install
the SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 back-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle. Complete the back-end installation by setting up one or more SAP clients.
3. Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]
Install the complete UI layer in the front-end system. The UI layer consists of three components: SAP
Gateway, the central SAP Fiori UI component (SAP Fiori front-end server with SAP Fiori launchpad),
and the product-specific SAP Fiori UI component (front-end product version SAP FIORI FOR SAP
CARAB 5.0 FPS04 of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle).
4. Verify SAP Notes and RINs (Post-Installation) [page 83]
There are SAP Notes (corrections) that can only be implemented after you have installed the back-end
product version and the front-end product version. You must therefore do this additional check and
implement the required notes, before you move on to the setup steps for the applications.

5.1 Verify Prerequisites and SAP Notes (Pre-Installation)

Ensure that the required prerequisites and pre-installation SAP Notes have been implemented in your system
landscape.

Procedure

1. Verify that you have installed and configured the prerequisites that are required for your scenario:
In Install the Prerequisites [page 19], see the Common Prerequisites and the Application-Specific
Prerequisites.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
64 PUBLIC Install the Software
 2. Verify that all SAP Notes that must be applied before the installation have been implemented for your
scenario:
See Implement SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34].

 Caution

Always consult the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository, regardless of your scenario. Notes
listed there are often common corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.

Parent topic: Install the Software [page 64]

Next: Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]

5.2 Install ABAP Back-End Server

First install the SAP HANA database together with the AFL components for this release. Then install the
SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 back-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.
Complete the back-end installation by setting up one or more SAP clients.

Context

• The application function library (AFL) components run directly in the SAP HANA database. The revision of
each AFL component must be compatible with the revision of the SAP HANA database.
• The ABAP back-end server is based on the foundation component (SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION).
• On the ABAP back-end server, you install the SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 back-end product version. The
back-end product version provides the business logic and the back-end data (for example, users, roles, and
authorizations).

 Note

In an embedded deployment scenario, you plan to use the ABAP back-end server also as your front-end
system. This means that when you get to the installation of the front-end components later on (Install
ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]), you perform this installation here on the ABAP back-end server.

For more information, see Deployment Options [page 16].

1. Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66]
Install compatible revisions of the SAP HANA database and the application function library
components (SAP HANA AFL and SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA). You must do this before you
install the back-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle. This
procedure is mandatory for all the scenarios.
2. Download and Install SAP XRP AFL (Only for SAP Replenishment Planning) [page 69]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 65
 This procedure is only required if you want to use SAP Replenishment Planning. Download a revision
of the SAP XRP AFL component that is compatible with the revision of your SAP HANA database and
install it in your SAP HANA system.
3. Install SAP CARAB Back-End Product Version [page 72]
Install the SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 back-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle 5.0 FPS04 in your ABAP back-end system. First create a stack XML file with
Maintenance Planner. Then install this file with Software Update Manager (SUM).
4. Set Up SAP Client [page 75]
Set up one or more SAP clients in your ABAP back-end system. Map the client of each source master
data system to a client in your ABAP back-end system. The steps to follow depend on whether your
scenario uses the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository or not.

Parent topic: Install the Software [page 64]

Previous: Verify Prerequisites and SAP Notes (Pre-Installation) [page 64]

Next: Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]

5.2.1 Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA

Install compatible revisions of the SAP HANA database and the application function library components (SAP
HANA AFL and SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA). You must do this before you install the back-end product
version of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle. This procedure is mandatory for all the
scenarios.

Overview

There is one software component in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle that you must
always install (or upgrade) first:

• SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA

You must install (upgrade) this component together with the following components of SAP HANA Platform:

• SAP HANA AFL

• SAP HANA DATABASE

The revision of each AFL component must be compatible with the revision of the SAP HANA database. Be
aware of the following dependencies.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
66 PUBLIC Install the Software
Dependencies Between AFL Components and the SAP HANA Database

The AFL components (SAP HANA AFL, SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA) run directly in the SAP HANA
database. Because of this, they are released in sync with the SAP HANA database.

The releases are called “revisions”. Whenever a new revision of the SAP HANA database is released, a new
revision of each AFL component is released. As a result, there are always several revisions of each component
available for download.

 Caution

Compatible Revisions

For each revision of an AFL component, there is only one compatible revision of the SAP HANA database.
Whenever you upgrade the AFL components to a new revision, you must also upgrade the database.
Whenever you upgrade the database to a new revision, you must also upgrade the AFL components.

This applies not only during a new installation or an upgrade, but is equally relevant during normal
business operations.

Patches for Same Revision

Patches are the sole exception to this rule. Within the same revision, you can and should upgrade the AFL
components to the highest available patch. Here is an example:

• Your current revision is:

SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA revision 55.0004 for SAP HANA database 2.0 SPS05 revision 2.00.055
• A higher patch might be:
SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA revision 55.0005 for SAP HANA database 2.0 SPS05 revision 2.00.055

In this case, you should install the higher patch of the AFL. You do not need to update the database.

 Tip

You can easily check which revision is currently installed:

1. Execute transaction DB02 to open the Diagnostics: Missing Tables and Indexes screen.
2. Choose Current Status Overview to open the SAP HANA database overview.
3. Under Installed Plug-Ins , choose RTL to open the table with the plug-in details.
4. Search for SAP RTL AFL and see the values for rev-number and rev-patchlevel.

Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA

 Tip

When you download AFL components from the SAP Support Portal, the compatible revision of the SAP
HANA database is always indicated.

1. Determine which revision of the SAP HANA database and the AFL components you need.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 67
 To select the best revision for your scenario, see the Common Prerequisites in section Install the
Prerequisites [page 19]. Carefully read the information under SAP HANA Platform 2.0 and SAP RTL AFL
FOR SAP HANA:
• Note the minimum revision of the SAP HANA database and the AFL components. You need at least
this revision for the current release.
• Read the Caution to know what to do if you wish to select a higher revision than the minimum
revision.
Once you have selected a revision, this gives you the compatible revisions of the other components.
2. Download the compatible revisions from the SAP Support Portal at http://support.sap.com under
Software Downloads :

 Tip

Alternatively, you can log in to the SAP ONE Support Launchpad at https://
launchpad.support.sap.com/#/softwarecenter/ and follow the navigation from there.

• SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA:

The component is included in the SAP CARAB back-end product version. To download one of the
available revisions, choose By Alphabetical Index (A-Z) C CAR RETAIL APPLICATIONS BUNDLE
SAP CARAB 5.0 Support Packages and Patches DOWNLOADS COMPRISED SOFTWARE
COMPONENT VERSIONS SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA 200 .

 Tip

If you cannot see the revision you are looking for, select a different LINUX option from the
dropdown to display more revisions.

 Caution

Always select the highest available patch of any revision.

• SAP HANA AFL and SAP HANA DATABASE:

These components are part of SAP HANA Platform. To download one of the available revisions,
choose By Alphabetical Index (A-Z) H SAP HANA PLATFORM EDITION SAP HANA PLATFORM
EDITION 2.0 Support Packages and Patches DOWNLOADS SAP HANA AFL 2.0 and SAP HANA
DATABASE 2.0.
3. Install the selected revisions of SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA, SAP HANA AFL, and SAP HANA
DATABASE in your back-end system.
See SAP Note 2377894 (Install or Upgrade SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA) and carefully follow the steps
for the new installation scenario.

 Tip

If you encounter issues, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section for possible solutions.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
68 PUBLIC Install the Software
  Tip

For installation and upgrade information for SAP HANA Platform, see the following sections of the SAP
HANA Server Installation and Update Guide (select your release at the top):
• Installing an SAP HANA System
• Updating the SAP HANA System

Result
You have successfully installed the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component.

 Remember

For future updates of your system landscape, remember that the dependencies between the AFL
components and the SAP HANA database still apply:

• For example, should you decide to upgrade your SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle
scenario to a higher release requiring a higher AFL revision, you will also need to upgrade the SAP
HANA database and SAP HANA AFL.
• Likewise, should you decide to upgrade your SAP HANA database to a higher revision (for example, to
use new features in SAP HANA), you will need to also upgrade the AFL components.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]

Next: Download and Install SAP XRP AFL (Only for SAP Replenishment Planning) [page 69]

5.2.2 Download and Install SAP XRP AFL (Only for SAP
Replenishment Planning)

This procedure is only required if you want to use SAP Replenishment Planning. Download a revision of the SAP
XRP AFL component that is compatible with the revision of your SAP HANA database and install it in your SAP
HANA system.

Context

 Note

SAP XRP AFL is only required if you use SAP Replenishment Planning.

SAP XRP AFL is the application function library (AFL) component for SAP Replenishment Planning. Basically,
it is the calculation engine for your replenishment-related processes.

It is delivered as a component in the SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 back-end product version of SAP Customer
Activity Repository applications bundle.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 69
SAP XRP AFL runs in the database layer of your system landscape. Because of technical dependencies, the
component follows the release cycle of the SAP HANA database. The releases are called “revisions”.

This section describes where to download the correct revision of SAP XRP AFL and how to install it.

Prerequisites

• You are aware of the SAP HANA Platform prerequisites for this release of SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle.
See section Install the Prerequisites [page 19] and consult the information under Common Prerequisites
SAP HANA Platform 2.0 . The information about minimum revisions and maintenance revisions also
applies to SAP XRP AFL.
• You know that the SAP XRP AFL revision must always be compatible with the SAP HANA DATABASE
revision.
See section Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66] and consult the information
under Dependencies Between AFL Components and the SAP HANA Database.
• You have already installed compatible revisions of the following components in your SAP HANA system:
• Components of SAP HANA Platform: SAP HANA DATABASE and SAP HANA AFL
• Component of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle: SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA

Procedure

To install SAP XRP AFL, follow these steps:

1. Select a revision:
Select the SAP XRP AFL revision that is compatible with your SAP HANA database revision.

 Note

No matter which AFL revision you choose, always install the highest patch available for download.

2. Download the revision:

1. Navigate to the SAP Support Portal at http://support.sap.com and choose the Software Downloads
icon.
Alternatively, you can log in to the SAP ONE Support Launchpad at https://
launchpad.support.sap.com/#/softwarecenter/ and follow the navigation from there.
2. Choose By Alphabetical Index (A-Z) C CAR RETAIL APPLICATIONS BUNDLE SAP CARAB 5.0
Support Packages and Patches DOWNLOADS COMPRISED SOFTWARE COMPONENT VERSIONS
SAP XRP AFL 1.0 .
3. Download the selected revision (*.sar file).

 Note

The compatible SAP HANA database revision is always indicated.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
70 PUBLIC Install the Software
 3. Install the revision:

 Note

Your tool for this step is the SAP HANA database lifecycle manager (HDBLCM).

You have several options for installing or upgrading components with the HDBLCM. For more
information, see the SAP HANA Server Installation and Update Guide for your SAP HANA Platform
version at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM under Installation and Upgrade.

In particular, consult the following sections:

• Choosing the Correct SAP HANA HDBLCM for Your Task

• Installing or Updating SAP HANA Components
• Parameter Reference

If you encounter issues using the HDBLCM, see SAP Notes 2078425 (Troubleshooting note for
SAP HANA platform lifecycle management tool hdblcm) and 2082466 (Known Issues in SAP HANA
Platform Lifecycle Management (HDBLCM)) for possible solutions.

1. Log in as user root.

2. Load the SAP XRP AFL revision into your directory (<download path>).
3. Change to the SAP HANA resident directory where the HDBLCM is located:
cd /<sapmnt>/<SID>/hdblcm

 Note

<SID> is your customer-defined database system ID.

4. Call the resident HDBLCM tool at command line level with the following option as user root:
./hdblcm --action=update_components --component_dirs=/<download path>/
SAP_XRP_AFL
5. Follow the on-screen instructions.
6. Check that the script server for the SAP HANA database is active. If it isn't, activate it as described in
SAP Note 1650957 (SAP HANA Database: Starting the Script Server).
7. Check that the SAP XRP AFL component is now installed and active in your SAP HANA database:
• Follow the instructions in SAP Note 2188129 (Application Function Library (AFL): Check what
AFLs are installed and active in a SAP HANA Database).
• You should get the message “registration was successful” (for PLUGIN_NAME = 'xrp' and
PLUGIN_NAME = 'afl' in view M_PLUGIN_STATUS).
• If you get the message “registration failed”, repeat the installation steps above.
Then restart the server and the SAP HANA database.
• If you encounter other issues, see section Troubleshooting [page 241] for possible solutions.

Result

You have successfully installed the SAP XRP AFL component. Continue with the next step.

 Remember

For future updates of your system landscape, remember that the dependency between the AFL and the
SAP HANA database still applies.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 71
 For example, should you later decide to upgrade your SAP Replenishment Planning and SAP Customer
Activity Repository system to a higher release requiring a higher AFL revision, you will also need to upgrade
the revision of the SAP HANA database.

Vice versa, should you decide to upgrade your SAP HANA database to a higher revision (for example, to use
new features in SAP HANA), you will also need to upgrade the AFL to the compatible revision.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]

Previous: Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66]

Next: Install SAP CARAB Back-End Product Version [page 72]

5.2.3 Install SAP CARAB Back-End Product Version

Install the SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 back-end product version of SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle 5.0 FPS04 in your ABAP back-end system. First create a stack XML file with Maintenance
Planner. Then install this file with Software Update Manager (SUM).

 Note

The back-end product version contains the software components listed below. You can also find the
components on the SAP Support Portal, in the download area for the back-end product version :

• RTLCAB 500
• XI CONTENT RTLCAB 500
• XSAC_OPP_PPS_2
• SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA 200: This component requires a separate installation procedure,
which you have already done (see Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66]).
• SAP XRP AFL 1.0: This component is only required for SAP Replenishment Planning. If this is your
scenario, you have already installed this component as well (see Download and Install SAP XRP AFL
(Only for SAP Replenishment Planning) [page 69]).

Prerequisites

• You have completed all of the procedures described in the previous sections of this guide. In particular, see
the tasks in section Prepare the Installation [page 34].
• You have installed compatible revisions of the SAP HANA database and the mandatory AFL components
(SAP HANA AFL and SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA 200).
• You know which version of SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION is required for this release. For more information,
see Install the Prerequisites [page 19] and consult the Common Prerequisites.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
72 PUBLIC Install the Software
  Note

The stack XML file that you create in the procedure below, will contain the foundation component and,
as an add-on, the SAP CARAB back-end product version.

Overview

In the procedures below you do the following:

Use this tool... To do this...

Maintenance Planner Plan your system landscape and cre­

ate a stack XML file based on the re­
More information: https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/MAINTENANCE_PLANNER
quired product versions.

This stack XML file will include the

foundation component and the SAP
CARAB add-on component that you
select in the procedure below.

Software Update Manager (SUM) Install or upgrade components using

the stack XML file.
More information: https://support.sap.com/en/tools/software-logistics-tools/
software-update-manager.html

 Note

It may be possible to install or upgrade components using the SAP Add-On Installation Tool (transaction
SAINT) or the Support Package Manager (transaction SPAM). However, these alternative procedures are
not described in this guide. For information on whether they are supported for your implementation
scenario and on how to proceed in this case, see SAP Note 1803986 .

Create Stack XML File With Maintenance Planner

 Note

If you encounter issues with Maintenance Planner, see the following sources for possible solutions:

• Maintenance Planner Troubleshooting Guide on the SAP Community Wiki

• SAP Note 2535751 : Can not select the higher release for Netweaver in Maintenance Planner
• SAP Note 2314463 : Required file K-XXXxxxxxxxx.SAR is not visible for your user Sxxxxxxx

1. Log on to Maintenance Planner at https://support.sap.com/en/alm/solution-manager/processes-72/

maintenance-planner.html under Access Maintenance Planner .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 73
2. Choose Plan a New System.
3. Choose Plan.
4. Choose the system type ABAP (Install an ABAP System) and enter a three-character system ID (SID).
5. Select the system type that you wish to install (SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION).
6. Select a product version and a support package stack of the foundation component.
7. Select an instance (for example, product instance SAP S/4HANA Foundation).
8. Choose Confirm Selection.
9. Choose Install or Maintain an Add-On.
10. Select the back-end product version SAP CARAB 5.0 and the support package stack FPS04 (12/2022).
11. Select the instance CAR Retail Application Bundle.
12. Choose Confirm Selection.
13. Choose Next.
14. Select the operating system and database for your scenario.
15. Choose Confirm Selection.
16. Review the details of your stack dependent and stack independent files. If everything is OK, choose Next.
17. Choose Download Stack XML.
You have now created the stack XML file.

Install Stack XML File With Software Update Manager (SUM)

1. Download and install the SUM tool:

1. See the SAP Support Portal at https://support.sap.com/en/tools/software-logistics-tools/software-
update-manager.html .
2. Consult the information for SUM 2.0 SP xx and follow the instructions.
2. In SUM, install your add-on product using the stack XML file that you have created in the first procedure.

Result

You have successfully installed the back-end product version.

 Note

With this installation, several SAP HANA content packages have already been activated automatically. This
saves you manual activation steps later on.

Continue with the next section.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]

Previous: Download and Install SAP XRP AFL (Only for SAP Replenishment Planning) [page 69]

Next: Set Up SAP Client [page 75]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
74 PUBLIC Install the Software
5.2.4 Set Up SAP Client

Set up one or more SAP clients in your ABAP back-end system. Map the client of each source master data
system to a client in your ABAP back-end system. The steps to follow depend on whether your scenario uses
the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository or not.

Prerequisites

Verify whether your scenario requires data replicated from the source master data system via the SAP System
Landscape Transformation Replication Server (SLT).

• The non-DDF scenarios all use the SLT replication.

• The DDF scenarios all use the data replication framework (DRF, transaction DRFOUT). However, some
scenarios can additionally use the SLT replication:
• SAP Allocation Management: mandatory
• SAP Assortment Planning: optional (depends on your customer-specific implementation)
• SAP Merchandise Planning: optional (depends on your customer-specific implementation)
• SAP Replenishment Planning: required if you want to use real-time inventory, otherwise optional
(depends on your customer-specific implementation)

If your scenario uses the SLT replication, you must define SLT transformation rules to map the clients. You
must do this mapping before the actual replication. The procedures below describe how you do this for each
scenario.

 Note

You define an SLT transformation rule by matching a client number in the source master data system to a
client number in your SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle ABAP back-end system (SAP
Client MANDT). Without this mapping, errors may occur (for example, table joins can fail and the scenarios
relying on master data would not be functional).

 Note

If you need more information about the client concept, see SAP NetWeaver Library: Function-Oriented View
and select your support package (SP). Choose Application Server ABAP Other Services Services for
Administrators and consult the Client Concept section and the Multichannel Administration section.

Procedure for All Scenarios Using Demand Data Foundation

Follow this procedure in the following cases:

• You want to model and forecast demand using the UDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository.
• You want to use the Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository.
• You want to use SAP Allocation Management.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 75
• You want to use SAP Assortment Planning.
• You want to use SAP Merchandise Planning.
• You want to use SAP Promotion Management.
• You want to use SAP Replenishment Planning.

Follow these steps:

1. In transaction SCC4, create the necessary client in your ABAP back-end system.

 Caution

If you are performing a client copy, only do this after you have successfully imported all related
software components. Also, only import or transfer Customizing tables after the client copy is
complete. For instructions, see SAP Note 337623 (Customizing after installation or upgrade).

2. In Customizing (transaction SPRO), choose Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation

Basic Settings Define Logical Systems .

 Note

If you have multiple source master data systems and/or clients, you must define a logical system for
each system/client.

 Note

For the DDF scenarios with SLT replication, you also use this Customizing activity to define SLT
transformation rules. You do this by matching a Logical System (your back-end system client) to an
ERP Client (client number) for an MD Sys Typ (source master data system type).

1. Carefully read the activity documentation for detailed instructions and examples.
2. Define the logical systems that you need and map the clients as required for your scenario.

Procedure for Scenarios Not Using Demand Data Foundation

Follow this procedure if you are implementing a non-DDF scenario:

 Note

All of the following scenarios are modules in SAP Customer Activity Repository.

• POS Data Transfer and Audit

• Multichannel Transaction Data Management
• Inventory Visibility (including Omnichannel Article Availability and Sourcing, OAA)
• On-Shelf Availability

Follow these steps:

1. Verify the client numbers in the source master data systems:

• source SAP Retail system

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
76 PUBLIC Install the Software
 • source SAP S/4HANA system
• source systems of any optional products that you wish to implement with SAP Customer Activity
Repository (such as SAP CRM or SAP Marketing Cloud)

 Note

SAP Customer Activity Repository includes SAP HANA content that provides views on a combination
of client-dependent data authored in these source master data systems. For instance, sales documents
are created in a source SAP Retail system and are replicated to SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Likewise, customer information can be optionally replicated from a source SAP CRM or SAP Marketing
Cloud system.

2. In transaction SCC4, create the necessary client in your ABAP back-end system.

 Caution

If you are performing a client copy, only do this after you have successfully imported all related
software components. Also, only import or transfer Customizing tables after the client copy is
complete. For instructions, see SAP Note 337623 (Customizing after installation or upgrade).

Cross-system information is client-dependent. As a result, the SAP Client (MANDT) attribute must be used
as one of the join attributes in the SAP HANA views to combine cross-system sales and master data.
If you want to replicate data from only a single source master data system, all data (whether created or
replicated) must be affiliated with the same client number. Note that this does not apply to scenarios with
multiple source master data systems (for more information, see the optional step below).

 Caution

SLT Transformation Rules:

Using the same client number might not be possible due to the specifics of your implementation and
client setup rules. In this case, you must use SLT transformation rules before replicating the data.
The rules allow you to transform the source SAP Retail or SAP S/4HANA clients and, optionally, the
source SAP CRM or SAP Marketing Cloud clients to match the client in your back-end system.

Example:

SAP Retail and SAP CRM (or SAP Marketing Cloud) are set up on client 100 in your implementation. In
this case, you should also set up your installation on client 100. If, for any reason, you are unable to do
so, you can transform the source client to 100 using SLT transformation rules.

3. (Optional) Do this step if you have multiple source master data systems:
1. For configuration options for scenarios with multiple source master data systems, see the Multiple
ECC Support section in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository.
2. In Customizing, do the client mapping:
Choose SAP Customer Activity Repository General Settings Client Mapping For Multiple ERP
Systems .
3. Carefully read the activity documentation.
4. Enable the multiple ERP support and map the clients for each of the systems.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 77
Previous: Install SAP CARAB Back-End Product Version [page 72]

5.3 Install ABAP Front-End Server

Install the complete UI layer in the front-end system. The UI layer consists of three components: SAP Gateway,
the central SAP Fiori UI component (SAP Fiori front-end server with SAP Fiori launchpad), and the product-
specific SAP Fiori UI component (front-end product version SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 of SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle).

Context

• The ABAP front-end server contains all the infrastructure components to generate SAP Fiori app-specific
UIs for the client and to communicate with the back-end systems.
• The central SAP Fiori UI component (SAP Fiori front-end server) is a framework that provides the
common infrastructure for all SAP Fiori apps. The component contains the SAP Fiori launchpad, which
is the basis of all SAP Fiori apps and provides fundamental functions (such as logon, surface sizing,
navigation between apps, and role-based app catalogs). End-users access SAP Fiori apps from the SAP
Fiori launchpad.
• The product-specific SAP Fiori UI component (SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 front-end
product version) contains the SAP Fiori apps delivered with this release of SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle.

 Note

Where you install the front-end components depends on your chosen deployment option. With the central
hub deployment, you install the front-end components in a separate front-end system. With the embedded
deployment, you install the front-end components in your ABAP back-end system. Please refer to SAP Note
2997851 (SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0: Front-end deployment options) to
help you decide which deployment option is the best for your scenario.

For more information, see Deployment Options [page 16].

1. Verify Installation of SAP Gateway Foundation [page 79]

SAP Gateway Foundation (SAP_GWFND) is a component in SAP NetWeaver. In this procedure, you verify
that the required version is installed in your front-end system.
2. Verify Installation of Central SAP Fiori UI Component [page 80]
The central SAP Fiori UI component includes the SAPUI5 control library and the SAP Fiori launchpad.
The component is delivered as part of the SAP Fiori front-end server. Verify that the required version of
SAP Fiori front-end server is installed in your front-end system.
3. Install SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB Front-End Product Version [page 81]
Install the SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 front-end product version in your front-end system.
The product version contains the SAP Fiori apps for this release of SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle. First create a stack XML file with Maintenance Planner and then install the stack
XML file with Software Update Manager (SUM).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
78 PUBLIC Install the Software
Parent topic: Install the Software [page 64]

Previous: Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65]

Next task: Verify SAP Notes and RINs (Post-Installation) [page 83]

5.3.1 Verify Installation of SAP Gateway Foundation

SAP Gateway Foundation (SAP_GWFND) is a component in SAP NetWeaver. In this procedure, you verify that the
required version is installed in your front-end system.

Context

As of SAP NetWeaver 7.40, the major components of SAP Gateway have been integrated into SAP NetWeaver
as SAP Gateway Foundation (SAP_GWFND). SAP Gateway Foundation has since been an integral part of SAP
NetWeaver.

SAP Gateway Foundation handles the communication between the ABAP back-end server and the client on the
front-end. It establishes a connection between SAP Business Suite or application data and the target clients,
platforms, and programming framework.

Procedure

1. Ensure that the required SAP NetWeaver version is installed on your front-end server. For more
information, see the following:
• For the required version, see Install the Prerequisites [page 19] and choose Common Prerequisites
SAP S/4HANA FOUNDATION and SAP Fiori.
• For information on deployment options, see the following:
• Section Deployment Options [page 16]
• Section Quick Configuration in the SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration Guide
• For installation, configuration, and security information, see again the product documentation at SAP
Gateway Foundation (SAP_GWFND).
• For installation and upgrade information for SAP Fiori, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
FIORI_IMPLEMENTATION and choose Implement Installation and Upgrade SAP Fiori: Setup and
Configuration Setup of SAP Fiori System Landscape . Here you can also find a system landscape
diagram.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 79
Next: Verify Installation of Central SAP Fiori UI Component [page 80]

5.3.2 Verify Installation of Central SAP Fiori UI Component

The central SAP Fiori UI component includes the SAPUI5 control library and the SAP Fiori launchpad. The
component is delivered as part of the SAP Fiori front-end server. Verify that the required version of SAP Fiori
front-end server is installed in your front-end system.

Context

The SAP Fiori front-end server contains the software components that are required to run SAP Fiori scenarios.

You can find an overview of a typical system landscape and its components at Setup of SAP Fiori System
Landscape.

 Note

Where you install the front-end components depends on your chosen deployment option. With the central
hub deployment, you install the front-end components in a separate front-end system. With the embedded
deployment, you install the front-end components in your ABAP back-end system. Please refer to SAP Note
2997851 (SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0: Front-end deployment options) to
help you decide which deployment option is the best for your scenario.

For more information, see Deployment Options [page 16].

Procedure

1. Verify what version of SAP Fiori front-end server is required for this release.
In section Install the Prerequisites [page 19], see under Common Prerequisites SAP Fiori . This
section also points you to the installation information.
2. Ensure that the required version is installed on your front-end server.

 Note

For installation instructions, see Installing SAP Fiori in the Setup and Configure your SAP Fiori
Landscape documentation.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]

Previous: Verify Installation of SAP Gateway Foundation [page 79]

Next: Install SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB Front-End Product Version [page 81]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
80 PUBLIC Install the Software
5.3.3 Install SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB Front-End Product
Version

Install the SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 FPS04 front-end product version in your front-end system. The
product version contains the SAP Fiori apps for this release of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle. First create a stack XML file with Maintenance Planner and then install the stack XML file with Software
Update Manager (SUM).

 Note

The front-end product version contains the software component UICAR001 500. You can also find the
component on the SAP Support Portal. See the download area for the front-end product version
and choose SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 COMPRISED SOFTWARE
COMPONENT VERSIONS .

Prerequisites

You have completed the previous procedures in this guide.

 Note

Where you install the front-end components depends on your chosen deployment option. With the central
hub deployment, you install the front-end components in a separate front-end system. With the embedded
deployment, you install the front-end components in your ABAP back-end system. Please refer to SAP Note
2997851 (SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0: Front-end deployment options) to
help you decide which deployment option is the best for your scenario.

For more information, see Deployment Options [page 16].

Overview

In the procedures below you do the following:

Use this tool... To do this...

Maintenance Planner Plan your system landscape and create a stack XML file
based on the required product versions.
More information: https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/MAINTE­
NANCE_PLANNER

Software Update Manager (SUM) Install or upgrade components using the stack XML file.

More information: https://support.sap.com/en/tools/soft­

ware-logistics-tools/software-update-manager.html

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 81
  Note

It may be possible to install or upgrade components using the SAP Add-On Installation Tool (transaction
SAINT) or the Support Package Manager (transaction SPAM). However, these alternative procedures are
not described in this guide. For information on whether they are supported for your implementation
scenario and on how to proceed in this case, see SAP Note 1803986 .

Create Stack XML File With Maintenance Planner

 Note

If you encounter issues with Maintenance Planner, see the following sources for possible solutions:

• Maintenance Planner Troubleshooting Guide on the SAP Community Wiki

• SAP Note 2535751 : Can not select the higher release for Netweaver in Maintenance Planner
• SAP Note 2314463 : Required file K-XXXxxxxxxxx.SAR is not visible for your user Sxxxxxxx

1. Log on to Maintenance Planner at https://support.sap.com/en/alm/solution-manager/processes-72/

maintenance-planner.html under Access Maintenance Planner .
2. Choose Plan a New System.
3. Choose Plan.
4. Choose the system type ABAP (Install an ABAP System) and enter a three-character system ID (<SID>).
5. Select the system type that you wish to install.
6. Select a product version and a support package stack.
7. Select a product version instance.
8. Choose Confirm Selection.
9. Choose Install or Maintain an Add-On.
10. Select the SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB 5.0 front-end product version and the FPS04 (12/2022)
support package stack.
11. Select an instance of SAP Fiori front-end server.
12. Choose Confirm Selection.
13. Choose Next.
14. Select the operating system and database for your scenario.
15. Choose Confirm Selection.
16. Review the details of your stack dependent and stack independent files. If everything is OK, choose Next.
17. Choose Download Stack XML.
You have now created the stack XML file.

Install Stack XML File With Software Update Manager (SUM)

1. Download and install the SUM tool:

1. See the SAP Support Portal at https://support.sap.com/en/tools/software-logistics-tools/software-
update-manager.html .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
82 PUBLIC Install the Software
 2. Consult the information for SUM 2.0 SP xx and follow the instructions.
2. In SUM, install your add-on product using the stack XML file that you have created in the first procedure.

Result

You have successfully installed the front-end product version for this release.

Continue with the next section.

Parent topic: Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]

Previous: Verify Installation of Central SAP Fiori UI Component [page 80]

5.4 Verify SAP Notes and RINs (Post-Installation)

There are SAP Notes (corrections) that can only be implemented after you have installed the back-end product
version and the front-end product version. You must therefore do this additional check and implement the
required notes, before you move on to the setup steps for the applications.

Prerequisites

Make sure that you have the up-to-date version of each SAP Note, which you can always find on the SAP
Support Portal at http://support.sap.com/notes .

Procedure

Check whether there are SAP Notes that can only be implemented after the installation. See the Implement
SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34] section and do the following:
a. Always check the release information notes (RINs) indicated there. The RINs list the installation- and
upgrade-relevant corrections that have become available since this guide was published and the software
was released. Implement any corrections from the RINs that are required for your scenario.
b. Always check the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository. SAP Notes listed there are often common
corrections, applicable to all consuming applications.
c. Then check the SAP Notes for your consuming application. Implement any corrections required for your
scenario.

Task overview: Install the Software [page 64]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Install the Software PUBLIC 83
Previous: Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
84 PUBLIC Install the Software
6 Set Up the Applications

You have installed the back-end components and front-end components of SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle. Now you must first do the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository Core
(Mandatory for All Applications) . These steps are required for all the applications. Then you either continue
with the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository Advanced (Optional) or do the setup steps
for your application.

For SAP Allocation Management, first consult the information in section SAP Allocation Management. Then
do the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository Core (Mandatory for All Applications) .

SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 85]

First do the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository Core (Mandatory for All
Applications) . Then you can continue with the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository
Advanced (Optional) or do the setup steps for your application.

SAP Merchandise Planning [page 260]

Post-installation setup for SAP Merchandise Planning

SAP Assortment Planning [page 311]

Post-installation setup for SAP Assortment Planning

SAP Promotion Management [page 340]

Using SAP Promotion Management functions

SAP Allocation Management [page 341]

Post-installation setup for SAP Allocation Management

SAP Replenishment Planning [page 355]

Post-installation setup for SAP Replenishment Planning

Configure Access to Documentation on SAP Help Portal (Optional for All Applications) [page 413]
In transaction SR13, configure your ABAP back-end system to access documentation on SAP Help
Portal.

Enable In-App Help [page 416]

In-app help is available for several SAP Fiori apps of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications
bundle. To enable the in-app help, you need to make it available in the SAP Fiori launchpad by setting
up the underlying framework.

6.1 SAP Customer Activity Repository

First do the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository Core (Mandatory for All Applications) .
Then you can continue with the setup steps under SAP Customer Activity Repository Advanced
(Optional) or do the setup steps for your application.

Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 85
 Perform the core steps to set up SAP Customer Activity Repository as the common platform. The core
steps are mandatory for SAP Customer Activity Repository and for all the consuming applications.

Advanced (Optional) [page 124]

After you have completed the core steps, perform the advanced steps that are relevant to your
scenario. The advanced steps are optional. They enable specific functionality in SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

Troubleshooting [page 241]

Diagnose and resolve issues that may arise when you install, upgrade, and set up your scenario. If you
need to report a customer incident, see the information at the end of this section.

6.1.1 Core (Mandatory for All Applications)

Perform the core steps to set up SAP Customer Activity Repository as the common platform. The core steps
are mandatory for SAP Customer Activity Repository and for all the consuming applications.

 Caution

Always do the core steps first. Then you can continue with the Advanced (Optional) steps for SAP Customer
Activity Repository or with the setup steps for your application.

1. Verify Back-End Users and Roles [page 87]

Ensure that the required users on the SAP HANA database level and on the back-end application level
have the privileges, roles, and authorizations required for your scenario.
2. Set Up Authorizations for On-Shelf Availability (OSA) [page 89]
In SAP HANA studio, grant the AFL__SYS_AFL_POSDM_AREA_EXECUTE role to the SAPHANADB user
in your back-end system. This short procedure is mandatory for all the applications, because it is
required for the successful activation of the SAP HANA content later on.
3. Set Up Authorizations for Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) [page 90]
In SAP HANA studio, create three roles for UDF and grant the required privileges. Then assign two roles
to the SAPHANADB user (sometimes also called the SAP<SID> user) and one role to the _SYS_REPO
standard user. This procedure is mandatory for all the applications because the authorizations are
needed for the successful activation of the SAP HANA content later on.
4. Create/Replicate Source Master Data System Tables [page 94]
Create the tables in SAP Customer Activity Repository that are required for replicating data from
your source master data system. Then perform the actual replication of the data. You need SAP
HANA studio and the SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server (SLT) for this procedure. For
reference, you can download a spreadsheet that lists the required tables for each source master data
system (SAP Retail, SAP S/4HANA).
5. Activate SAP HANA Content [page 98]
Activate the SAP HANA content for your scenario by running the /CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA report in the
back-end system. This procedure is mandatory for all the applications. You can run the report as many
times as required. For example, if you choose to extend your scenario at a later point in time, simply run
the report again to activate the SAP HANA content for the added options.
6. Activate SAP HANA Content for Demand Data Foundation (DDF) [page 101]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
86 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 If your scenario includes DDF services such as the calculation of distribution curves or the similar
products search, do the steps described here to activate and deploy the required SAP HANA content
packages. All steps are mandatory.
7. Activate SAP HANA Script Server [page 104]
Activate the script server for the SAP HANA database. This step is mandatory for all the applications.
8. Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]
Configure the DDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository as required for your scenario.
9. Configure SAP Gateway [page 110]
Perform several configuration steps for SAP Gateway and activate the OData services for the SAP Fiori
apps. The steps to follow depend on the SAP NetWeaver version on your front-end server.

6.1.1.1 Verify Back-End Users and Roles

Ensure that the required users on the SAP HANA database level and on the back-end application level have
the privileges, roles, and authorizations required for your scenario.

Prerequisites

• You are aware that user names in the front-end application must be the same as those in the SAP HANA
database and the back-end application.
• You have performed the steps in section Verify SAP HANA User and Privileges [page 49].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 87
Procedure

Ensure that your back-end application user has the following roles and authorizations:

User Role / Authorization

<Your User Name>* • SAP_ISR_DDF_MASTER

• SAP_ISR_AP_MASTER
• /RAP/BW_AP_WORKBOOKS
• /RAP/BW_MPR_WORKBOOKS
• In transaction RS2HANA_VIEW, set SAP HANA User Mapping to C (DBMS
user, else SAP HANA user with same name as BW user).

• In transaction RS2HANA_CHECK, verify that authorizations for generating

SAP HANA views out of local BI Content objects are set up. Correct any
resulting issues.
For more information, see Authorizations for Generated SAP HANA Views .
• If you need detailed information about PAK execution, the user profile must
have the following parameters maintained. Be aware that as a result of the
additional logging, these settings might slow down the performance.
In transaction SU3, select the Parameters tab. Enter the parameter and the
desired value as shown below and choose Save.

Parameter Value

RSPLS_HDB_PE_TRACE Y

More Information

For information on setting up front-end application users, see the following:

• For SAP Assortment Planning: Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 334]
• For SAP Allocation Management: Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 353]

Parent topic: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Next: Set Up Authorizations for On-Shelf Availability (OSA) [page 89]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
88 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.1.2 Set Up Authorizations for On-Shelf Availability
(OSA)

In SAP HANA studio, grant the AFL__SYS_AFL_POSDM_AREA_EXECUTE role to the SAPHANADB user in your
back-end system. This short procedure is mandatory for all the applications, because it is required for the
successful activation of the SAP HANA content later on.

Context

The AFL__SYS_AFL_POSDM_AREA_EXECUTE role enables the SAPHANADB user to call the OSA application
function library (part of the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component) in the SAP HANA database.

Prerequisites

• You have mapped authoring schemas to physical schemas as described in Verify Correct Schema Mapping
[page 55].
• You have installed the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component as described in Download and Install
SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66].
• You have database administrator rights so that you can grant roles to users.
• You have an SAPHANADB user and an SAPHANADB physical schema in your SAP HANA database. The
names must be identical.

 Note

The name SAPHANADB is used as a variable. Replace it with the name of the database user or
database schema in your ABAP back-end system. Instead of SAPHANADB, you might also come across
documentation or user interfaces that mention SAPHANADB. Both variables mean the same.

For more information and an example, see the Important Variables in Naming Conventions [page 7].

If you need more information on database users and schemas, see section Verify Correct Schema
Mapping [page 55].

Procedure

 Tip

• If you encounter issues related to authorization or authentication, see section Security-Related Issues
of the SAP HANA Troubleshooting and Performance Analysis Guide, which you can find at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM for your SAP HANA Platform version.
• We have provided an example SQL statement below that you can adapt as needed for your system
landscape.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 89
1. In SAP HANA studio, access your back-end system and open the SAP HANA Administration Console.
2. Choose Security Users .
3. Select your SAPHANADB user and open the user details (or double-click the user).
4. On the Granted Roles tab, choose the plus icon and select AFL__SYS_AFL_POSDM_AREA_EXECUTE as the
role name.

 Example

SQL example: grant AFL__SYS_AFL_POSDM_AREA_EXECUTE to SAPHANADB;

5. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.

Result

You have successfully set up the authorizations for OSA. Continue with the next section.

Parent topic: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous: Verify Back-End Users and Roles [page 87]

Next: Set Up Authorizations for Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) [page 90]

6.1.1.3 Set Up Authorizations for Unified Demand Forecast

(UDF)

In SAP HANA studio, create three roles for UDF and grant the required privileges. Then assign two roles to the
SAPHANADB user (sometimes also called the SAP<SID> user) and one role to the _SYS_REPO standard user.
This procedure is mandatory for all the applications because the authorizations are needed for the successful
activation of the SAP HANA content later on.

Context

The three roles for UDF have the following purpose:

Role Purpose

UDF_EXECUTE Required to execute UDF. Enables the SAPHANADB user to call the UDF applica­
tion function library (AFL) in the SAP HANA database.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
90 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Role Purpose

UDF_DEPLOY Required to activate the SAP HANA content for UDF. Enables the SAPHANADB
user to deploy the SAP HANA content for UDF.

UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO Required to activate the SAP HANA content. Defines additional privileges for
the _SYS_REPO standard user.

 Note

If you need more information on standard users (such as _SYS_REPO), see the following guides for your
SAP HANA Platform version at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM:

• SAP HANA Security Guide: Search for section SAP HANA User Management.
• SAP HANA Security Checklists and Recommendations: Search for section Recommendations for
Database Users, Roles, and Privileges.

Prerequisites

• You have mapped the authoring schemas to the physical schemas as described in Verify Correct Schema
Mapping [page 55].
• You have installed the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component as described in Download and Install
SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66].
• You have database administrator rights so that you can grant roles to users.
• You have an SAPHANADB user and an SAPHANADB physical schema in your SAP HANA database. The
names must be identical.

 Note

SAPHANADB is used as a variable. Replace it with the name of the database user or database schema in
your ABAP back-end system.

Instead of SAPHANADB, you might also come across documentation or user interfaces that mention
SAP<SID>. Both variables mean the same.

For more information and an example, see the Important Variables in Naming Conventions [page 7].

If you need more information on database users and schemas, see Verify Correct Schema Mapping
[page 55].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 91
Procedure

 Tip

• If you encounter issues related to authorization or authentication, see the Security-Related Issues
section of the SAP HANA Troubleshooting and Performance Analysis Guide, which you can find at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM under Operate. Select your version at the top.
• We have provided example SQL statements below that you can adapt as needed for your system
landscape.

1. In SAP HANA studio, log on to your back-end system and open the SAP HANA Administration Console.
2. Navigate to Security Roles and select New Role from the context menu.
3. In the Role Name field, enter UDF_EXECUTE.

 Example

SQL example: create role UDF_EXECUTE;

4. Make the following settings for this role:

• On the Granted Roles tab: Choose the plus icon and select the
AFL__SYS_AFL_UDFCORE_AREA_EXECUTE role from the list.

 Example

SQL example: grant AFL__SYS_AFL_UDFCORE_AREA_EXECUTE to UDF_EXECUTE;

• On the Object Privileges tab: Add the following catalog objects and grant them the following privileges:
• Catalog object (schema name) SAPHANADB: privileges SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE

 Example

SQL example: grant SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE on schema SAPHANADB to

UDF_EXECUTE;

• Catalog object (schema name) _SYS_BIC: privileges SELECT, EXECUTE

 Example

SQL example: grant SELECT, EXECUTE on schema _SYS_BIC to UDF_EXECUTE;

• On the Analytic Privileges tab: Add the _SYS_BI_CP_ALL privilege.

 Example

SQL example: call

GRANT_ACTIVATED_ANALYTICAL_PRIVILEGE('_SYS_BI_CP_ALL','UDF_EXECUTE');

5. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.
6. Navigate to Security Users .
7. Select the SAPHANADB user from the list and open the details screen (or double-click the user).
8. On the Granted Roles tab, add the UDF_EXECUTE role.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
92 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Example

SQL example: grant UDF_EXECUTE to SAPHANADB

9. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.

 Note

You have created the first role with the required privileges and granted the role to the SAPHANADB user.

10. Now create the second role. Navigate again to Security Roles and select New Role from the context
menu.
11. In the Role Name field, enter UDF_DEPLOY.

 Example

SQL example: create role UDF_DEPLOY;

12. Make the following settings for this role:

• On the Granted Roles tab: Choose the plus icon and select the CONTENT_ADMIN role from the list.

 Example

SQL example: grant CONTENT_ADMIN to UDF_DEPLOY;

• On the System Privileges tab: Add the CATALOG READ privilege.

 Example

SQL example: grant CATALOG READ to UDF DEPLOY;

13. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.
14. Navigate again to Security Users .
15. Select the SAPHANADB user from the list and open the details screen (or double-click the user).
16. On the Granted Roles tab, add the UDF_DEPLOY role.

 Example

SQL example: grant UDF_DEPLOY to SAPHANADB;

17. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.

 Note

You have created the second role and granted the role to the SAPHANADB user.

18. Now create the third role. Navigate again to Security Roles and select New Role from the context
menu.
19. In the Role Name field, enter UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO.

 Example

SQL example: create role UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO;

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 93
20.On the Object Privileges tab, make these settings:
Add the catalog object (schema name) SAPHANADB and grant the privileges SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, and
DELETE.

 Example

SQL example: grant SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE on schema SAPHANADB to

UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO;

21. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.
22. Navigate again to Security Users .
23. Select the _SYS_REPO user from the list and open the details screen (or double-click the user).
24. On the Granted Roles tab, add the UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO role.

 Example

SQL example: grant UDF_DEPLOY_SYS_REPO to _SYS_REPO;

25. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.

 Note

You have created the third role with the required privileges and granted the role to the _SYS_REPO user.

Result

You have successfully set up the authorizations for UDF.

Parent topic: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous: Set Up Authorizations for On-Shelf Availability (OSA) [page 89]

Next task: Create/Replicate Source Master Data System Tables [page 94]

6.1.1.4 Create/Replicate Source Master Data System

Tables

Create the tables in SAP Customer Activity Repository that are required for replicating data from your source
master data system. Then perform the actual replication of the data. You need SAP HANA studio and the
SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server (SLT) for this procedure. For reference, you can download a
spreadsheet that lists the required tables for each source master data system (SAP Retail, SAP S/4HANA).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
94 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Prerequisites

• You have completed the previous procedures in this guide.

• You have installed the SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server. For the minimum version
required, installation, and implementation information, see Install the Prerequisites [page 19] and consult
the Common Prerequisites.
• To be able to replicate the data from an SAP S/4HANA 1909 (or higher) system, you have performed
the steps in SAP S/4HANA 1909 or Higher: Prepare Data Replication with SAP Landscape Transformation
Replication Server [page 98].

Context

The applications in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle can use data originating from a
single or multiple source master data systems.

The list of tables to create and replicate depends on your leading source master data system:

• SAP Retail: for installations based on the SAP_ECC schema

• SAP S/4HANA Retail: for installations based on the SAP_S4H schema

In this procedure, you first create and then replicate the required tables.

 Note

It is possible to combine the steps create and replicate.

Procedure

1. Download the spreadsheet with the SLT tables for your version of SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle:
a. Navigate to SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and select your version at the
top.
b. Choose Implement Implementation Help SLT Tables for SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle 5.0 and download the archive.
c. Extract the spreadsheet and see the tables listed for your source master data system.

2.  Caution

You must always create and replicate all the tables listed for your source master data system in
the spreadsheet. This is necessary not only for the data replication itself but also for the successful
activation of the SAP HANA content later on.

Create all the tables listed for your source master data system.
a. Configure access from the SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server to the source SAP Retail
or SAP S/4HANA Retail system (RFC connection), and from the SAP Landscape Transformation

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 95
 Replication Server to the target SAP HANA database of your SAP Customer Activity Repository back-
end system.

For more information, see the Installation Guide at https://help.sap.com/slts4hana. If necessary,

select a different version at the top.
b. Ensure that your SAP Customer Activity Repository back-end system is connected to SAP HANA
studio.

If necessary, set the connection as follows:

1. Log on to SAP HANA studio.
2. Right-click in the Navigator pane and select Add System.
3. In the Specify System dialog, enter the Host Name, Instance Number, and Description.
4. In the Connection Properties dialog, enter your system User Name and Password.
5. Save your changes.
c. Ensure that the database schemas are created on the SAP HANA database of your back-end system.
These are the schemas on your SAP HANA database to which the SAP Retail and/or SAP S/4HANA
data will be replicated.

 Note

For more information, see the Create a Schema section of the SAP HANA Developer Guide.

d. Create all the tables for your source master data system.
1. Log on to the SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server.
2. Execute transaction LTRC (SAP LT Replication Server Cockpit)).
3. Define and select your replication configuration.

 Note

For more information, see SAP Library at https://help.sap.com/slts4hana. Search for section
Creating a Configuration.

4. Choose Execute (F8) . A screen opens that shows the details of this replication configuration.
5. Select the table overview tab. You can now see the data provisioning function.
6. Execute the table overview function. On the subsequent pop-up, select the function for table
creation.
7. Choose the multiple selection push-button next to the table name field.
8. In the next screen, you can either enter the table names manually or upload a text file with the
table names (recommended):
Create this text file from the spreadsheet that you downloaded before. Make sure that the text file
contains only the table names and no other data. Then upload the text file.
9. Choose Copy (F8) to return to the previous screen.
10. Choose Execute (F8) to trigger the creation of the tables.

You have successfully created the tables in your SAP Customer Activity Repository back-end system.
3. Replicate all the tables listed for your source master data system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
96 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Note

If your SAP Retail or SAP S/4HANA Retail system and your back-end SAP Customer Activity
Repository system are co-deployed on the same SAP HANA database, you do not need to replicate
the tables.

a. Save a CSV file of the required tables. You will later load the tables from this file.
b. In SAP HANA studio, choose Window Perspective Open Perspective SAP HANA Modeler .
c. In the Quick View panel, choose Data Provisioning to open the Data Provisioning Editor for your system.

If the Quick View panel is not displayed, choose Help Quick View .
d. In the Data Provisioning Editor, make any necessary adjustments: remove or add tables, select the
appropriate source system, and select the target schema for the replication.
e. Choose Replicate to open the Replicate Request screen.
f. Choose Load from file, browse to the location where you saved the CSV file, and select it.
g. The tables in the file are added to the Selected column on the right-hand side. Choose Finish.

 Note

In the Data Provisioning Editor, you can monitor the action status of the tables using Data Load
Management.

Results

You have successfully replicated the tables from your source master data system into your SAP Customer
Activity Repository back-end system. Continue with the next section.

Task overview: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous: Set Up Authorizations for Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) [page 90]

Next task: Activate SAP HANA Content [page 98]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 97
6.1.1.4.1 SAP S/4HANA 1909 or Higher: Prepare Data
Replication with SAP Landscape Transformation
Replication Server

Only perform this procedure if your source master data system is SAP S/4HANA 1909 or higher. If so, you
must do the steps described here before doing the actual replication.

Context

To be able to replicate data from your SAP S/4HANA system into SAP Customer Activity Repository, you first
need to prepare the replication as described below.

This preparation has the added advantage that it gives you the option to use a standalone SAP LT Replication
Server.

Procedure

Prepare data replication from SAP S/4HANA 1909 or higher to SAP Customer Activity Repository, using an
embedded or a standalone SAP LT Transformation Server:

1. Pause your current SLT replication routine with the SAP LT Replication Server.
2. Upgrade your source master data system to SAP S/4HANA 1909 or higher as described in the
corresponding product documentation. For more information, see SAP Help Portal for SAP S/4HANA
1909. Consult the Upgrade Guide and, if applicable, also the Conversion Guide.
If necessary, select a different version at the top.
3. If you use SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server 2.0 (DMIS 2011) or SAP Landscape
Transformation Replication Server 3.0 (DMIS 2018) as a standalone system, then implement SAP Note
2857334 (Unsupported data type DECFLOAT34 / D34N when replicating from a S/4 HANA OP1909
system) in your SAP S/4HANA system.
4. Adjust your SLT configuration as described in the note.
5. Now you can resume the data replication. Return to section Create/Replicate Source Master Data System
Tables [page 94] and follow the instructions.

6.1.1.5 Activate SAP HANA Content

Activate the SAP HANA content for your scenario by running the /CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA report in the back-end
system. This procedure is mandatory for all the applications. You can run the report as many times as required.
For example, if you choose to extend your scenario at a later point in time, simply run the report again to
activate the SAP HANA content for the added options.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
98 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Prerequisites

You have successfully completed all the previous procedures in this guide.

Context

The /CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA report activates the SAP HANA Transport for ABAP (HTA) objects for your scenario.
For more information on the report, see the accompanying documentation in transaction SE38.

 Tip

If you encounter issues during the activation, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section for possible
solutions.

Procedure

1. Start transaction SE38.

2. Enter /CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA as the program (report) and choose Execute ( F8 ).
3. On the Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP CARAB screen, select all the options for which you wish to
activate the SAP HANA content. Use the following table for reference:

 Caution

Always activate the SAP HANA content for SAP Customer Activity Repository first. This content
must be active before you can activate the content for additional options.

 Tip

If the SAP HANA content is already active for an option, you can see this directly on the screen.

To activate the SAP HANA content for... Select at least these options...

SAP Customer Activity Repository • ECC Mode: Select your source master data system.
• Scenario Options:
• If your system landscape includes more than one SAP ERP or
SAP S/4HANA system, select either Multiple SAP ERP or Multiple
S/4HANA, respectively.
• If you want to use multichannel sales analytics apps, then select
Multichannel Sales Analytics.
• Business Scenarios Activation: Select Customer Activity Repository.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 99
 To activate the SAP HANA content for... Select at least these options...

SAP Allocation Management Follow the instructions in Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP Allocation
Management [page 342].

Demand Data Foundation 1. Run the report with these settings:

• ECC Mode: Select your source master data system.
(DDF services such as the similar prod­
ucts search or the calculation of distribu­
• Scenario Options: If your system landscape includes more than
one SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA system, select either Multiple
tion curves without using SAP Allocation
SAP ERP or Multiple S/4HANA, respectively.
Management)
• Business Scenarios Activation: Select Customer Activity
Repository and Demand Data Foundation.
2. Follow the instructions in Activate SAP HANA Content for Demand
Data Foundation (DDF) [page 101].

SAP Assortment Planning No action required.

The SAP HANA content was already activated automatically during the
installation of the back-end product version.

Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) and SAP No action required.

Fiori apps for demand forecasting
The SAP HANA content was already activated automatically during the
installation of the back-end product version.

On-Shelf Availability • ECC Mode: Select your source master data system.
• Business Scenarios Activation: Select On-Shelf Availability and
Customer Activity Repository.

Omnichannel Article Availability and • ECC Mode: Select your source master data system.
Sourcing (OAA) • Business Scenarios Activation: Select Omnichannel Article Availability.

SAP Merchandise Planning No action required.

The SAP HANA content was already activated automatically during the
installation of the back-end product version.

SAP Replenishment Planning There is no specific SAP HANA content for SAP Replenishment Planning.
However, if you use the real-time inventory, select at least these options:

• ECC Mode: Select your source master data system.

• Scenario Options: If your system landscape includes more than one
SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA system, select either Multiple SAP ERP or
Multiple S/4HANA, respectively.
• Business Scenarios Activation: Select Customer Activity Repository
and Demand Data Foundation.

SAP Promotion Management No action required.

4. Do a test run to verify your selections:

a. Select Perform Prerequisite Check and choose Execute ( F8 ).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
100 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 b. Read the system log and first resolve any issues found during the check. See the Troubleshooting
[page 241] section for possible solutions.
5. Activate the SAP HANA content for real:
a. Deselect Perform Prerequisite Check.
b. Choose Execute ( F8 ) to run the report again.
6. Verify that the activation was successful. There are three ways how you can do this:
a. Simply rerun the report. You can see all the options that are now active.
b. Or: Start transaction SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY. Specify an SAP HANA content package (for example,
sap.is.retail), select Include subpackages, and choose Execute ( F8 ). You can get a list of all
the packages and objects, including their respective status, activation date, and more.
c. Or: Navigate to the desired package in SAP HANA studio or SAP Web IDE and check whether all its
views are active.

Results

You have successfully activated the SAP HANA content for your scenario. Continue with the next section.

 Remember

You can run the report again whenever you need to activate additional SAP HANA content packages.

Task overview: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous task: Create/Replicate Source Master Data System Tables [page 94]

Next: Activate SAP HANA Content for Demand Data Foundation (DDF) [page 101]

6.1.1.6 Activate SAP HANA Content for Demand Data

Foundation (DDF)

If your scenario includes DDF services such as the calculation of distribution curves or the similar products
search, do the steps described here to activate and deploy the required SAP HANA content packages. All steps
are mandatory.

 Caution

If you wish to calculate distribution curves for SAP Allocation Management (that is, for the “distribution
curve analysis”), skip the steps below and follow the instructions in Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP
Allocation Management [page 342].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 101
Run the Report for Creating the Dummy Schema and Dummy Tables

The /DMF/CREATE_SLT_TABLES (Create SLT Tables) report checks for a missing physical schema and, if
necessary, creates this as a dummy schema together with the corresponding dummy tables.

Prerequisites

You have an SAP HANA database user in the ABAP back-end system with the authorization to create the
dummy schema (that is, the SAPHANADB user requires the CREATE ANY privilege on schema _SYS_BIC). This
should already be the case if the authorizations were set up as described in section Verify SAP HANA Users and
Privileges [page 49].

Procedure

1. Run the report /DMF/INSERT_SLT_TABLES_TO_DB (Insert SLT Table Entries to Database in insert mode
(by deselecting the simulation setting).
2. In your ABAP back-end system, start transaction SE38. Enter /DMF/CREATE_SLT_TABLES as the program
and choose Execute.
3. Select your source master data system. For SAP S/4HANA, also select the version.
4. For the Physical Source Schema, enter the name of the physical schema into which your SLT tables should
be replicated.

 Note

If the physical source schema already exists in the SAP HANA database, only the dummy tables in this
schema are created when you execute the report.

5. For the Physical Dummy Schema, enter the name of the schema to be created.
6. Select the simulation mode for a test run and execute the report. Check for errors in the application log and
resolve them.
7. Run the report again, this time without simulation mode.

Maintain Schema Mapping

Check the name of your physical schema:

1. If it is one of the default names below, no further action is required:

• SAP_S4H, for SAP S/4HANA
• SAP_ECC, for SAP Retail and SAP Fashion Management
2. If your physical schema has a different name, do the following:
In SAP HANA studio, create a schema mapping where your customer-specific name is used as the
authoring schema for the physical schema. For instructions, see Verify Correct Schema Mapping [page
55].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
102 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Set PREWORK_DONE Indicator for DDF Packages

Demand Data Foundation (DDF) has a number of SAP HANA content packages that are relevant:

• sap.is.ddf.ecc
• sap.is.ddf.fms
• sap.is.ddf.fms_s4h
• sap.is.ddf.cross.ecc
• sap.is.ddf.cross.fms
• sap.is.ddf.cross.fms_s4h
• sap.is.ddf.cross
• sap.is.ddf.deps
• sap.is.ddf.dc

These packages have the activation mode P (Package and its objects deployed only after prework done). In this
procedure, you confirm that the prework has been done. You do this by setting the PREWORK_DONE indicator in
the CTS_HOT_PREWORK table to X for all the packages above.

Procedure

1. Start transaction SE16, enter CTS_HOT_PREWORK as the table, and choose Execute.
2. Enter sap.is.ddf.* as ABAP_HANA_PACKAGE_ID and choose Execute.
3. You now see a list that includes the DDF packages above. Switch to change mode to edit the entries.
4. Check whether all of the DDF packages above have the PREWORK_DONE indicator set to X.
5. If the setting is still missing for one of the DDF packages above, double-click the entry and set
PREWORK_DONE to X.
6. Save your changes.

 Note

Here is how you can always check the current settings and display details for each package:

1. Start transaction SE16, enter CTS_HOT_PACKAGE as the table, and choose Execute.
2. Enter sap.is.ddf.* as ABAP_HANA_PACKAGE_ID and choose Execute.
3. You now see a list that includes the DDF packages above. For each of the DDF packages above,
double-click the entry to display the package details.
4. For each package, verify the current setting in field HOT ACTIVATION MODE (set to P).

Check and Activate the SAP HANA Content for Demand Data Foundation
(DDF)

Depending on your scenario, there might still be inactive DDF packages even though you have already activated
the content as described in the previous section (Activate SAP HANA Content [page 98]).

Now you make sure that those packages are activated as well.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 103
Procedure
1. Execute transaction SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY (SAP HANA Transport for ABAP - Deployment).
2. Deploy each of the following packages in exactly the same order as listed below. One by one, enter the
package ID in SAP HANA Repository Package and choose Execute.

 Caution

Do not select the Include subpackages option.

1. sap.is.ddf.ecc
2. sap.is.ddf.fms
3. sap.is.ddf.fms_s4h
4. sap.is.ddf.cross.ecc
5. sap.is.ddf.cross.fms
6. sap.is.ddf.cross.fms_s4h
7. sap.is.ddf.cross
8. sap.is.ddf.deps
9. sap.is.ddf.dc

Result

You have successfully activated and deployed the SAP HANA content packages for Demand Data Foundation.

Parent topic: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous task: Activate SAP HANA Content [page 98]

Next task: Activate SAP HANA Script Server [page 104]

6.1.1.7 Activate SAP HANA Script Server

Activate the script server for the SAP HANA database. This step is mandatory for all the applications.

Context

The script server is an auxiliary SAP HANA server that is required to execute application function libraries
(AFLs). For example, this applies to the SAP HANA AFL component (which includes the SAP HANA Predictive
Analysis Library (PAL) and other libraries) and to the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component (which
includes the libraries for Unified Demand Forecast and On-Shelf Availability).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
104 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Note

• The service name is scriptserver.

• The operating system process is hdbscriptserver.
• The operating system process can be started while the SAP HANA database is already running.

Procedure

1. In SAP HANA studio, verify that the script server is active.

2. If the script server is not active, restart it manually as described in SAP Note 1650957 (SAP HANA
Database: Starting the Script Server).

Task overview: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous: Activate SAP HANA Content for Demand Data Foundation (DDF) [page 101]

Next: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

6.1.1.8 Configure Demand Data Foundation

Configure the DDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository as required for your scenario.

Required Configuration

The configuration of DDF is mandatory for the following scenarios:

• You want to model and forecast demand using the UDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository.
• You want to use the Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository.
• You want to use SAP Allocation Management.
• You want to use SAP Assortment Planning.
• You want to use SAP Merchandise Planning.
• You want to use SAP Promotion Management.
• You want to use SAP Replenishment Planning.

 Note

The configuration of DDF is optional for the following SAP Customer Activity Repository scenarios:

• POS Data Transfer and Audit

• Multichannel Transaction Data Management

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 105
 • Inventory Visibility (including Omnichannel Article Availability and Sourcing, OAA)
• On-Shelf Availability

For additional configuration and integration information, see the following sources:

• In the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB ,

search for section Master Data Replication from SAP ERP to Demand Data Foundation.
• In the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide, see section Configure Demand Data
Foundation (DDF) and section Configure Data Replication from SAP ERP to DDF.

 Note

If you encounter issues during the configuration, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section for possible
solutions.

Overview of DDF Configuration Tasks

1. Perform General Demand Data Foundation Configuration [page 107]

Perform various configuration steps in Customizing for DDF. DDF must be fully configured and
operational for all the scenarios for which it is mandatory.
2. Activate Services [page 107]
Activate services for DDF using transaction SICF.
3. Configure Automatic Flattening of Hierarchies [page 108]
Configure the system so it automatically creates and updates flat structures for the product and
location hierarchies in DDF. The flat structures are required so that the consuming applications can
correctly recognize the hierarchies.
4. Import SAP NetWeaver Portal Roles for DDF [page 109]
Set up user authorizations for DDF using the PFCG roles from the SAP NetWeaver Business Client
(NWBC) and from the SAP NetWeaver Portal (optional). Both sets of roles operate in the same manner.
5. Check Performance-Related Configuration Options (Optional) [page 110]
Use additional configuration options for Demand Data Foundation (DDF) to optimize performance for
different use cases.

Parent topic: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous task: Activate SAP HANA Script Server [page 104]

Next: Configure SAP Gateway [page 110]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
106 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.1.8.1 Perform General Demand Data Foundation
Configuration

Perform various configuration steps in Customizing for DDF. DDF must be fully configured and operational for
all the scenarios for which it is mandatory.

Procedure

1. Perform all of the Customizing activities that are required for DDF.
For more information, see the Configure Demand Data Foundation (DDF) section of the SAP Customer
Activity Repository Administration Guide.

Parent topic: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

Next: Activate Services [page 107]

6.1.1.8.2 Activate Services

Activate services for DDF using transaction SICF.

Procedure

1. Execute transaction SICF.

2. On the Maintain Service screen, expand the Virtual Hosts/Services node and activate all of the following
services:
1. default_host sap bc nwbc*
2. default_host sap bc webdynpro sap POWL*
3. default_host sap bc webdynpro dmf*
4. default_host sap public bc*
5. default_host sap public myssocntl
6. default_host sap bc Gui sap Its / webgui
*Activate all services.

Parent topic: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

Previous: Perform General Demand Data Foundation Configuration [page 107]

Next task: Configure Automatic Flattening of Hierarchies [page 108]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 107
6.1.1.8.3 Configure Automatic Flattening of Hierarchies

Configure the system so it automatically creates and updates flat structures for the product and location
hierarchies in DDF. The flat structures are required so that the consuming applications can correctly recognize
the hierarchies.

Context

Flat structures describe the parent-child relationships of hierarchies in a flattened format. A hierarchy can
be vertically or horizontally flattened. Each row of the resulting flat structure contains one parent-child
relationship.

When you create (or update) a product hierarchy, product group, location hierarchy, or location group in
Demand Data Foundation (DDF), the system should create (or update) the corresponding flat structure.
Without this, you get hierarchy errors in the consuming applications.

To configure the automatic flattening of hierarchies, follow these steps:

Procedure

1. Carefully read SAP Note 1425876 and follow the instructions.

2. Execute transaction SWETYPV and ensure that you have activated all required event type linkages and
have enabled the specified event queues. In particular, check that the Linkage Activated and Enable
Event Queue options are for each of the following events: LOCATION_CREATED, LOCATION_UPDATED,
CREATE_LOC_HIER, CREATE_PROD_HIER. If you need to change a setting, you can do so in the Details
screen of each event.

For more information about event handling, see SAP Note 1098805 , in particular sections Events and
Transactions for troubleshooting.

Results

You have set up the automatic flattening of the hierarchies. When you now create (or update) a hierarchy,
the system will automatically run the /DMF/TREE_FLATTENER_PROD_INS report (for product hierarchies)
or the /DMF/TREE_FLATTENER_LOC_INS report (for location hierarchies) and create (or update) the
corresponding flat structure.

Task overview: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

Previous: Activate Services [page 107]

Next: Import SAP NetWeaver Portal Roles for DDF [page 109]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
108 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.1.8.4 Import SAP NetWeaver Portal Roles for DDF

Set up user authorizations for DDF using the PFCG roles from the SAP NetWeaver Business Client (NWBC) and
from the SAP NetWeaver Portal (optional). Both sets of roles operate in the same manner.

Use

The roles have been designed for use in SAP NetWeaver Business Client. To use the functions of these roles in
SAP NetWeaver Portal, you must upload the roles from the SAP back-end system to the portal. The uploaded
objects are converted into portal objects.

Procedure

1. Use the Role Upload tool to generate the SAP NetWeaver Portal roles automatically. For information about
this tool, see SAP Note 1685257 .
You can also enhance the SAP NetWeaver Portal roles; for example, you can create your own iViews.
You can upload the following roles for DDF:
• SAP_ISR_DDF_MASTER
• SAP_ISR_DDF_READONLY_MASTER

For descriptions of these roles and information about maintaining roles in SAP Customer Activity Repository,
see section Authorizations in the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide.

Parent topic: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

Previous task: Configure Automatic Flattening of Hierarchies [page 108]

Next: Check Performance-Related Configuration Options (Optional) [page 110]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 109
6.1.1.8.5 Check Performance-Related Configuration
Options (Optional)
Use additional configuration options for Demand Data Foundation (DDF) to optimize performance for different
use cases.

Procedure

See the following options and implement those that are relevant for you:

Use Case Configuration Option

You have a great number of products and locations, so that Consider table partitioning.
the resulting tables are very large.
For information, see the Partition Tables for UDF and DDF
section of the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administra­
tion Guide.

You want to optimize workload distribution. Consider setting up load balancing.

For information, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB

<Version> Application Help SAP Customer Activity

Repository Demand Data Foundation General Services

Configure Load Balancing .

You are using DDF together with UDF to model and forecast Optimize performance for modeling and forecasting proc­
consumer demand. esses.

For information, see the Optimize UDF PerformanceOptimize

UDF Performance section of the SAP Customer Activity
Repository Administration Guide.

Parent topic: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

Previous: Import SAP NetWeaver Portal Roles for DDF [page 109]

6.1.1.9 Configure SAP Gateway

Perform several configuration steps for SAP Gateway and activate the OData services for the SAP Fiori apps.
The steps to follow depend on the SAP NetWeaver version on your front-end server.

Perform General SAP Gateway Configuration [page 111]

Make several general configuration settings (for example, set profile parameters, activate ICF services,
or make language settings). The settings may vary depending on the SAP NetWeaver version installed
on your front-end server, or on other specifics related to your system landscape.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
110 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Connect SAP Gateway to Your Back-End System [page 112]
Set up the connection between SAP Gateway on your front-end server and your back-end system. In
other words, set up the OData Channel (ODC).

Activate SAP Gateway [page 113]

Before you can use SAP Gateway, you must activate it globally on your front-end server.

Activate OData Services [page 114]

First activate all the common OData services for SAP Fiori (mandatory). Then select the OData
services for the application and SAP Fiori apps that you wish to use and activate these services as
well.

Configure SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 120]

Perform the general configuration of SAP Fiori launchpad. You must do this before you can set up the
SAP Fiori apps for your application.

Calculate SAPUI5 Application Index for SAP Fiori Apps [page 122]
Configure and run the /UI5/APP_INDEX_CALCULATE (Calculation of SAPUI5 Application Index for
SAPUI5 Repositories) report in your front-end system. The report updates the SAPUI5 application
index. If the index is up-to-date, the system can find data related to SAP Fiori apps significantly faster.

Parent topic: Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86]

Previous: Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105]

6.1.1.9.1 Perform General SAP Gateway Configuration

Make several general configuration settings (for example, set profile parameters, activate ICF services, or make
language settings). The settings may vary depending on the SAP NetWeaver version installed on your front-end
server, or on other specifics related to your system landscape.

Use

The steps are not specific to this guide and are described in the product documentation of your SAP
NetWeaver version.

Procedure

1. Determine the SAP NetWeaver version on your front-end server.

2. Consult the product documentation for your SAP NetWeaver version to determine what settings to make.
For SAP Gateway for SAP NetWeaver 7.52, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_NETWEAVER_AS_ABAP_752 and choose <Version> Application Help SAP Gateway Foundation
(SAP_GWFND) SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration Guide General Configuration Settings .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 111
3. Perform the general SAP Gateway configuration specific to your SAP NetWeaver version.

 Note

If you encounter issues, see SAP Note 1797736 (SAP Gateway Troubleshooting Guide) for possible
solutions.

6.1.1.9.2 Connect SAP Gateway to Your Back-End System

Set up the connection between SAP Gateway on your front-end server and your back-end system. In other
words, set up the OData Channel (ODC).

Use

The steps are not specific to this guide and are described in the product documentation for your SAP
NetWeaver version.

 Note

As of SAP NetWeaver 7.40, the major components of SAP Gateway have been integrated into the SAP
NetWeaver system as SAP Gateway Foundation (SAP_GWFND). SAP Gateway Foundation has since been an
integral part of SAP NetWeaver.

Procedure

1. Determine the SAP NetWeaver version on your front-end server.

2. Set up the OData Channel as described in the SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration Guide for your SAP
NetWeaver version.
Use SAP Help Portal for SAP NetWeaver as your entry point and navigate to the guide for your version.
Here are two examples:

 Example

For SAP Gateway on Foundation for ABAP Platform, see the SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration
Guide.

If required, select a different version at the top.

Search for section Connection Settings for the SAP Gateway Hub System and follow the instructions.

 Example

For SAP Gateway for SAP NetWeaver 7.52, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/

SAP_NETWEAVER_AS_ABAP_752.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
112 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Select your version at the top and choose Application Help SAP Gateway Foundation
(SAP_GWFND) SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration Guide SAP Gateway Configuration User,
Developer, and Administrator Roles and Connection Settings for the SAP Gateway Hub System.

3. Set up the required roles on the front-end server and assign your user to these roles.
4. Specify the connection settings on the SAP Gateway hub system:
• Connection from SAP Gateway to consumer systems
These settings allow you to connect the SAP Gateway host to the consumer systems (clients from
which you access the SAP Fiori apps).
• Connection from SAP Gateway to SAP back-end system
These settings allow you to connect SAP Gateway to your back-end system. They include the following
steps:
• Creating a type 3 connection from the SAP Gateway host to your back-end system
• Defining a trust relationship between your back-end system and the SAP Gateway host
• Configuring your back-end system to accept SAP assertion tickets from the SAP Gateway host
• Configuring your SAP Gateway host to accept SAP assertion tickets from your back-end system
• Configuring the necessary system aliases

6.1.1.9.3 Activate SAP Gateway

Before you can use SAP Gateway, you must activate it globally on your front-end server.

Use

The steps are not specific to this guide and are described in the product documentation for your SAP
NetWeaver version.

 Note

As of SAP NetWeaver 7.40, the major components of SAP Gateway have been integrated into the SAP
NetWeaver system as SAP Gateway Foundation (SAP_GWFND). SAP Gateway Foundation has since been an
integral part of SAP NetWeaver.

Procedure

1. Determine the SAP NetWeaver version on your front-end server.

2. Follow the steps in the Activating SAP Gateway section of the SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration Guide
for your SAP NetWeaver version.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 113
 Use SAP Help Portal for SAP NetWeaver as your entry point and navigate to the guide for your version.
Here are two examples:

 Example

For SAP Gateway on Foundation for ABAP Platform, see the SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration
Guide.

If required, select a different version at the top.

Search for section Activating SAP Gateway and follow the instructions.

 Example

For SAP Gateway for SAP NetWeaver 7.52, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/

SAP_NETWEAVER_AS_ABAP_752.

Select your version at the top and choose Application Help SAP Gateway Foundation
(SAP_GWFND) SAP Gateway Foundation Configuration Guide SAP Gateway Configuration
Activating SAP Gateway .

6.1.1.9.4 Activate OData Services

First activate all the common OData services for SAP Fiori (mandatory). Then select the OData services for the
application and SAP Fiori apps that you wish to use and activate these services as well.

Context

For security reasons, the OData services are delivered in an inactive state:

• The common OData services are delivered as part of the SAP Fiori front-end server. They are required for
the SAP Fiori launchpad and you must always activate them.
• The application-specific OData services are delivered with SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle. You only need to activate the services that are relevant for your application and
scenario.

Procedures

Mandatory: Activate Common OData Services for SAP Fiori

1. Log on to your front-end server (your SAP Gateway system).
2. In transaction SPRO, navigate to SAP Reference IMG SAP NetWeaver SAP Gateway OData Channel
Administration General Settings Activate and Maintain Services and execute the Customizing
activity.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
114 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Tip

As a shortcut to the same screen, use transaction /n/IWFND/MAINT_SERVICE.

The Service Catalog shows you all the services that are currently active in your SAP Gateway system.
3. To add and activate more services, choose Add Service.
The Add Selected Services screen is displayed.
4. In System Alias, select the alias of your local back-end system.
This is the alias that you have created in Connect SAP Gateway to your Back-End System [page 112]. For
example, LOCAL.
5. In Technical Service Name, specify /UI2*.
6. Choose Get Services (or press ENTER ).
7. Select all the common OData services for SAP Fiori:

Common OData Services for SAP Fiori

/UI2/PAGE_BUILDER_CONF

/UI2/PAGE_BUILDER_CUST

/UI2/PAGE_BUILDER_PERS

/UI2/TRANSPORT

/UI2/INTEROP

8. Choose Add Selected Services and follow the instructions.

Result

The common OData services are now active in your SAP Gateway system.

Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Customer Activity Repository

applications bundle
1. Log on to your front-end server (your SAP Gateway system).
2. In transaction SPRO, navigate to SAP Reference IMG SAP NetWeaver SAP Gateway OData Channel
Administration General Settings Activate and Maintain Services and execute the Customizing
activity.

 Tip

As a shortcut to the same screen, use transaction /n/IWFND/MAINT_SERVICE.

The Service Catalog shows you all the services that are currently active in your SAP Gateway system.
3. Activate the services that are required for your application:
1. Choose Add Service.
The Add Selected Services screen is displayed.
2. In System Alias, select the alias of your back-end system.
3. Choose Get Services (or press ENTER ).
The available services are displayed.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 115
 4. Use the following table for reference and select the services for your application:

 Tip

You can also see the required OData services for each app in the SAP Fiori Reference Library at
https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/. Search for the app name,
choose IMPLEMENTATION INFORMATION, and select a delivery. The OData services are listed
under Configuration.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
116 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 For this Application... Activate These OData Services...

SAP Customer • For POS Data Transfer and Audit: No OData services for SAP Gateway
Activity Repository • For Multichannel Transaction Data Management: No OData services for SAP Gateway
• For Unified Demand Forecast and the apps for demand forecasting (Analyze Forecast,
Adjust Forecast, Manage Demand Influencing Factors):
• /DMF/ANALYZEFORECAST_SRV
• /DMF/DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV
• /DPL/OD_ADJUST_FORECAST_SRV
• /DPL/OD_DEMAND_PLANNING_SRV
• /DMF/OD_FC_TIME_SERIES_VIZ_SRV
• For Demand Data Foundation (optional; alternative to using the DRF data replication
framework for importing master data):
• /DMF/API_DOCUMENT
• /DMF/API_GENERIC_TIME_SERIES
• /DMF/API_INVENTORY
• /DMF/API_LOCATION
• /DMF/API_LOCATION_HIERARCHY
• /DMF/API_PRODUCT
• /DMF/API_PRODUCT_HIERARCHY
• /DMF/API_PRODUCT_LOCATION
• /DMF/API_SALES_HISTORY
• /DMF/API_TRANSPORTATION_LANE
• /DMF/API_ATTRIBUTES
• /DMF/API_IMAGES
• /DMF/API_MERCHANDISE_PLAN_KPI
• /DMF/API_PHPS
• For the Manage Product Attributes app:
• /DMF/API_ATTRIBUTES_SRV (optional, to import external attributes for inte­
gration scenarios with non-SAP source master data systems)
• For the Manage Alerts, Manage Alert Profiles, and Manage Configuration Assignments
apps:
• /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERTS_SRV
• APS_CHANGE_DOCUMENTS_SRV
• /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERT_PRFL_SRV
• /DMF/PARAMETER_ASSIGNMENT_SRV
• For the Manage Workloads app:
• /DMF/PCPMNGWRKLD_SB
• APJ_JOB_MANAGEMENT_SRV
• APL_LOG_MANAGEMENT_SRV
• For Omnichannel Promotion Pricing: none
• For Omnichannel Article Availability and Sourcing (part of Inventory Visibility):
• With SAP S/4HANA back-end:
/OAA/F3391_MSN_SRV

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 117
 For this Application... Activate These OData Services...

/OAA/F2586_MSS_SRV
/OAA/F2659_MSC_SRV
/OAA/F3392_MS_SRV
• With SAP Retail back-end:
/OAA/F2530_MSN_SRV
/OAA/F2586_MSS_SRV
/OAA/F2659_MSC_SRV
/OAA/F3003_MS_SRV
• For On-Shelf Availability:
• /OSA/ON_SHELF_AVAILABILITY
• For SAP Smart Business for Multichannel Sales Analytics: none

Distribution Curves For the Configure Distribution Curves app and the calculation of distribution curves:

• /DMF/DIST_CURVE

SAP Allocation • /AMR/OD_ALLOCATIONPLAN_SRV

Management • /AMR/OD_COMMON_SRV
• /AMR/OD_MARKETUNIT_SRV
• /AMR/OD_PARAM_SRV
• /AMR/OD_WORKLOAD_SRV
• /AMR/OD_PRODUCT_FLOW_SRV
• /AMR/OD_KPI_CONFIG_SRV
• /AMR/OD_ALLOCATIONRESULT_SRV
• /AMR/OD_BASKET_SRV
• /AMR/OD_ALLOCATIONPLAN_SEARCH_SRV
• /AMR/OD_CAPACITYMANAGEMENT_SRV

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
118 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 For this Application... Activate These OData Services...

SAP Assortment • /DMF/CURRENCY_LIST_SRV

Planning • /DMF/LOCATION_CLUSTERSET_SRV
• /DMF/MASTER_DATA_SRV
• /DMF/MODULE_MANAGEMENT_SRV
• /DMF/OBJ_ATTRIBUTE_SRV
• /DMF/PLAN_CONFIG_SRV
• /DMF/SEARCH_LOCATIONS_SRV
• /DMF/SEARCH_PRODUCTS_SRV
• /DMF/SEASONS_SRV
• /RAP/ASSORTMENT_LIST_SRV
• /RAP/OPTION_PLAN_SRV
• /RAP/PHP_MATCH_SRV
• /RAP/VALIDITY_PERIOD_SRV
• /RAP/V_OP_KPI_Q_CDS_CDS
• /RAP/OPT_PLN_KPI_SRV
• /RAP/V_OP_OCLST_PRSL_Q_CDS_CDS
• For the Manage Style Lists app:
• /RAP/STYLE_PLAN_SRV
• For the Manage Ranking Keys app:
• /DMF/RANKING_KEY_SRV
• For the Manage Business Rules app:
• /DMF/OD_BUSINESS_RULE_SRV
• For the Manage Placeholder Products app:
• /DMF/MANAGE_PROD_DETAILS
• /RAP/MANAGE_PROD_DETAILS_PLAN
• For the Manage Assortment Modules app:
• /DMF/MODULE_ASSORTMENT_SRV
• For the Manage Assortments app:
• /RAP/GENERIC_ASSORTMENT
• /DMF/MASTER_DATA
• /RAP/ASSORTMENT_LIST
• /DMF/SEARCH_PRODUCTS
• /DMF/MODULE_MANAGEMENT
• /DMF/OBJ_ATTRIBUTE
• For the Manage Planning Periods app:
• /DMF/PLN_CALENDAR

SAP Merchandise Not applicable (this application does not have SAP Fiori apps)
Planning

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 119
 For this Application... Activate These OData Services...

SAP Promotion • /DMF/PROD_MD_SRV (Master Data Retrieval)

Management • /DMF/OFFER_MANAGEMENT_V2_SRV (Manage Promotional Offers)
• /DMF/PRODUCT_GROUP_SRV (Manage Product Groups)
• /DMF/LOCATION_SUBGROUP_SRV (Manage Location Subgroups)
• /PRM/OFFER_CONTENT_SRV (Offer Content Assignment)
• /PRM/ EVENT_PREVIEW_SRV (Event Preview)

SAP Replenishment For information about the OData services for SAP Replenishment Planning, see Set Up
Planning SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] and refer to subsection
Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

4. Choose Add Selected Services and follow the instructions.

 Note

User roles are only needed if you want to have connections to multiple back-end systems or multiple
clients on the same back-end. The user roles are system-specific and are not delivered by default. If
required, you must create them manually. If you define multiple user roles for different connections,
make sure you have only one role assigned to your user at any time. If you need to change roles, first
remove the old role from your user, then assign the new role.

Result
The application-specific OData services that you have selected are now active in your SAP Gateway system.

 Tip

To ensure that your apps start quickly from the launchpad, you can schedule a report to enable regular
updating of cached OData metadata. For more information, see Scheduling Update of OData Metadata
Caching.

6.1.1.9.5 Configure SAP Fiori Launchpad

Perform the general configuration of SAP Fiori launchpad. You must do this before you can set up the SAP Fiori
apps for your application.

Context

SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to SAP Fiori apps on mobile and desktop devices. It gives users
the relevant information at a glance and centers on their needs and how they work. Technically, SAP Fiori
launchpad is a shell that hosts the SAP Fiori apps and provides them with services such as navigation,
personalization, embedded support, and configuration.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
120 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
For feature descriptions, administration and end user information, see the product documentation for SAP
Fiori Launchpad.

Prerequisite

You have installed SAP Fiori launchpad as described in section Verify Installation of Central SAP Fiori UI
Component [page 80].

Procedure

1. To set up and configure SAP Fiori launchpad, see the following sections of the SAP Fiori Launchpad
Administration Guide:

 Note

If necessary, select a different version at the top, based on your deployment scenario and the SAP
NetWeaver version on your front-end system.

• Initial Setup of the Launchpad (including all subsections; there you can find information on embedded
deployment scenarios and central hub scenarios)
• Managing Launchpad Settings
2. (Optional) Configure additional settings to improve the performance of SAP Fiori launchpad. These
settings are relevant for the following scenario:
• Your source master data system is SAP S/4HANA 1809 or higher.
• You are using Web Dynpro applications or SAP GUI for HTML transactions as tiles on SAP Fiori
launchpad.
See SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/SAP_S4HANA_ON-PREMISE/latest/en-US?
task=implement_task and select your version at the top. Open the Upgrade Guide and search for section
SAP Fiori Launchpad Settings for Improved Performance.

More Information

For an overview of installation, upgrade, and implementation information for SAP Fiori, see SAP Help Portal at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/FIORI_IMPLEMENTATION/FES6.0/en-US?task=implement_task.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 121
6.1.1.9.6 Calculate SAPUI5 Application Index for SAP Fiori
Apps

Configure and run the /UI5/APP_INDEX_CALCULATE (Calculation of SAPUI5 Application Index for SAPUI5
Repositories) report in your front-end system. The report updates the SAPUI5 application index. If the index is
up-to-date, the system can find data related to SAP Fiori apps significantly faster.

Use

The SAPUI5 application index provides indexing and caching for data related to SAP Fiori apps, components,
and libraries. This data is contained in SAPUI5 repositories on the SAP NetWeaver Application Server for ABAP.

Initially, the index is empty. It is calculated and updated each time you run the report.

Prerequisites

You are familiar with the prerequisites, configuration options, and requirements of the /UI5/
APP_INDEX_CALCULATE report. For more information, see the following:

• SAP Note 2227577 (Recalculation of the SAPUI5 Application Index After Implementing an SAP Note)
• Report documentation in transaction SE38
• SAPUI5: UI Development Toolkit for HTML5: Here you can find detailed information on the SAPUI5
application index and the report.
For more information, see SAPUI5 Application Index.

Configuration

To configure how the index should be calculated, you can choose from several options in the /UI5/
APP_INDEX_CALCULATE report:

• Tab Complete Index, option Depending on Expiry Period and Import of Transport Requests:
This option updates those SAPUI5 repositories and the distribution layer where either the specified
expiration period (in hours and minutes) has elapsed or where a transport has changed the content of
the repositories and the distribution layer since the last update.

 Note

This is the default mode with an expiration period of 24 hours. We recommend that you use this mode
when scheduling the report for periodic execution.

• Tab Complete Index, option Full Calculation:

This option performs a full update of all SAPUI5 repositories and the distribution layer regardless of any
expiration dates.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
122 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Single SAPUI5 Repository Only: Here you select the repository for which you wish to update the index.
• SAPUI5 Distribution Layer Only: Here you update the index only based on the distribution layer.

Operation

Configure and run the report in all your front-end systems.

 Tip

You can run the report manually, but we recommend the following best practices:

• Schedule the report as a periodic job for all follow-on systems to which the changes are transported.
This ensures that the application index is updated based on the transports imported by each system.
For example, you can use transaction SM36 for this purpose.
For more information, see Scheduling the Creation of the SAPUI5 Application Index.
• Always run the report in the following situations:
• after any changes to the content of SAPUI5 ABAP repositories (for example, implementation of
SAP Notes, upgrades, changes to SAP Gateway systems)
• after installing a new version of the distribution layer
• after implementing an SAP Note containing changes to an SAP Fiori app

Procedure

 Note

If you experience issues, see the following troubleshooting tips for possible solutions:

• SAP Note 2364579 (SAPUI5 application index is not calculated, is outdated or contains errors)
• SAP Community at Fiori - How to Troubleshoot SAPUI5 Application Index Specific Issues

1. Log on to your front-end system.

2. Execute transaction SE38, specify /UI5/APP_INDEX_CALCULATE as the program (report), and choose
Execute ( F8 ).
3. Configure the report.
4. Choose Execute ( F8 ) again to run the report manually.

 Tip

Schedule the report to run on a regular basis in all your front-end systems.

Result

The SAPUI5 application index is updated based on your settings.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 123
6.1.2 Advanced (Optional)

After you have completed the core steps, perform the advanced steps that are relevant to your scenario. The
advanced steps are optional. They enable specific functionality in SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Prerequisites

You have completed the steps in Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].

Advanced Steps

Replicate Optional Tables [page 125]

Set up the table replication from your SAP CRM source system and from your SAP Marketing Cloud
source system. Both procedures are optional.

Configure Multichannel Sales Analytics [page 130]

Do these procedures if you wish to use the multichannel sales analytics cockpit. The cockpit provides
you with an overview of the most important key performance indicators for a category manager. The
KPI tiles are provided using SAP Smart Business or SAP Fiori Launchpad Designer.

Configure Process Packaging and Parallelization [page 132]

You only need to do this if you want to use Forecast-Related Analytics that has been predefined in
SAP Analytics Cloud and that is part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics Cloud and/or execute
Replenishment Calculation in parallel.

Configure SAP Analytics Cloud for Forecast-Related Analytics [page 132]

You only need to do this if you want to use Forecast-Related Analytics that has been predefined in SAP
Analytics Cloud and that is part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics Cloud. If you are using a
different analytics tool, or if you do not run analytics at all, you may skip this section.

Install Alternate Storage [page 133]

You only need to implement this procedure if you plan on using the Table Content Aging report delivered
with SAP Customer Activity Repository. This report allows you to copy your transaction log (TLOG)
data and its extensions from your SAP HANA database to an alternate storage technology (such as
SAP IQ or Apache Hadoop), thereby reducing your total cost of hardware ownership.

Ensure that Third-Party CRM Sales Orders are Transferred to SAP ERP [page 143]
Do this procedure if sales orders were created in a third-party customer relationship management
(CRM) system. You must ensure that this data is transferred to the source master data system. From
there, it can be replicated to (or accessed directly by) SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Partition /POSDW/TLOGF and Aggregation Tables [page 143]

If you wish to use the POS Data Transfer and Audit module, we recommend that you partition the /
POSDW/TLOGF table and several aggregation tables (such as /POSDW/TLOGF_EXT). This improves
standard database operations (such as inserting, updating, deleting, and reading) and mass operations
(such as archiving or index merging).

Customize Copies of SAP HANA Views [page 145]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
124 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Do this procedure if you have extended the delivered data model (for example, if you have added
custom fields to tables). First create copies of views included in SAP HANA Live for SAP ERP or in the
SAP HANA content for SAP Customer Activity Repository. Then customize these copies to reflect your
specific data model extensions.

Complete UDF Setup [page 146]

Set up the Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository to enable
demand modeling and forecasting for different scenarios and consuming applications. To be able to
use UDF, you must at least do the mandatory steps. Additionally, you can choose from several optional
steps. We also point you to helpful performance information for UDF.

Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154]
Perform common setup steps that are required for the apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository. For
example, check that the prerequisites are installed and prepare the system landscape. Then set up the
apps that you want to use in your scenario.

Configure On-Shelf Availability [page 200]

Configure the On-Shelf Availability (OSA) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository. All steps are
optional and depend on your implementation scenario.

Configure Omnichannel Article Availability and Sourcing for Use with SAP Customer Activity Repository
[page 202]
To set up the OAA module, you need to integrate the source master data system (SAP S/4HANA
or SAP Retail), SAP Customer Activity Repository, SAP Commerce, and SAP Commerce, integration
package for SAP for Retail. You also need to set up asynchronous order management and the
data replication between SAP S/4HANA or SAP Retail, SAP Commerce, and SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

Configure Omnichannel Promotion Pricing for Use with SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 205]
To use the OPP module, you need to activate the functionality in Customizing and configure it for your
specific scenario.

6.1.2.1 Replicate Optional Tables

Set up the table replication from your SAP CRM source system and from your SAP Marketing Cloud source
system. Both procedures are optional.

6.1.2.1.1 Replicate SAP CRM Tables (Optional)

Set up the replication of tables from your SAP CRM source system. You only need to perform this procedure
if you have an SAP CRM system in your SAP Customer Activity Repository landscape and you are planning

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 125
to use the standard SAP implementation of customer identification delivered with the SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

Procedure

1. Ensure that the SAP LT Replication Server is installed and that a user with the appropriate authorizations is
set up in the target SAP HANA database.
If you have already ensured proper installation of the SAP LT Replication Server during previous
procedures, skip to the next step. Otherwise, refer to one of the following for more information:
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time Replication
SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server Installation Information
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time Replication
SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server System Administration
and Maintenance Information Technical Prerequisites and Authorization Aspects
2. Set up a user in the source SAP CRM system and grant relevant authorizations to this user.
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA
Real-Time Replication SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server
System Administration and Maintenance Information Configuration Information and Replication Concepts
System Connections and Authorizations .
3. Specify a configuration in SAP LT Replication Server, which contains the definition of the connections
between:
• The source SAP CRM system and the SAP LT Replication Server
• The SAP LT Replication Server and the target SAP HANA database
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA
Real-Time Replication SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server
System Administration and Maintenance Information Accessing the Configuration and Monitoring
Dashboard .
The name that you assign to your configuration will be also be used as the name of the database catalog
schema that is automatically created on the target SAP HANA database. This is the schema to which you
will replicate the tables from the source SAP CRM system.
Once you save the configuration, a schema GUID and a mass transfer ID are automatically created and
assigned to the configuration. Furthermore, several dictionary tables are automatically replicated from
your source system to your target SAP HANA database.
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA
Real-Time Replication SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server
System Administration and Maintenance Information Important Transactions and Control Tables .
4. Define client transformation rules for all the SAP CRM tables that you plan to replicate.
In most cases, you need to apply transformation rules to map the client of the source SAP CRM system to
the client on the target SAP Customer Activity Repository system.

 Caution

Transformation rules must be defined prior to replicating tables.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
126 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 For more information, refer to one of the following:
• Set Up SAP Client section in the Common Installation Guide.
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time Replication
SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server System Administration
and Maintenance Information Important Transactions and Control Tables Data Transformation
Capabilities within SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server
• SAP Note 1733714
5. Specify which SAP ERP tables to replicate using information from one of the two following sources:
• SAP Note 2538135 , for installations based on the SAP_ECC schema
• SAP Note 2538187 , for installations based on the SAP_S4H schema
For more information, see:
• http://help.sap.com/hba Installation, Security, Configuration, and Operations Information
Administrator's Guide Configuration Steps Replicate Data (Side-by-Side Only)
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time Replication
SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server System Administration
and Maintenance Information Configuration Information and Replication Concepts ( <Managing
the Replication Process Using the SAP HANA Studio> and <Important Transactions
and Control Tables>)
6. Map the authoring schema SAP_CRM to your particular physical database schema which contains the
SAP CRM tables. If the physical database schema is already named SAP_CRM,this schema mapping is not
required.

Authoring Schema Physical Schema

SAP_CRM <Name of Your Schema for Storing SAP_CRM

Data>

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/hana_platform Development and Modeling SAP

HANA Modeling Guide Importing Table Definitions and Data Map Authoring Schema to the Physical
Schema .

 Note

Every time you make changes to the schema mapping, the SAP HANA content must be redeployed.

You can do this using one of two methods:

• Execute the /CAR/ACTIVATE_HANA_CONTENT report as described in SAP Note 2330386 .
• Manually redeploy only those SAP HANA objects which are impacted by your schema mapping
change.

6.1.2.1.2 Replicate SAP Marketing Cloud Tables (Optional)

Set up the replication of tables from your SAP Marketing Cloud source system. You only need to perform this
procedure if you have a SAP Marketing Cloud system in your SAP Customer Activity Repository landscape and

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 127
you are planning to use the standard SAP implementation of customer identification delivered with the SAP
Customer Activity Repository.

Procedure

1. If you plan to implement SAP Marketing Cloud co-deployed with SAP Customer Activity Repository, the
SAP Marketing Cloud tables will not be replicated because they already exist in the same SAP HANA
database and the same database schema.

 Note

Client transformation is not possible without table replication, therefore a co-deployed scenario is only
possible if the client numbers in the two back-end systems are identical.

For more information, see Set Up SAP Client section in the Common Installation Guide.

2. If you plan to implement SAP Marketing Cloud side-by-side with SAP Customer Activity Repository, do the
following:
1. Define client transformation rules for all the SAP Marketing Cloud tables that you plan to replicate.
In most cases, you need to apply transformation rules to map the client of the source SAP Marketing
Cloud system to the client on the target SAP Customer Activity Repository system.

 Caution

Transformation rules must be defined prior to replicating tables.

For more information, refer to one of the following:

• Set Up SAP Client section in the Common Installation Guide.
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time
Replication SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server System
Administration and Maintenance Information Important Transactions and Control Tables Data
Transformation Capabilities within SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server
• SAP Note 1733714
2. Specify which SAP ERP tables to replicate using information from one of the two following sources:
• SAP Note 2538135 , for installations based on the SAP_ECC schema
• SAP Note 2538187 , for installations based on the SAP_S4H schema
For more information, see:
• http://help.sap.com/hba Installation, Security, Configuration, and Operations Information
Administrator's Guide Configuration Steps Replicate Data (Side-by-Side Only)
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time
Replication SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server
System Administration and Maintenance Information Configuration Information and Replication
Concepts ( <Managing the Replication Process Using the SAP HANA Studio> and
<Important Transactions and Control Tables>)
3. Regardless of whether you implement SAP Marketing Cloud co-deployed or side-by-side with SAP
Customer Activity Repository, map the authoring schema SAP_CUAN to your particular physical database

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
128 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 schema that contains the SAP CRM tables. If the physical database schema is already named SAP_CUAN,
this schema mapping is not required.

Authoring Schema Physical Schema

SAP_CUAN <Name of Your Schema for Storing SAP

Marketing Cloud Data>

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/hana_platform Development and Modeling SAP

HANA Modeling Guide Importing Table Definitions and Data Map Authoring Schema to the Physical
Schema .

 Note

Every time you make changes to the schema mapping, the SAP HANA content must be redeployed.

You can do this using one of two methods:

• Execute the /CAR/ACTIVATE_HANA_CONTENT report as described in SAP Note 2330386 .
• Manually redeploy only those SAP HANA objects that are impacted by your schema mapping
change.

Side-by-Side Scenario (SLT)

1. Define client transformation rules for all the SAP Marketing Cloud tables that you plan to replicate.
In most cases, you need to apply transformation rules to map the client of the source SAP Marketing Cloud
system to the client on the target SAP Customer Activity Repository system.

 Caution

Transformation rules must be defined prior to replicating tables.

For more information, refer to one of the following:

• Set Up SAP Client section in the Common Installation Guide.
• http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA Real-Time Replication
SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server System Administration
and Maintenance Information Important Transactions and Control Tables Data Transformation
Capabilities within SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server
• SAP Note 1733714
2. Read SAP Note 1897025 and replicate the tables listed in the .txt file attached to this SAP Note.
For more information, see http://help.sap.com/hana SAP HANA SAP HANA Options SAP HANA
Real-Time Replication SAP HANA Trigger-Based Data Replication Using SAP LT Replication Server
System Administration and Maintenance Information .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 129
6.1.2.2 Configure Multichannel Sales Analytics

Do these procedures if you wish to use the multichannel sales analytics cockpit. The cockpit provides you
with an overview of the most important key performance indicators for a category manager. The KPI tiles are
provided using SAP Smart Business or SAP Fiori Launchpad Designer.

Use

The steps in this section are optional and depend on your specific implementation requirements.

 Note

For more information about the cockpit, see the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at
https://help.sap.com/docs/CARAB. Search for section Multichannel Sales Analytics.

6.1.2.2.1 Install the SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps

Framework

 Note

The installation of SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps Framework is not needed if you plan to use SAP
Fiori Launchpad Designer to access and set the configuration parameters for the analytical apps in the
multichannel sales analytics cockpit.

You can access and set the configuration parameters for the analytical apps in the multichannel sales analytics
cockpit using SAP Smart Business. SAP Smart Business requires installation and setup of the SAP Smart
Business Modeler Apps Framework, which includes the following:

• Installation of SAP Smart Business Modeler apps on the front-end server

• Installation of SAP Smart Business products on the SAP HANA Server
• Installation of SAP Web Dispatcher
• Communication channels
• App implementation

For more information on these topics, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/UI_ADD-

ON_FOR_SAP_NETWEAVER_10 Application Help SAP Library SAPUI5: UI Development Toolkit for HTML5
SAPUI5 Application Frameworks SAP Smart Business Setting up the SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps
Framework .

 Note

If you are installing User Interface Add-On 2.0 for SAP NetWeaver, you must download and install add-on
object UISAFND1 100 as described in SAP Note 2183947 .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
130 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.2.2 Configure SAP Web Dispatcher for Multichannel
Sales Analytics Apps

SAP Web Dispatcher lies between the Internet and your SAP system. It is the entry point for HTTP(s) requests
into your system. As a “software web switch”, SAP Web Dispatcher can reject or accept connections. It
contributes to security and also balances the load in your SAP system.

Where to Find Configuration Information

To find the SAP Web Dispatcher information for your SAP NetWeaver release, see the following:

• Central SAP Web Dispatcher note: 908097 SAP Web Dispatcher: Release, Installation, Patches,
Documentation
• Product documentation: https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_NETWEAVER. Choose your SAP NetWeaver
Platform and select the support package stack at the top right.
For configuration information, search for “Administration of the SAP Web Dispatcher”.
For a configuration example, search for “SAP Web Dispatcher Configuration Reference”.
For architecture information, search for “Architecture and Functions of the SAP Web Dispatcher”.

How to Configure SAP Web Dispatcher for Multichannel Sales Analytics Apps

The following parameters values are required:

• Source master data system: SAP ECC

Parameter wdisp/system_542 requires the following URL: /sap/is/retail/car/mcsa/odata
Resulting setting: wdisp/system_542 /sap/is/retail/car/mcsa/odata
• Source master data system: SAP S/4HANA
Parameter wdisp/system_542 requires the following URL: /sap/is/retail/car_s4h/mcsa/odata
Resulting setting: wdisp/system_542 /sap/is/retail/car_s4h/mcsa/odata

Other Solutions

If you use any other reverse proxy, see the manufacturer's documentation for more information.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 131
6.1.2.3 Configure Process Packaging and Parallelization

You only need to do this if you want to use Forecast-Related Analytics that has been predefined in SAP
Analytics Cloud and that is part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics Cloud and/or execute Replenishment
Calculation in parallel.

• You maintain values for the settings used by process packaging and parallelization in the Customizing
Maintain Basic Settings under SAP Customer Activity Repository Demand Data Foundation Basic
Settings Process Packaging and Parallelization .
• You maintain the size of each workload task (Task Size) and the maximum work processes (Max WP) you
wish to run in parallel for SAP-delivered workload types in the Customizing Define Parameters for Workload
Types under SAP Customer Activity Repository Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Process
Packaging and Parallelization .
• You maintain the job catalogs /DMF/PCP_WRKLD_GENERATE_JOB and /DMF/PCP_WRKLD_PROC_JOB as
entries in the Customizing Activation of Scope-Dependent Application Job Catalog Entries under SAP
NetWeaver Application Server System Administration .
• To use the Dispatcher Daemon for processing of workloads, you must execute the one-time report Set up
Start Up Configuration (transaction /DMF/PCP_DISP_START ) in the system.

For more information, see the sections Process Packaging and Parallelization and Manage Workloads in
the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/CARAB/
latest/en-US?task=use_task.

6.1.2.4 Configure SAP Analytics Cloud for Forecast-Related

Analytics

You only need to do this if you want to use Forecast-Related Analytics that has been predefined in SAP
Analytics Cloud and that is part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics Cloud. If you are using a different
analytics tool, or if you do not run analytics at all, you may skip this section.

Prerequisites

• You run and connect the Content Innovation 20 or later release of SAP Analytiics Cloud with SAP
Customer Activity Repository to use the predefined set of forecast-related analyses. For installation
information related to SAP Analytics Cloud, see System Requirements and Technical Prerequisites.
• You can use the Adjust Forecast app to manually adjust the system forecast calculated by Unified Demand
Forecast (UDF). To use the adjusted forecasts thus created in your analyses, you must execute the report
Persist Forecast Corrections (/DMF/FCC_PERSIST) using transaction SE38 in the system. This report
should be scheduled after your forecast run is complete.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
132 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Tip

You can delete persisted forecast corrections created exclusively for your analyses using the Persist
Forecast Corrections report by executing the report Delete Forecast Corrections (/DMF/FCC_DELETE)
using transaction SE38 in the system.

These reports make use of the Process Packaging and Parallelization Framework. For more information,
see Configure Process Packaging and Parallelization [page 132].

Set Up Live Connection Between SAP Customer Activity Repository and SAP
Analytics Cloud

1. Configure SAP Customer Activity Repository to support cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), for cross-
domain communication from the browser.
For more information, see the application help for SAP Analytics Cloud at https://help.sap.com/viewer/
product/SAP_ANALYTICS_CLOUD and search for the Live Data Connection to SAP HANA On-Premise
Using a Direct Connection topic.
2. In SAP Analytics Cloud, navigate to Home Connection and select live connection SAPRTCARAB (SAP
Replenishment Planning and Unified Demand Forecast). This connection is part of the standard delivery.
3. Click Edit Connection and enter your custom details for Host, HTTPS Port, and Client.

6.1.2.5 Install Alternate Storage

You only need to implement this procedure if you plan on using the Table Content Aging report delivered with
SAP Customer Activity Repository. This report allows you to copy your transaction log (TLOG) data and its
extensions from your SAP HANA database to an alternate storage technology (such as SAP IQ or Apache
Hadoop), thereby reducing your total cost of hardware ownership.

Use

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version> Use
Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository POS Data Transfer and Audit Implementing a POS
Transaction Data Storage Strategy Using the Table Content Aging Report .

 Note

If your scenario includes demand modeling and forecasting with the Unified Demand Forecast (UDF)
module, we recommend retaining the historical sales data in memory.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 133
Process Flow

In order to successfully install alternate storage, you must execute the following procedures:

1. Do one of the following:

• Install and set up integration with SAP IQ, or
• Install and set up integration with Apache Hadoop, or
• Install and set up integration with SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering
2. Create the remote source in SAP HANA studio (not applicable for integration with SAP HANA Dynamic
Tiering).
3. Create the virtual table.
4. Set the deploy mode in SAP HANA Transport for ABAP.

 Note

As an alternative to the Table Content Aging report (/CAR/TABLE_CONTENT_AGING), you could consider
using SAP HANA Native Storage Extension, which does not require any additional installation steps
because it comes with SAP HANA Platform 2.0 SPS 05 Revision 050.00 or higher. For more information,
see Using SAP HANA Native Storage Extension.

6.1.2.5.1 Install and Set Up Integration with SAP IQ

You use these procedures to install and set up SAP IQ to support the Table Content Aging report
(transaction /CAR/TABLE_AGING) delivered with SAP Customer Activity Repository.

The SAP HANA database points to your SAP IQ database using SAP HANA smart data access (SDA), which
exposes data from SAP IQ remote sources as virtual tables.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <your release> Use
Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository POS Data Transfer and Audit Implementing a POS
Transaction Data Storage Strategy Using the Table Content Aging Report .

Install SAP IQ

A detailed procedure is described in the SAP IQ Installation and Update Guide.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_IQ Implement

Installation and Upgrade SAP IQ Installation and Update Guide for <your operating system> .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
134 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Configure SAP IQ

1. Allocate sufficient space into which your data will be loaded.

 Note

The default DBSpaces provided during installation are intended to be used for SAP IQ system
management. You should create your own DBSpace under the Main store with a DB File that is large
enough to satisfy your sizing requirements.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_IQ Use

Reference SAP IQ SQL Reference SQL Statements CREATE DBSPACE Statement .

2. Create an in-memory row-level versioning (RLV) store.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_IQ Operate
Administration SAP IQ Administration: In-Memory Row-Level Versioning About In-Memory Row-Level
Versioning .

 Note

Click View All if topic does not appear in initial list.

3. Create a database under the content created at the beginning of this procedure.

 Note

Ensure the following:

• The SAP IQ stores are configured with a large enough cache configuration, main memory, and
temporary memory.
• The page size should be set to 128KB.
• The concurrency aligns with the amount of processes that will be triggered during the data copy.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_IQ Implement

Configuration Performance and Tuning Guide .
4. Create the following tables in the DBSpace created at the beginning of the procedure:
• /POSDW/TLOGF
• /POSDW/TLOGF_EXT
• /POSDW/TLOGF_X
• /POSDW/PLOGF

 Note

These tables should have the same structure as the tables in your SAP HANA system. One possible
way is to export the table structure via Export SQL on the SAP HANA side, and import it on the SAP IQ
side using the SQL console.

The SQL statement requires some modifications, such as:

• Converting all the column names in the exported SQL statement to lower case (for example,
“RETAILSTOREID becomes “retailstoreid”).
You can simply convert the entire SQL statement into lower case and then only convert the table
name to upper case to keep the table name unchanged.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 135
 • Renaming of NVARCHAR to VARCHAR.
• Removing references to CS_* (for example, CS_FIXED).

5. Enable the RLV for the tables you just created.

6. Set the snapshot versioning property of the transaction to row-level.

 Example

set option Snapshot_Versioning = 'Row-level';

7. Enable connection blocking and set the blocking timeout threshold.

 Example

set option blocking = 'On';

set option blocking_timeout = '0';

Install SAP IQ Drivers

Install and configure the ODBC database drivers required to connect to the remote source.

 Note

Each data source driver setup is described in its own section. The prerequisites are given as a simple guide;
you will need to consult the original driver documentation provided by the driver manufacturer for more
detailed information.

A detailed procedure is described in the SAP HANA Administration Guide.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM

Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform Data Access SAP HANA
Smart Data Access Setting Up ODBC Drivers SAP IQ ODBC Driver .

6.1.2.5.2 Install and Set Up Integration with Apache

Hadoop

You use these procedures to install and set up Apache Hadoop to support the Table Content Aging report
(transaction /CAR/TABLE_AGING) delivered with SAP Customer Activity Repository.

The SAP HANA database points to your Hadoop cluster using SAP HANA smart data access (SDA), which
exposes data from Hadoop remote sources as virtual tables.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version> Use
Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository POS Data Transfer and Audit Implementing a POS
Transaction Data Storage Strategy Using the Table Content Aging Report .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
136 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Process Flow

To successfully install and set up integration with Apache Hadoop, you must execute the following procedures:

1. Install Apache Hadoop.

2. Do one of the following:
• Install and set up the Apache Hive ODBC driver, or
• Install and set up the SAP HANA Spark controller.
3. Create and partition tables in Apache Hive.
4. Create a NFS mount on SAP NetWeaver.

Install Apache Hadoop

According to the SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform, SAP HANA smart data access is
supported by Hortonworks Distribution for Apache Hadoop: version 2.3 (supported on Intel-based hardware
platforms only).

For more information on integration between SAP HANA and Apache Hadoop, see SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide
for SAP HANA Platform Data Access SAP HANA Smart Data Access .

For more information on installing Apache Hadoop, see http://docs.hortonworks.com All HDP 2.3
HDP 2.3.0 (GA) .

Install and Set Up Apache Hive ODBC Driver

 Note

Integration between SAP HANA and Apache Hadoop requires either an Apache Hive ODBC driver or an
SAP HANA Spark controller.

Implement this procedure only if you wish to integrate SAP HANA with Apache Hadoop via the Apache Hive
ODBC driver.

1. According to the SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform, SAP HANA smart data access
is supported by Hortonworks Distribution for Apache Hadoop: version 2.3 (This includes Apache Hadoop
version 1.0.3 and Apache Hive 0.9.0; supported on Intel-based hardware platforms only).
For more information on integration between SAP HANA and Apache Hadoop, see SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Administration SAP HANA Administration
Guide for SAP HANA Platform Data Access SAP HANA Smart Data Access .
For more information on installing the Apache Hive ODBC driver, see http://docs.hortonworks.com All
HDP 2.3 HDP 2.3.0 (GA) .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 137
2. Set up the driver as described in the SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform at http://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide
for SAP HANA Platform Data Access SAP HANA Hadoop Integration .

Install and Set Up the SAP HANA Spark Controller

 Note

Integration between SAP HANA and Apache Hadoop requires either an Apache Hive ODBC driver or an
SAP HANA Spark controller.

Implement this procedure only if you wish to integrate SAP HANA with Apache Hadoop via the SAP HANA
Spark controller.

1. Confirm the right combination of versions required between SAP HANA, Apache Spark, and the SAP
HANA Spark controller. Use the SAP HANA Spark Controller Compatibility Matrix to do this. This
document is available under https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_SPARK_CONTROLLER. Navigate
to Additional Information SAP HANA Spark Controller Compatibility Matrix .
2. Install and set up the SAP HANA Spark controller as described in SAP Note 2273047 .

For more information on installing and setting up the SAP HANA Spark controller, see SAP Help Portal at
http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide
for SAP HANA Platform Data Access SAP HANA Hadoop Integration .

Create and Partition Tables

Create the SAP schema, tables, and table partitions as described in SAP Note 2317597 .

Create a NFS Mount on SAP NetWeaver

The TLOG data and its extensions are copied from your SAP HANA database to Hadoop using the HDFS NFS
Gateway on your Hadoop system. To enable this you must create a mount point on your SAP NetWeaver
system for the data files to be created directly in the Hadoop File System (HDFS).

 Note

The following steps are only guidelines which provide an example of how to mount Network File System
(NFS) on an SAP NetWeaver Linux-based client.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
138 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 1. Make sure the NFS client is installed based on the examples provided:

Operating System Command

Red Hat, CentOS sudo yum install nfs-utils

Ubuntu sudo apt-get install nfs-common

SUSE sudo zypper install nfs-client

2. List the NFS shares exported on the server.

Example
showmount -e <host>
3. Set up a mount point for an NFS share.
Example
sudo mkdir <folder>

 Note

You must ensure that the folder paths share the same naming conventions, as follows:

Temporary data folder /tmp/tct_csv_out/temp

Data folder /tmp/tct_csv_out/data

4. Mount the cluster using NFS.

Example
sudo mount -o hard, nolock <host> <folder>

On your HDFS, the different tables are stored under a folder using the following convention:

<data directory>/<schema>/<table>/<businessdaydate=partition_value>/{files}

On the SAP NetWeaver file system, the Hadoop files are stored under a physical path and file name that
is derived from a customer-definable logical path or file name. The configuration is provided via the FILE
transaction. Inside the FILE transaction, you also need to make use of parameters PARAM_1 and PARAM_2.
PARAM_1 will be populated during runtime by the program (generated file name) and PARAM_2 will be
populated by the program during runtime <schema>/<table>/<businessdaydate=partition_value>.

Example (Data Directory)

If the Hadoop data files are stored in Unix/Linux folder ,<schema>/<table>/businessdaydate=partition_value/

{files}PARAM_1.CSV and physical directory /tmp/tct_csv_out/data/hdp/apps/hive/warehouse/
<PARAM_2><FILENAME>.

You create the following logical path in the FILE transaction as follows:

Logical path /CAR/HDFS_DATA

Name HDFS Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 139
Syntax group UNIX

Physical path /tmp/tct_csv_out/data/hdp/apps/hive/

warehouse/<PARAM_2><FILENAME>

You create the following logical file in the FILE transaction as follows:

Logical file /CAR/HDFS_DATA

Name HDFS Data

Physical file <PARAM_1>.CSV

Data format WK1

Application area IS

Logical path /CAR/HDFS_DATA

Example (Temporary Directory)

/tmp/tct_csv_out/data/hdp/apps/hive/warehouse/On top of the Hadoop data files, you also need to provide
a temporary directory in which the program will populate script files and also temporarily store data files to be
compressed.

If the temporary files are stored in Unix/Linux folder /tmp/tct_csv_out/temp/{files}, you create the
following logical path in the FILE transaction as follows:

Logical path /CAR/HDFS_TEMP

Name HDFS Temp

Syntax group UNIX

Physical path /tmp/tct_csv_out/temp/<FILENAME>

You create the following logical file in the FILE transaction as follows:

Logical file /CAR/HDFS_TEMP

Name HDFS Temp

Physical file <PARAM_1>.SH

Data format

Application area IS

Logical path /CAR/HDFS_TEMP

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
140 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.5.3 Install and Set Up Integration with SAP HANA
Dynamic Tiering

You use these procedures to install and set up SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering to support the Table Content Aging
report (transaction /CAR/TABLE_AGING) delivered with SAP Customer Activity Repository.

SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering adds the SAP HANA dynamic tiering service to your SAP HANA system. You use
this service to create the extended store and extended tables. Extended tables behave like all other SAP HANA
tables, but their data resides in the disk-based extended store.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <your release> Use
Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository POS Data Transfer and Audit Implementing a POS
Transaction Data Storage Strategy Using the Table Content Aging Report .

Install SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering

A detailed procedure is described in the SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering: Installation and Update Guide.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/hana_options_dt Implement

Installation and Upgrade .

Create Extended Storage

A detailed procedure is described in the SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering: Administration Guide.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/hana_options_dt Operate

Administration SAP HANA Dynamic Tiering: Administration Guide and consult the following subsections:

• System Administration Managing Extended Storage

• System Administration Managing Tables Extended Store Tables Convert HANA Tables to Extended
Store Tables Using the SAP HANA Cockpit

6.1.2.5.4 Create the Remote Source in SAP HANA Studio

 Note

This step is not applicable if you are integrating the alternate storage feature with SAP HANA Dynamic
Tiering.

Create a remote source by selecting the appropriate adapter and configuring the connection properties and
user credentials.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 141
A detailed procedure is described in the SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/

SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform Data
Access SAP HANA Smart Data Access Managing Remote Sources Creating a Remote Source .

6.1.2.5.5 Create the Virtual Table

Create the following virtual tables to access the data stored in remote tables:

Virtual Table Remote Table

VT_TLOGF_NLS /POSDW/TLOGF

VT_TLOGF_X_NLS /POSDW/TLOGF_X

VT_TLOGF_EXT_NLS /POSDW/TLOGF_EXT

VT_PLOGF_NLS /POSDW/PLOGF

A detailed procedure is described in the SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform.

For more information, see SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/

SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform Data
Access SAP HANA Smart Data Access Managing Virtual Tables .

6.1.2.5.6 Activate Alternate Storage

1. In your back-end system, execute report /CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA.

2. Confirm or set the following:
• In the ECC Mode section, choose the relevant ECC mode for your system.
• In the External Systems section, choose Nearline Storage.
3. Press Execute.

This deploys package sap.is.retail.car.nls for ECC mode SAP ERP, or sap.is.retail.car_s4h.nls
for ECC mode S/4HANA. Each package contains views that combine TLOG data from SAP HANA with TLOG
data from the alternate storage system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
142 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.6 Ensure that Third-Party CRM Sales Orders are
Transferred to SAP ERP

Do this procedure if sales orders were created in a third-party customer relationship management (CRM)
system. You must ensure that this data is transferred to the source master data system. From there, it can be
replicated to (or accessed directly by) SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Use

Sales documents are accessed by SAP Customer Activity Repository (either through replication or direct data
access) from a source SAP ERP system.

One way that sales documents of type Sales Order can be generated in a SAP ERP system is through the
transfer of sales orders created using an SAP CRM source system or a third-party CRM system.

When customers create sales orders using SAP CRM systems, these sales orders are inherently compatible
to the sales document structure in SAP ERP. They are transferred to SAP ERP via the Data Exchange for
Sales Orders: CRM Enterprise - ERP System process. For more information, see SAP Library for SAP CRM on
SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/crm . Select the applicable version of SAP CRM. Under Application
Help, open SAP Library and choose Basic Functions Business Transaction Data Exchange for Business
Transactions .

Customers who use third-party CRM systems to create sales orders, and who want to access these sales
orders from SAP Customer Activity Repository, must ensure that their sales order data meets the following
criteria:

• It includes the information required by SAP Customer Activity Repository.

• It has been transferred to SAP ERP so that SAP Customer Activity Repository can access the data.

Procedure

1. Ensure that the fields required by SAP Customer Activity Repository are filled during the transfer of sales
order data from your third-party CRM system to SAP ERP.
2. Ensure that sales order data has been transferred from your third-party CRM system to SAP ERP.

6.1.2.7 Partition /POSDW/TLOGF and Aggregation Tables

If you wish to use the POS Data Transfer and Audit module, we recommend that you partition the /POSDW/
TLOGF table and several aggregation tables (such as /POSDW/TLOGF_EXT). This improves standard database

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 143
operations (such as inserting, updating, deleting, and reading) and mass operations (such as archiving or index
merging).

Use

SAP Customer Activity Repository contains the POS Data Transfer and Audit module, which is used to receive
a large volume of data from your connected stores. POS Data Transfer and Audit, or more specifically, its
POS Inbound Processing Engine (PIPE), processes the incoming transactions and stores them in the /POSDW/
TLOGF table.

Since every point-of-sale transaction line item is stored as a separate row in the /POSDW/TLOGF table, the table
can quickly grow to become very large and should therefore be partitioned.

Also, you can select to store extension segments in a dedicated /POSDW/TLOGF_EXT table using the
Store Extensions in Separate Table option of the Define General Settings Customizing activity. The /POSDW/
TLOGF_EXT table should be partitioned in the same way as the /POSDW/TLOGF table.

For more information about extension segments, see the Appendix section in the SAP Customer Activity
Repository Administration Guide.

 Note

Partitioning is typically used in distributed systems, but it may also be beneficial for single-host systems.

Procedure

1. Read the Table Partitioning in the SAP HANA Database section of the SAP HANA Administration Guide for
SAP HANA Platform at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM.
2. Plan your partition specifications in accordance to the following guidelines:
• A single partition should not contain more than 1 billion rows.
• The total number of partitions of a single table should not exceed 1000.
• Because the actual act of partitioning a table also uses system resources, do not start partitioning
the /POSDW/TLOGF table until its volume has surpassed 250 million rows.
3. Partition the /POSDW/TLOGF table as required according to SAP Note 1719282 (POS TLOG Table
Partitioning Information).
4. Depending on your requirements, you may also optionally partition the following tables. The same SAP
Note is relevant for these as well.
• /POSDW/TLOGF_EXT
• /POSDW/AGGR01
• /POSDW/ACCRTB

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
144 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.8 Customize Copies of SAP HANA Views

Do this procedure if you have extended the delivered data model (for example, if you have added custom fields
to tables). First create copies of views included in SAP HANA Live for SAP ERP or in the SAP HANA content for
SAP Customer Activity Repository. Then customize these copies to reflect your specific data model extensions.

Use

For example, you need to execute this procedure if you have extended your POS transaction data model. The
views delivered with the SAP HANA content for SAP Customer Activity Repository are built on the standard /
POSDW/TLOGF table. If you have added custom fields to the /POSDW/TLOGF table, you have to create views that
expose these fields.

 Caution

Do not modify standard SAP HANA content.

In general, if you have extended any standard SAP data models, you must copy and adapt the standard SAP
HANA content.

 Caution

If you have created a copy of a view shipped as part of the standard SAP HANA content and have made
modifications to this copy, a subsequent upgrade of SAP HANA Live for SAP ERP or SAP HANA content
for SAP Customer Activity Repository will not update your copied and modified version of the view. SAP
Notes or enhancements shipped by SAP will also have to be manually implemented on the copied, and
subsequently modified, SAP HANA content.

Procedure

1. Log on to SAP HANA studio.

2. Open the Modeler and use the Navigator to access the folder that contains the view that you want to copy.
For example, <Your System Name> Content sap is retail car Calculation Views .
3. Identify the view you want to copy. For example, sap.is.retail.car/POSSalesQuery.
4. Use the Auto Documentation feature of SAP HANA studio to identify all reuse and private views that are
consumed by your selected view, as well as any query views that might consume your view:
1. Right-click on the selected view, and choose Auto Documentation from the context menu.
2. Browse to the location where you want to save the file and choose Finish.
3. Open the generated *.pdf file, and locate the Cross-References section of the document.
The Cross-References section displays the hierarchy of calculation (query, reuse, and private) views
that are accessed by the selected view. Affected underlying, as well as all consuming views, in this
hierarchy must also be copied and modified as a result of your extension.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 145
  Example

Calculation views sap.is.retail.car/POSSales, sap.is.retail.car/POSLogItem, and

sap.is.retail.car/TLOGF_ITEM_COM are all consuming the /POSDW/ TLOGF table and are
consumed by the sap.is.retail.car/POSSalesQuery view.

Therefore, if you have extended the /POSDW/TLOGF table, all these views must be copied and
modified.

5. For each view identified in the previous step, do the following:

1. In the Navigator panel, select an object and in the context menu, choose Copy.
2. Navigate to the package where you want to paste the view and choose Paste.

 Note

You must have write permissions on the target package to which you are pasting the view. Also, you
should copy the view to your own package. Do not modify the original sap package.

3. Modify the copied view as required.

For more information, see the Creating Views section of the SAP HANA Developer Guide.
4. Right-click on the copied and modified view and select Activate.

6.1.2.9 Complete UDF Setup

Set up the Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository to enable demand
modeling and forecasting for different scenarios and consuming applications. To be able to use UDF, you must
at least do the mandatory steps. Additionally, you can choose from several optional steps. We also point you to
helpful performance information for UDF.

Use

UDF supports the following scenarios:

Scenario Setup and Configuration of UDF

Apps for demand forecasting (Analyze Forecast, Adjust Mandatory for all the apps
Forecast, Manage Demand Influencing Factors)

Manage Alerts app Mandatory if you wish to use the High Forecast alert

Optional in all other cases

SAP Replenishment Planning Mandatory

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
146 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Scenario Setup and Configuration of UDF

SAP Promotion Management Mandatory (if you want to use UDF to generate what-if fore­
casts for offer planning)

Optional (without what-if forecasts)

SAP Assortment Planning Optional in general, but depends on your customer scenario

SAP Allocation Management Both applications offer functionality that can use UDF fore­
cast data. For more information, see SAP Help Portal at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and consult the Ap­
plication Help and Administration Guide of either application.

Forecast-related analytics Forecast-related analytics can help you to analyze your UDF
forecast data over certain time periods to identify patterns
and monitor trends that influence your business.

 Note
As a part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics
Cloud, SAP provides a set of predefined analyses tem­
plates. These templates are not part of the delivery of
SAP Customer Activity Repository but are delivered sep­
arately with SAP Analytics Cloud, in the form of content
packages SAP__RT_UDF_DEMANDFORECASTING_LIVE
(SAP Retail: Unified Demand Forecast) and
SAP__RT_RPL_UDF_DASHBOARD_LIVE (SAP Retail:
Replenishment Planning and Unified Demand Forecast
Dashboard). The content packages contain stories that
require a live connection to SAP Customer Activity Re­
pository applications bundle (SAP CARAB).

For more information on this scenario, see the Fore­

cast-Related Analytics section in the application help for
SAP Customer Activity Repository at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/CARAB.

SAP Forecasting and Replenishment UDF is required if you wish to retrieve the UDF forecasts
via the /DMF/UFC_RETRIEVE_RESULTS function module.
For more information on this scenario, see the UDF and
SAP Forecasting and Replenishment section in the applica­
tion help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB.

 Note
SAP Forecasting and Replenishment is not part of SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 147
  Note

There is currently no integration between UDF and SAP Merchandise Planning.

Prerequisites

• You have set up the users, roles, and privileges for UDF as described in Set Up Authorizations for Unified
Demand Forecast (UDF) [page 90].
• You have configured the DDF module as described in Configure Demand Data Foundation [page 105].

Procedure

 Tip

If you encounter issues during the setup, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section for possible solutions.

Perform Mandatory Setup Steps

1. Log on to your ABAP back-end system.

2. In transaction SPRO, do the Customizing for UDF that is required for all the scenarios:

 Note

For more information about each Customizing activity, see the accompanying system documentation
in SPRO.

Customizing for UDF (All Scenarios)

Do These Steps Here in Customizing

Define the time series source with Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Imported Data
historical demand data that you Time Series Define Time Series for Key Figure Configuration
wish to import to DDF and use as
input for UDF.  Caution
Additional Customizing for SAP Promotion Management

If you wish to use what-if forecasts in SAP Promotion Management, addi­

tionally configure this second activity:

Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Data

Maintenance Define Time Series Source

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
148 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Do These Steps Here in Customizing

Define settings for modeling and Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Modeling and
forecasting. Forecasting :

See all the activities under this node.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 149
 Do These Steps Here in Customizing

Review the default settings of the Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings
business exceptions that UDF can Alert and Exception Management :
raise; adjust the settings as required
for your scenario.
• Maintain Configuration Data for High Level Exceptions
1. Execute the activity to display the table of exceptions.

 Note
You might need to scroll to the right to see all table columns.

2. Filter the table by the application area /DMF/UDF_BUSINESS. Here

you can find the business exceptions for UDF. You can configure the
behavior of each exception and switch it on or off as needed.
If such an exception is raised for a UDF job, you will get a correspond­
ing message, which you can then review in the Monitor Exceptions
service in transaction NWBC.

 Note
You can see the message numbers and short texts in the table. If
you wish to display details, select the message in the table and
double-click Assignment Business Area.

If you wish to display the long text of a message, execute transac­

tion SE91 and enter /DMF/UDF_BUSINESS as the message class.
Select the message that you are interested in and choose Long
Text.

3. In the Default Priority column, verify the priority setting of each ex­
ception. If required, change to edit mode and adjust the setting. If
an exception is not relevant for your scenario, set it to Not Relevant/
Switched Off.

 Tip
There are 3 messages (exceptions) for which we recommend that
you switch them off for best performance. Only switch them on if
you really need them for your scenario. The messages are:

• Message 019: No historical demand data for product &1

location &2 using priors
• Message 020: No demand model for product &1 location &2
multi-channel &3 using priors
• Message 060: Product &1 and location &2 removed from
service due to MRP type

Context: The messages indicate issues in the input data (such as

the time series source with historical demand data). Depending
on the quality of this data, the messages might be raised for a
great many product locations, and this can impact performance.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
150 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Do These Steps Here in Customizing

It's best to check the integrity of the input data before running
UDF jobs. For example, you can use the data validation report
described in SAP Note 2161484 .

Behavior: Note that the messages have a different default priority

depending on your release of SAP Customer Activity Repository.
Adjust the configuration as follows:

• For any release of SAP Customer Activity Repository 4.0 or

for SAP Customer Activity Repository 5.0 Initial Shipment
Stack: The messages are switched on by default. If you have
upgraded from any of these releases, now set the default
priority of each message that you don't need to Not Relevant/
Switched Off.
• As of SAP Customer Activity Repository 5.0 FPS01, the mes­
sages are switched off by default. We recommend that you
only switch on those messages that you actually need for
your scenario.

4. Save your changes.

• Maintain Configuration Data for Low Level Exceptions:
(Optional) This activity works similarly to the previous one. Here you
can find the technical exceptions for UDF in the application area /DMF/
UDF_TECHNICAL.
Each technical exception is already assigned to a business exception. Tech­
nical exceptions typically indicate issues that need to be solved by system
administrators.

 Tip
We recommend that you keep the default settings.

• Define Customer-Specific Replacement Messages:

(Optional) Configure this activity if you wish to use different message texts
than the ones provided by default.
• Define Customizable Message Status:
(Optional) Configure this activity if you wish to use different or additional
statuses than the ones provided by default.

3. Check and, if necessary, change the setting for how the covariance matrix is generated during modeling.
1. Navigate to Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Modeling and Forecasting
Define Modeling Control Settings and execute the Customizing activity.
2. Check that the MOD_COV_REDUCED parameter is configured correctly for your scenario.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 151
 The parameter controls whether the “full covariance matrix” (default) or the “reduced covariance
matrix” should be generated:

For These Scenarios Use this Setting

You want to use UDF to gener­ The full covariance matrix is mandatory for the FCI.
ate the forecast confidence in­
dex (FCI) for SAP Promotion  Note
Management. Be aware that the generation of the full covariance matrix is perform­
ance-intensive.

Correct setting of MOD_COV_REDUCED:

• Either the parameter is not listed at all under Configuration Type Code.
• Or the parameter is listed under Configuration Type Code and the
Configuration Value is empty.

Either setting activates the default (full covariance matrix is generated).

All other scenarios, that is: The reduced covariance matrix is sufficient for those scenarios and also
saves runtime.
• You want to calculate hier­
archical priors (HPRs). Correct setting of MOD_COV_REDUCED:
• You want to use SAP
• The parameter is listed under Configuration Type Code and the
Promotion Management, but
Configuration Value is set to X.
without generating the FCI.
• You want to use other This setting overrides the default.
consuming applications,
but not SAP Promotion
Management.

3. Make any other settings as required for your scenario and save your changes.

4. Configure the modeling and forecasting features that you wish to use in your scenario.
See the Configure Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) section of the SAP Customer Activity Repository
Administration Guide.

 Tip

You can find detailed configuration information for a number of UDF features in this section. Here you
can fine-tune UDF for your customer scenario and requirements.

5. Set up your forecast scenario for best performance.

See the following sections of the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide:
1. Optimize the performance of modeling, forecasting, and the calculation of hierarchical priors. See
Optimize UDF Performance.
2. Set up routines for regular data housekeeping. For example, schedule reports to regularly delete
obsolete data. See Performance — Optimize the Data Lifecycle and Administration Tools.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
152 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Tip

We highly recommend that you read this information carefully and implement any performance tips
that are relevant for your scenario.

6. Set up the integration and data replication between your source master data system and your SAP
Customer Activity Repository system.
See the following sections of the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide:
• For integration information for UDF and DDF, see Introduction to SAP Customer Activity Repository and
Configure DDF Integration Scenarios.
• For setup information on the data replication framework (DRF, transaction DRFOUT) for replicating
master and transactional data, see Configure Data Replication from SAP ERP and SAP S/4HANA to
DDF.
7. In the future development of your scenario, you might implement custom code or change UDF output
tables. Carefully read the following information to ensure that such adaptations will continue to function
correctly for your scenario:

 Caution

With the release of SAP Customer Activity Repository 4.0 FPS03, the UDF database storage design
was refactored to enhance system performance. Be aware that as a result, the following open SQL
statements are no longer supported for the following UDF tables:

Do not use any of these SQL statements... … with any of these tables

UPDATE FROM wa /DMF/UMD_TSD

UPDATE FROM TABLE itab /DMF/UMD_TS

DELETE FROM wa /DMF/UFC_TSD

/DMF/UFC_TS
DELETE FROM TABLE itab
/DMF/UFC_TRC
DELETE WHERE UP TO N ROWS
/DMF/UMD_PAR
MODIFY FROM wa
/DMF/UMD_PAR_COV
MODIFY FROM TABLE itab
/DMF/UMD_PRI
ORDER BY PRIMARY KEY
/DMF/TS_PS
SELECT SINGLE FOR UPDATE

Usage of Table Buffer

EXPORT/IMPORT

You have now completed the mandatory setup steps for UDF.

Perform Optional Setup Steps

You have the following additional options:

1. (Highly recommended) Set up the apps for demand forecasting (Analyze Forecast, Adjust Forecast, Manage
Demand Influencing Factors) and the Manage Alerts app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 153
 See the Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154] section.
2. Verify the data replication results that are relevant for UDF:
For example, verify that the following data is replicated correctly from the source master data
system: product hierarchy, location hierarchy, product prices, delisting information for product locations
(table /DMF/PRODLOC_TD), closing days and public holidays for locations (tables /DMF/LOC, /DMF/
TSTRM, /DMF/LOC_TSTRM, and /DMF/TSTRM_DAY).

 Note

For more information on the data replication, see Configure Data Replication from SAP ERP and SAP
S/4HANA to DDF section in the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide.

3. To achieve a high forecast accuracy right from the beginning, provide ample promotional data:
• Load the historical promotions into UDF (if this data is available).
• Define user DIFs in the past to account for the historical promotions.
• Check the offer lift type codes of offers that were created in SAP Promotion Management and
transferred (translated) to UDF. In particular, check for the offer lift type codes 98 and 99 and solve the
underlying issues. For more information, see Verify Integration with SAP Promotion Management.
4. Implement SAP Note 2161484 : Here you can find information about an ABAP validation report that you
can use to check the input data for modeling and forecasting and solve potential issues.

6.1.2.10 Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Customer Activity

Repository

Perform common setup steps that are required for the apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository. For example,
check that the prerequisites are installed and prepare the system landscape. Then set up the apps that you
want to use in your scenario.

Context

You can find a list of the apps included in SAP Customer Activity Repository in the SAP Fiori for SAP Customer
Activity Repository section in the application help.

For a diagram of a typical SAP Fiori system landscape, see the UI Content and Authorization Concept section in
the SAP Fiori: App Implementation .

 Note

Depending on your scenario, some of the following prerequisites might already be available in your system
landscape. If so, you can skip the corresponding step.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
154 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
General Prerequisites

• SAP Fiori front-end server: You have installed the SAP FIORI FRONT-END SERVER add-on product
version for this release. For the minimum requirement, see section Install the Prerequisites [page 19] and
consult the information under Common Prerequisites SAP Fiori .

 Tip

There is a quick way how you can check the SAPUI5 version currently installed in your system. See SAP
Note 2282103 (How to check the version of SAPUI5 you have installed).

• SAP Fiori launchpad: You have set up the launchpad as described in section Configure SAP Fiori
Launchpad [page 120].
• SAP Fiori launchpad designer: You have set up the designer as described in the product documentation
of SAP Fiori launchpad, in section Initial Setup of the Launchpad Designer. Depending on your front-end
system, select a different version at the top.
• SAP Gateway: You have done the general SAP Gateway configuration and you have activated the common
OData services and Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services. For instructions, see the following:
• Section Configure SAP Gateway [page 110] in this guide, including the subsections
• SAP Note 1560585 (SAP Gateway 2.0 Release Note)

Prerequisites Specific to SAP Customer Activity Repository applications

bundle

1. You have installed the correct revision of the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component in the SAP HANA
database. See section Download and Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA [page 66].
2. You have installed the back-end product version. This ensures that all app features of the current release
are supported by the back-end. See section Install ABAP Back-End Server [page 65].
3. You have installed the front-end product version. This ensures that you get the newest app UIs on the
front-end. See section Install ABAP Front-End Server [page 78].
4. You have implemented any SAP Notes (back-end and front-end corrections) for the apps that you wish to
set up. See section Implement SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34] and consult the release information
notes (RINs) mentioned there and also the table for SAP Customer Activity Repository.
5. You have performed all mandatory setup steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository. For example, this
includes activating the OData services for the apps and calculating the SAPUI5 application index. For
instructions, see section Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].
6. You have set up the system connections:
• You have set up the following dedicated RFC connections in transaction SM59 (Configuration of RFC
Connections):
• between your front-end system and your back-end system
• between your front-end system and your source master data system
• You have defined a system alias for your back-end system. See section Activate OData Services [page
114] and search for alias.
7. (Optional) If you wish to set up the apps included in OAA, follow the steps in section Configure
Omnichannel Article Availability and Sourcing for Use with SAP Customer Activity Repository in this guide.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 155
Result

After you have prepared the system landscape in this way, you can now set up the apps that you wish to use.

 Tip

If you encounter issues during the setup, see the Troubleshooting SAP Fiori Apps section in the SAP Fiori:
Operations documentation.

Set Up the Apps for Demand Forecasting [page 156]

The apps for demand forecasting are Analyze Forecast, Adjust Forecast, and Manage Demand
Influencing Factors. Get step-by-step instructions for the setup and make app-specific settings in the
back-end system and the front-end system.

Set Up the Apps for Demand Data Foundation (DDF) [page 179]
Do this procedure to set up the DDF apps for standalone scenarios. The DDF apps are: Configure
Distribution Curves, Manage Location Clusters, Manage Product Attributes, Manage Product Groups,
Manage Promotional Offers. To access any of these apps, you need to assign the required role(s) to your
front-end user. This gives you access to the relevant business catalogs and business catalog groups so
that you can then open the apps in SAP Fiori launchpad.

6.1.2.10.1 Set Up the Apps for Demand Forecasting

The apps for demand forecasting are Analyze Forecast, Adjust Forecast, and Manage Demand Influencing
Factors. Get step-by-step instructions for the setup and make app-specific settings in the back-end system and
the front-end system.

Context

The apps for demand forecasting help you manage forecast scenarios with Unified Demand Forecast (UDF).
UDF is the common forecasting engine in the back-end. The apps and UDF are all delivered as part of SAP
Customer Activity Repository. The apps are sometimes also referred to as the “forecast apps” or the “UDF
apps”.

 Note

If you need information on the app features, see the SAP Fiori Apps for Your Forecast Scenario section in
the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Prerequisites

• You have migrated the pricing data to the /DMF/PRC table as described in Migrate to New Default Table for
Sales Pricing Data (/DMF/PRC).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
156 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • You have set up Unified Demand Forecast in your back-end system as described in Complete UDF Setup
[page 146].
• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].

Procedures

1. Set the APPSTATE_TRANSIENT parameter to false in SAP Fiori Customizing:

The parameter controls whether app state data for navigation is kept in the browser memory only
(transient) or stored in the database of the front-end server. With this setting, you can ensure that your
selection of products and locations will be kept when you navigate between the apps.
1. Log on to your front-end system.
2. Execute transaction /UI2/FLP_CUS_CONF to open the "FLP Configuration": Overview screen.
3. Choose FLP Configuration New Entries and make the following settings:
• FLP Property ID: APPSTATE_TRANSIENT
• Property Value: false

 Tip

You can find a detailed description of the parameter in the Launchpad Configuration Parameters
section of the SAP Fiori Launchpad documentation. If necessary, select a different version at the
top.

If you encounter any issues, see the configuration instructions in the Setting Parameters in SAP
Fiori Customizing section of the SAP Fiori Launchpad documentation.

4. Save your changes.

 Tip

We recommend that you schedule a report to clean up expired app states on a daily basis. For
more information, see the Cleanup of Expired Application State section of the SAP Fiori Launchpad
documentation.

2. Continue with the app-specific setup as described in the following sections.

Set Up the Analyze Forecast App [page 158]

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the Analyze Forecast
app. First do all the mandatory steps. Then perform any of the optional steps that are helpful for your
scenario. At the end, we point you to configuration information for specific app features.

Set Up the Adjust Forecast App [page 165]

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the Adjust Forecast app
and the related tiles Forecast Correction Classification and Forecast Correction Overlapping Rules. First
do all the mandatory steps. Then perform any of the optional steps that are helpful for your scenario. At
the end, we point you to configuration information for specific app features.

Set Up the Manage Demand Influencing Factors App [page 171]

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the Manage Demand
Influencing Factors app and the related tile Demand Influencing Factors Library. First do all the

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 157
 mandatory steps. Then perform any of the optional steps that are helpful for your scenario. At the
end, we point you to configuration information for specific app features.

Adjust Forecast App and Manage Demand Influencing Factors App: Schedule Reports to Delete Obsolete
Drafts [page 177]
When a user creates or updates a forecast correction in the Adjust Forecast app, the system
automatically saves a draft in the background. The same is true when a user creates or updates a DIF
assignment in the Manage Demand Influencing Factors app. The drafts remain available as user-specific
working versions. For performance reasons, you should delete obsolete drafts on a regular basis. The
two reports /DPL/REORG_DRAFT_TABLES and /DPL/REORG_DIF_DRAFT_TABS are available for this.

6.1.2.10.1.1 Set Up the Analyze Forecast App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the Analyze Forecast app. First
do all the mandatory steps. Then perform any of the optional steps that are helpful for your scenario. At the
end, we point you to configuration information for specific app features.

Context

This app is one of the “apps for demand forecasting”, a group of forecast-related apps delivered with SAP
Customer Activity Repository. All apps for demand forecasting have the following in common:

• The forecasting engine in the back-end is Unified Demand Forecast (UDF). The UDF application function
library (delivered via the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component) runs directly in the SAP HANA
database.
• Cross-navigation is supported. For example, users can navigate directly from Analyze Forecast to Adjust
Forecast and Manage Demand Influencing Factors.

 Note

Be aware that the app is not meant to be a reporting UI at the enterprise level, but a tool to analyze specific
forecast issues at lower levels.

Prerequisites

• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].
• You have set up Unified Demand Forecast as described in Complete UDF Setup [page 146].
• You know where to find additional information on the Analyze Forecast app if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference library. For the
latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/
index.html?appId=F1773A.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
158 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • If you need information on the app features and the app history, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
CARAB. Select your version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository, and search for the Analyze Forecast section.

Procedure

To set up the app, perform all the mandatory steps and any of the optional steps that you need in your scenario.

Mandatory Steps

 Note

The steps point you to different sections of the SAP Fiori implementation information. When following a
link, you might need to select a different version at the top, depending on your front-end system release.

You can always use the following link as your main entry point to SAP Fiori implementation information:
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/FIORI_IMPLEMENTATION/latest/en-US?task=implement_task.

 Tip

If you encounter issues during the setup, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section in this guide and also
the Troubleshooting SAP Fiori Apps section in the SAP Fiori: Operations documentation.

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Configure the SAP Fiori launchpad designer for the app.
1. Launch the SAP Fiori launchpad designer in one of the following modes:
• The CUST mode is for client-specific configurations. Use the following URL and replace <client>
with the respective system client:
https://<server>:<port>/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/arsrvc_upb_admn/main.html?sap-
client=<client>#/Catalog/X-SAP-UI2-CATALOGPAGE:SAP_ISR_CAR_TC_A
• The CONF mode is for global configurations across all clients. It additionally includes the <CONF>
parameter. Use the following URL:
https://<server>:<port>/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/arsrvc_upb_admn/
main.html?sap-client=<client>&scope=<CONF>#/Catalog/X-SAP-UI2-
CATALOGPAGE:SAP_ISR_CAR_TC_A
2. Configure the app tile in the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

 Note

You can configure tiles only in catalogs. By default, the tiles of the apps for demand forecasting are
in the technical catalog SAP_DPL_TC_T. The catalog is shipped with the launchpad configuration.

For more information on catalogs and tiles, see the UI Content and Authorization Concept section
in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation documentation.

If the app tile has not yet been created, create it as a static tile using the following settings:
• Title: Analyze Forecast
• Icon: sap-icon://Fiori5/F0812

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 159
 • Use semantic object navigation: Select this option.
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: showUDFAnalyzeForecast
• Leave the other options empty.
3. Configure the target mapping in the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

 Note

If you need more information on configuring target mappings, see the Maintaining Business
Catalogs and Business Groups section in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation information.

If the target mapping has not yet been created, choose Target Mappings and create a new entry with
the following settings:
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: showUDFAnalyzeForecast
• Application Type: SAPUI5 Fiori App
• Title: Analyze Forecast
• URL: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/analyzfcst_v2
• ID: retail.udf.analyzeforecastv2
• Device Types: Select Desktop.
• Allow additional parameters: Select this option.
3. Complete the app setup on the front-end server.

 Note

You can find the general SAP Fiori help for this step in the Implementation Tasks on Front-End Server
section in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation information.

Use this section as your starting point. However, to configure the app, you only need to do some of the
steps described there.

1. Verify that the SAP Gateway OData services for Unified Demand Forecast and the apps for demand
forecasting have been activated. If a service is not active, activate it.
See section Activate OData Services [page 114].
2. Activate the following Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services for the app:

ICF Services for Analyze Forecast

Combined Service Path and Name Service Path Service Name

/sap/bc/bsp/sap/ /sap/bc/bsp/sap/ analyzfcst_v2

analyzfcst_v2

/sap/bc/lrep /sap/bc/ lrep

/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ analyzfcst_v2

analyzfcst_v2

/sap/bc/bsp/sap/udfreuse /sap/bc/bsp/sap/ udfreuse

/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ udfreuse

udfreuse

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
160 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 1. Execute transaction SICF (Define Services) and search for each service from the table above.
1. As Hierarchy Type, select SERVICE.
2. Enter the Service Path from the table.
3. Enter the Service Name from the table.
4. Execute the search ( F8 ).
2. Once you have found a service, activate it:
In the Virtual Hosts/Services column, select the analyzfcst_v2 entry and choose More
Service/Host Activate .

 Note

If you need more information on activating services, see section Activating ICF Services of SAPUI5
Application.

3. Create your custom copy of the SAP_CAR_TCR_A standard role on the front-end server:

 Note

SAP_CAR_TCR_A is the front-end server authorization role delivered for analytical apps in SAP
Customer Activity Repository. The role contains the catalogs, groups, and start authorizations for
the OData services required to access the app.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles
that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

1. Execute transaction PFCG (Role Maintenance) and search for the SAP_CAR_TCR_A standard role.
2. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
3. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario.
4. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Front-End and Assigning Launchpad Catalogs and
Groups.
5. Save your changes.
4. Create your custom copy of the SAP_DPL_TCR_T standard role on the front-end server:

 Note

SAP_DPL_TCR_T is the front-end server authorization role for the apps for demand forecasting. It
contains the catalogs, groups, and start authorizations for the OData services required to access
the apps.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 161
 that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

 Note

This step is similar to the previous one, and you can consult the same references.

1. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen. Search for the role.
2. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
3. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario.
4. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Front-End and Assigning Launchpad Catalogs and
Groups
.
5. Save your changes.

4. Set up the catalogs, groups, and roles in the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Follow the steps in Maintaining Business Catalogs and Business Groups.
5. Assign the two custom copies (which you created from the two standard roles) to the users of the
app.
Follow the steps in Assigning Roles to Users on Front End.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache to see your changes on the
user interface.

6. Complete the setup on the back-end server.

1. Log on to the back-end server.
2. Create your custom copy of the /DMF/DPL standard role:

 Note

/DMF/DPL (Demand Planner (Retail)) is the back-end authorization role for the apps for demand
forecasting.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles
that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

1. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen.

2. Search for the role.
3. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
4. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario. For example,
assign users to the role.
5. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Back End for Launchpad Catalogs.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
162 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 6. Save your changes.
3. Assign areas of responsibility (AORs):
Assign a product hierarchy AOR and a location hierarchy AOR to each ABAP back-end user of the app.
This enables the respective front-end user to use the Product Hierarchy and Location Hierarchy filters
in the app and display the assigned hierarchy nodes.
You assign AORs in transaction NWBC under Services Maintain Area of Responsibility . For
information on the supported hierarchy types and instructions, see the Maintain Area of Responsibility
section in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository.

 Note

You have completed the mandatory setup steps for the app. Take a look at the optional steps and
implement any that are relevant for your scenario.

Optional Steps - Highly Recommended

Perform any of the following optional steps that are helpful for your scenario:

• Enable the in-app help:

Enable this feature so users can display on-screen help directly in the app. Set up SAP Web Dispatcher and
the In-App Help plug-in as described in Enable In-App Help [page 416].

 Tip

After a successful setup, you can see the Help icon (question mark) at the top of the app. Simply
choose this icon (or press F1 ) to display the in-app help and call up a detailed app description.

• Set up the related apps:

See Set Up the Apps for Demand Forecasting [page 156].
• Set up single sign-on (SSO): Set up the single sign-on between the front-end server and the back-end
server.
The authentication concept for SAP Fiori apps comprises initial user authentication on the ABAP front-end
server, followed by authentication of all requests to back-end systems. The available SSO mechanisms may
differ depending on your customer system landscape. For more information, see SAP Fiori: Security, select
your version, and choose User Authentication and Single Sign-On (SSO) .

Configuration

After this technical setup, you can now configure the app for your specific scenario. For example, you can do
the following:

• Enable the display of future prices:

If you wish to display future prices in Analyze Forecast, you must first enable forecast tracing in Unified
Demand Forecast (UDF). This is because the app uses the price information from the tracing results table
(/DMF/UFC_TRC). Forecast tracing is available for all supported time series.

 Note

Be aware that forecast tracing can have an impact on performance (sizing, runtime).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 163
 You enable forecast tracing in Customizing:
1. Execute transaction SPRO and choose Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation
Modeling and Forecasting Define Forecasting Control Settings .
2. Choose New Entries.
3. Add an entry with the following settings:
• Configuration Type Code: FC_OUTPUT_TRACE
• Configuration Value: X (=ON)
4. Save your changes.
5. Run forecasting.
• Enable the demand decomposition for concrete troubleshooting and support cases:
To be able to see the decomposition time series in the Decomposition Chart, you must first enable the
demand decomposition for the model or forecast job that you wish to view in the app. Similarly, you must
enable the demand decomposition if you wish to display the DIF effects of past and future variable seasons
in this chart.
For instructions, see the Configure Demand Decomposition section in the SAP Customer Activity
Repository Administration Guide.

 Caution

Be aware that the demand decomposition can have a considerable impact on performance. Activate
it only for concrete analyses, and then only for diagnostic jobs with a very small selection of
product locations. Never activate the demand decomposition for production modeling or production
forecasting.

Because of the performance impact, the demand decomposition is disabled by default.

App Extensibility

If you wish to extend the app with custom content, do the following:

1. Navigate to the SAP Fiori App Reference Library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/

externalViewer/index.html.
2. Search for the app.
3. On the app details screen, choose IMPLEMENTATION INFORMATION and select a delivery.
4. Consult the information under Extensibility. For example, here you can find a list of the available extension
points and controller hooks.
5. Consult SAP Note 2274090 (Steps to be followed to extend SAP Fiori Apps for SAP CARAB). Here you
can find an example of how to extend apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.
6. For general extensibility information for SAP Fiori, see the SAP Fiori Overview and consult the information
under Extend and Develop SAP Fiori Apps.

Result

You have successfully set up the Analyze Forecast app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
164 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.10.1.2 Set Up the Adjust Forecast App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the Adjust Forecast app and
the related tiles Forecast Correction Classification and Forecast Correction Overlapping Rules. First do all the
mandatory steps. Then perform any of the optional steps that are helpful for your scenario. At the end, we
point you to configuration information for specific app features.

Context

This app is one of the “apps for demand forecasting”, a group of forecast-related apps delivered with SAP
Customer Activity Repository. All apps for demand forecasting have the following in common:

• The forecasting engine in the back-end is Unified Demand Forecast (UDF). The UDF application function
library (delivered via the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component) runs directly in the SAP HANA
database.
• Cross-navigation is supported. For example, users can navigate directly from Analyze Forecast to Adjust
Forecast and Manage Demand Influencing Factors.

Prerequisites

• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].
• You have set up Unified Demand Forecast as described in Complete UDF Setup [page 146].
• You have set up Analyze Forecast as described in Set Up the Analyze Forecast App [page 158].
• You know where to find additional information on the Adjust Forecast app if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery of the app are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library. For the latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html?appId=F3479.
• If you need information on the app features and the app history, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
CARAB. Choose your version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository, and search for the Adjust Forecast section.

Procedure

To set up the app, perform all the mandatory steps and any of the optional steps that you need in your scenario.

Mandatory Steps

 Note

The steps point you to different sections of the SAP Fiori implementation information. When following a
link, you might need to select a different version at the top, depending on your front-end system release.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 165
 You can always use the following link as your main entry point to SAP Fiori implementation information:
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/FIORI_IMPLEMENTATION/latest/en-US?task=implement_task.

 Tip

If you encounter issues during the setup, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section in this guide and also
the Troubleshooting SAP Fiori Apps section in the SAP Fiori: Operations documentation.

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Configure the SAP Fiori launchpad designer for the app.
1. Launch the SAP Fiori launchpad designer in one of the following modes:
• The CUST mode is for client-specific configurations. Use the following URL and replace <client>
with the respective client:
https://<server>:<port>/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/arsrvc_upb_admn/main.html?sap-
client=<client>#/Catalog/X-SAP-UI2-CATALOGPAGE:SAP_DPL_TC_T
• The CONF mode is for global configurations across all clients. It additionally includes the <CONF>
parameter. Use the following URL:
https://<server>:<port>/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/arsrvc_upb_admn/main.html?sap-
client=<client>&scope=CONF#/Catalog/X-SAP-UI2-CATALOGPAGE:SAP_DPL_TC_T
2. Configure the app tiles in the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

 Note

You can configure tiles only in catalogs. By default, the tiles of the apps for demand forecasting are
in the technical catalog SAP_DPL_TC_T. The catalog is shipped with the launchpad configuration.

For more information on catalogs and tiles, see the UI Content and Authorization Concept section
in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation documentation.

If the app tiles have not yet been created, create them as static tiles using the following settings:
For Adjust Forecast:
• Title: Adjust Forecast
• Icon: sap-icon://Fiori5/F0819
• Use semantic object navigation: Select this option.
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: editUDFAdjustForecast
• Leave the other options empty.
For Forecast Correction Classification:
• Title: Forecast Correction Classification
• Icon: sap-icon://group-2
• Information: /DMF/FCC_MAINT_CLSCF
• Use semantic object navigation: Select this option.
• Semantic Object: DemandPlanConfiguration
• Action: create
• Leave the other options empty.
For Forecast Correction Overlapping Rules:
• Title: Forecast Correction Overlapping Rules

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
166 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Icon: sap-icon://Fiori2/F0306
• Information: /DMF/FCC_MAINT_RULES
• Use semantic object navigation: Select this option.
• Semantic Object: DemandPlanConfiguration
• Action: manage
• Leave the other options empty.
3. Configure the target mapping in the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

 Note

If you need more information on configuring target mappings, see the Maintaining Business
Catalogs and Business Groups section in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation information.

If the target mappings have not yet been created, choose Target Mappings and create new entries with
the following settings:
For Adjust Forecast:
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: editUDFAdjustForecast
• Application Type: SAPUI5 Fiori App
• Title: Adjust Forecast
• URL: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/adjustforecast
• ID: retail.dpl.adjustforecast
• Device Types: Select Desktop.
• Allow additional parameters: Select this option.
For Forecast Correction Classification:
• Semantic Object: DemandPlanConfiguration
• Action: create
• Application Type: Transaction
• Title: Forecast Correction Classification
• Transaction: /DMF/FCC_MAINT_CLSCF
• System Alias: <replace the delivered default entry with your customer-specific
system alias>
• Information: Transaction /DMF/FCC_MAINT_CLSCF
• Device Types: Select Desktop.
• Allow additional parameters: Select this option.
For Forecast Correction Overlapping Rules:
• Semantic Object: DemandPlanConfiguration
• Action: manage
• Application Type: Transaction
• Title: Forecast Correction Overlapping Rules
• Transaction: /DMF/FCC_MAINT_RULES
• System Alias: <replace the delivered default entry with your customer-specific
system alias>
• Information: Transaction /DMF/FCC_MAINT_RULES
• Device Types: Select Desktop.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 167
 • Allow additional parameters: Select this option.
3. Complete the app setup on the front-end server.

 Note

You can find the general SAP Fiori help for this step in the Implementation Tasks on Front-End Server
section in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation information.

Use this section as your starting point. However, to configure the app, you only need to do some of the
steps described there.

1. Verify that the SAP Gateway OData services for Unified Demand Forecast and the apps for demand
forecasting have been activated. If a service is not active, activate it.
See Activate OData Services [page 114].
2. Activate the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) service for the app:
1. Execute transaction SICF (Define Services).
2. As Hierarchy Type, select SERVICE.
3. As Service Path, enter /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/.
4. As Service Name, enter adjustforecast.
5. Execute the search ( F8 ).
6. In the Virtual Hosts / Services column, select the ADJUSTFORECAST entry and choose More
Service/Host Activate .

 Note

If you need more information on activating services, see section Activating ICF Services of SAPUI5
Application.

3. Check the OData Services for the app.

Execute transaction /IWFND/MAINT_SERVICE (Activate and Maintain Services) and check if the
following services are listed in the service catalog:
• Adjust Forecast OData Service:
• Type: BEP
• Technical Service Name: ZOD_ADJUST_FORECAST_SRV
• Service Description: DPL Fiori Adjust Forecast App OData Service
• External Service Name: OD_ADJUST_FORECAST_SRV
• Namespace: /DPL/
• Time Series OData Service:
• Type: BEP
• Technical Service Name: ZOD_FC_TIME_SERIES_VIZ_SRV
• Service Description: OData Srv. for Forecast-Related Time Series Visualization
• External Service Name: OD_FC_TIME_SERIES_VIZ_SRV
• Namespace: /DMF/
• Demand Plan OData Service for Reuse:
• Type: BEP
• Technical Service Name: ZDEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV
• Service Description: Demand Plan OData Service for Reuse

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
168 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • External Service Name: DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV
• Namespace: /DMF/
If a service is not listed, do the following:
1. Choose Add Service, enter your back-end system alias, and choose Get Services.
2. Search for the service that you want to add:
• /DPL/OD_ADJUST_FORECAST_SRV
• /DMF/OD_FC_TIME_SERIES_VIZ_SRV
• /DMF/DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV
3. Select the entry and choose Add Selected Services.
4. Take over the provided data and enter the local package assignment.
4. Create your custom copy of the SAP_DPL_TCR_T standard role on the front-end server:

 Note

SAP_DPL_TCR_T is the front-end server authorization role for the apps for demand forecasting. It
contains the catalogs, groups, and start authorizations for the OData services required to access
the apps.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles
that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

1. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen.

2. Search for the role.
3. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
4. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario.
5. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Front-End and Assigning Launchpad Catalogs and
Groups.
6. Save your changes.
5. Set up the catalogs, groups, and roles in the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Follow the steps in Maintaining Business Catalogs and Business Groups.
6. Assign the custom copy of the role (which you created from the standard role) to the users of the app.
Follow the steps in Assigning Roles to Users on Front End.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache to see your changes on the
user interface.

4. Complete the setup on the back-end server.

1. Log on to the back-end server.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 169
 2. Create your custom copy of the /DMF/DPL standard role:

 Note

/DMF/DPL (Demand Planner (Retail)) is the back-end authorization role for the apps for demand
forecasting.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles
that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

1. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen.

2. Search for the role.
3. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
4. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario. For example,
assign users to the role.
5. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Back End for Launchpad Catalogs.
6. Save your changes.
3. Assign areas of responsibility (AORs):
Assign a product hierarchy AOR and a location hierarchy AOR to each ABAP back-end user of the app.
This enables the respective front-end user to use the Product Hierarchy and Location Hierarchy filters
in the app and display the assigned hierarchy nodes.
You assign AORs in transaction NWBC under Services Maintain Area of Responsibility . For
information on the supported hierarchy types and instructions, see the Maintain Area of Responsibility
section in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository.

 Note

You have completed the mandatory steps for the app. Take a look at the optional steps and implement any
that are relevant for your scenario.

Optional Steps - Highly Recommended

Perform any of the following optional steps that are helpful for your scenario:

• Enable the in-app help:

Enable this feature so users can display on-screen help directly in the app. Set up SAP Web Dispatcher and
the In-App Help plug-in as described in Enable In-App Help [page 416].

 Tip

After a successful setup, you can see the Help icon (question mark) at the top of the app. Simply
choose this icon (or press F1 ) to display the in-app help and call up a detailed app description.

• Set up the related apps:

See Set Up the Apps for Demand Forecasting [page 156].
• Set up single sign-on (SSO): Set up the single sign-on between the front-end server and the back-end
server.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
170 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 The authentication concept for SAP Fiori apps comprises initial user authentication on the ABAP front-end
server, followed by authentication of all requests to back-end systems. The available SSO mechanisms may
differ depending on your customer system landscape. For more information, see SAP Fiori: Security, select
your version, and choose User Authentication and Single Sign-On (SSO) .

Configuration

After this technical setup, you can now configure the app for your specific scenario. For example, you can do
the following:

• Define overlapping rules for percentage, additive, and absolute forecast corrections.
For more information, see the Settings for Forecast Corrections section in the application help for SAP
Customer Activity Repository.
• Performance: Schedule the /DPL/REORG_DRAFT_TABLES report as a periodic job so that obsolete
forecast correction drafts are deleted on a regular basis.
For more information, see the Adjust Forecast App and Manage Demand Influencing Factors App: Schedule
Reports to Delete Obsolete Drafts section in the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide.

Result

You have successfully set up the Adjust Forecast app and the Forecast Correction Classification and Forecast
Correction Overlapping Rules tiles.

6.1.2.10.1.3 Set Up the Manage Demand Influencing Factors

App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the Manage Demand
Influencing Factors app and the related tile Demand Influencing Factors Library. First do all the mandatory
steps. Then perform any of the optional steps that are helpful for your scenario. At the end, we point you to
configuration information for specific app features.

Context

This app is one of the “apps for demand forecasting”, a group of forecast-related apps delivered with SAP
Customer Activity Repository. All apps for demand forecasting have the following in common:

• The forecasting engine in the back-end is Unified Demand Forecast (UDF). The UDF application function
library (delivered via the SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA component) runs directly in the SAP HANA
database.
• Cross-navigation is supported. For example, users can navigate directly from Analyze Forecast to Adjust
Forecast and Manage Demand Influencing Factors.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 171
Prerequisites

• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].
• You have set up Unified Demand Forecast as described in Complete UDF Setup [page 146].
• You know where to find additional information on Manage Demand Influencing Factors if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery of the app are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library. For the latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html?appId=F3885.
• If you need information on the app features and the app history, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
CARAB. Choose your version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository, and search for the Manage Demand Influencing Factors section.

Procedure

To set up the app, perform all the mandatory steps and any of the optional steps that you need in your scenario.

Mandatory Steps

 Note

The steps point you to different sections of the SAP Fiori implementation information. When following a
link, you might need to select a different version at the top, depending on your front-end system release.

You can always use the following link as your main entry point to SAP Fiori implementation information:
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/FIORI_IMPLEMENTATION/latest/en-US?task=implement_task.

 Tip

If you encounter issues during the setup, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section in this guide and also
the Troubleshooting SAP Fiori Apps section in the SAP Fiori: Operations documentation.

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Configure the SAP Fiori launchpad designer for the app:
1. Launch the SAP Fiori launchpad designer in one of the following modes:
• The CUST mode is for client-specific configurations. Use the following URL and replace <client>
with the respective system client:
https://<server>:<port>/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/arsrvc_upb_admn/main.html?sap-
client=<client>#/Catalog/X-SAP-UI2-CATALOGPAGE:SAP_DPL_TC_T
• The CONF mode is for global configurations across all clients. It additionally includes the <CONF>
parameter. Use the following URL:
https://<server>:<port>/sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/arsrvc_upb_admn/main.html?sap-
client=<client>&scope=CONF#/Catalog/X-SAP-UI2-CATALOGPAGE:SAP_DPL_TC_T
2. Configure the app tiles in the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
172 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Note

You can configure tiles only in catalogs. By default, the tiles of the apps for demand forecasting are
in the technical catalog SAP_DPL_TC_T. The catalog is shipped with the launchpad configuration.

For more information on catalogs and tiles, see the UI Content and Authorization Concept section
in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation documentation.

If the app tiles have not yet been created, create them as static tiles using the following settings:
For Manage Demand Influencing Factors:
• Title: Manage Demand Influencing Factors
• Icon: sap-icon://create-entry-time
• Use semantic object navigation: Select this option.
• Semantic Object:
• Action: manage
• Leave the other options empty.
For Demand Influencing Factors Library:
• Title: Demand Influencing Factors Library
• Icon: sap-icon://FioriInAppIcons/Hierarchical Tree
• Information: /DMF/DIF_LIBRARY
• Use semantic object navigation: Select this option.
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: change
• Leave the other options empty.
3. Configure the target mappings in the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

 Note

If you need more information on configuring target mappings, see the Maintaining Business
Catalogs and Business Groups section in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation information.

If the target mapping has not yet been created, choose Target Mappings and create entries with the
following settings:
For Manage Demand Influencing Factors:
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: manage
• Application Type: SAPUI5 Fiori App
• Title: Manage Demand Influencing Factors
• URL: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/managedifs
• ID: retail.dpl.managedif
• Device Types: Select Desktop.
• Allow additional parameters: Select this option.
For Demand Influencing Factors Library:
• Semantic Object: ForecastDemand
• Action: change
• Application Type: Transaction

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 173
 • Title: Demand Influencing Factors Library
• Transaction: /DMF/DIF_LIBRARY
• System Alias: <replace the delivered default entry with your customer-specific
system alias>
• Device Types: Select Desktop.
• Allow additional parameters: Select this option.
3. Complete the app setup on the front-end server.

 Note

You can find the general SAP Fiori help for this step in the Implementation Tasks on Front-End Server
section in the SAP Fiori: App Implementation information.

Use this section as your starting point. However, to configure the app, you only need to do some of the
steps described there.

1. Verify that the SAP Gateway OData services for Unified Demand Forecast and the apps for demand
forecasting have been activated. If a service is not active, activate it.
See Activate OData Services [page 114].
2. Activate the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) service for the app:
1. Execute transaction SICF (Define Services).
2. As Hierarchy Type, select SERVICE.
3. As Service Path, enter /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/.
4. As Service Name, enter managedifs.
5. Execute the search ( F8 ).
6. In the Virtual Hosts / Services column, select the MANAGEDIFS entry and choose More
Service/Host Activate .

 Note

If you need more information on activating services, see Activating ICF Services of SAPUI5
Application.

3. Check the OData Services for the app.

Execute transaction /IWFND/MAINT_SERVICE (Activate and Maintain Services) and check if the
following services are listed in the service catalog:
• Demand Plan OData Service:
• Type: BEP
• Technical Service Name: ZOD_DEMAND_PLANNING_SRV
• Service Description: Demand Plan OData Service
• External Service Name: OD_DEMAND_PLANNING_SRV
• Namespace: /DMF/
• Demand Plan OData Service for Reuse:
• Type: BEP
• Technical Service Name: ZDEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV
• Service Description: Demand Plan OData Service for Reuse
• External Service Name: DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
174 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Namespace: /DMF/
If a service is not listed, do the following:
1. Choose Add Service, enter your back-end system alias, and choose Get Services.
2. Search for the external service name, select the entry, and choose Add Selected Services.
3. Take over the provided data and enter the local package assignment.
4. Create your custom copy of the SAP_DPL_TCR_T standard role on the front-end server:

 Note

SAP_DPL_TCR_T is the front-end server authorization role for the apps for demand forecasting. It
contains the catalogs, groups, and start authorizations for the OData services required to access
the apps.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles
that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

1. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen.

2. Search for the role.
3. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
4. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario.
5. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Front-End and Assigning Launchpad Catalogs and
Groups.
6. Save your changes.
5. Set up the catalogs, groups, and roles in the SAP Fiori launchpad.
Follow the steps in Maintaining Business Catalogs and Business Groups.
6. Assign the custom copy of the role (which you created from the standard role) to the users of the app.
Follow the steps in Assigning Roles to Users on Front End.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache to see your changes on the
user interface.

4. Complete the setup on the back-end server.

1. Log on to the back-end server.
2. Create your custom copy of the /DMF/DPL standard role:

 Note

/DMF/DPL (Demand Planner (Retail)) is the back-end authorization role for the apps for demand
forecasting.

 Caution

Standard roles are delivered as templates. They begin with the prefix SAP_*. Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 175
 that you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade
or release change.

1. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen.

2. Search for the role.
3. Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
4. Switch to change mode and adjust the copied role as needed for your scenario. For example,
assign users to the role.
5. Assign the required launchpad catalogs and groups.
Follow the steps in Creating PFCG Role on Back End for Launchpad Catalogs.
6. Save your changes.
3. Assign areas of responsibility (AORs):
Assign a product hierarchy AOR and a location hierarchy AOR to each ABAP back-end user of the app.
This enables the respective front-end user to use the Product Hierarchy and Location Hierarchy filters
in the app and display the assigned hierarchy nodes.
You assign AORs in transaction NWBC under Services Maintain Area of Responsibility . For
information on the supported hierarchy types and instructions, see the Maintain Area of Responsibility
section in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository.

 Note

You have completed the mandatory steps for the app. Take a look at the optional steps and implement any
that are relevant for your scenario.

Optional Steps - Highly Recommended

Perform any of the following optional steps that are helpful for your scenario:

• Enable the in-app help:

Enable this feature so users can display on-screen help directly in the app. Set up SAP Web Dispatcher and
the In-App Help plug-in as described in Enable In-App Help [page 416].

 Tip

After a successful setup, you can see the Help icon (question mark) at the top of the app. Simply
choose this icon (or press F1 ) to display the in-app help and call up a detailed app description.

• Set up the related apps:

See Set Up the Apps for Demand Forecasting [page 156].
• Set up single sign-on (SSO): Set up the single sign-on between the front-end server and the back-end
server.
The authentication concept for SAP Fiori apps comprises initial user authentication on the ABAP front-end
server, followed by authentication of all requests to back-end systems. The available SSO mechanisms may
differ depending on your customer system landscape. For more information, see SAP Fiori: Security, select
your version, and choose User Authentication and Single Sign-On (SSO) .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
176 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Configuration

After this technical setup, you can now configure the app for your specific scenario. For example, you can do
the following:

• Configure technical user DIFs for modeling and forecasting so that you can start working with the DIF
Library.
For more information, see the following sections:
• Working with the DIF Library in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository
• Configure User DIFs in the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide
• Performance: Schedule the /DPL/REORG_DIF_DRAFT_TABS report as a periodic background job so that
obsolete DIF assignment drafts are deleted on a regular basis.
For more information, see the Adjust Forecast App and Manage Demand Influencing Factors App: Schedule
Reports to Delete Obsolete Drafts section in the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide.
• Enable general SAP Fiori push notifications for the app. This might be helpful for forecast simulations, in
particular. You will then get a notification once the simulation results are available.

 Note

Alternatively, you can simply refresh the simulation view until you see the results.

Result

You have successfully set up the Manage Demand Influencing Factors app and the Demand Influencing Factors
Library tile.

6.1.2.10.1.4 Adjust Forecast App and Manage Demand

Influencing Factors App: Schedule Reports to
Delete Obsolete Drafts

When a user creates or updates a forecast correction in the Adjust Forecast app, the system automatically
saves a draft in the background. The same is true when a user creates or updates a DIF assignment in
the Manage Demand Influencing Factors app. The drafts remain available as user-specific working versions.
For performance reasons, you should delete obsolete drafts on a regular basis. The two reports /DPL/
REORG_DRAFT_TABLES and /DPL/REORG_DIF_DRAFT_TABS are available for this.

Concept

“Drafts” are a general SAP Fiori concept. A draft is an interim version of a business entity that has not yet been
explicitly saved as an active version. Drafts support a stateless communication. They enable field validation

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 177
and dynamic field control and provide default values for fields based on recent entries and selections. Drafts
ensure that users don't inadvertently lose any of their changes.

Autosave of Drafts

The autosave function does the following:

• Keeps unsaved changes if editing is interrupted, even when the data for a forecast correction or a DIF
assignment is not complete. Users can resume editing later on.
• Prevents data loss if the app terminates unexpectedly.
• Prevents multiple users from editing the same object concurrently (locking mechanism).
• Makes one user aware of parallel unsaved changes by another user.

 Caution

An autosaved draft is only a personal working version. Users still need to save the draft so that their
changes become active (via the Save button in either app).

Lifecycle of Drafts

The lifecycle of drafts is managed by CDS annotations. Drafts of forecast corrections and DIF assignments
have the following settings:

• Time frame after which a draft can be deleted.

• Time frame after which the draft assignment to a user expires.
• Time frame for which a draft is locked (en queue).

 Note

If you need more information on the draft concept, see the following:

• In the SAP Fiori Design Guidelines. see Draft Handling .

• In the ABAP Programming Model for SAP Fiori, see ObjectModel Annotations.

Procedure

1. Delete obsolete drafts on a regular basis using the following reports:

• For the Adjust Forecast app, schedule the /DPL/REORG_DRAFT_TABLES report as a regular
background job. The report deletes forecast correction drafts.
• For the Manage Demand Influencing Factors app, schedule the /DPL/REORG_DIF_DRAFT_TABS report
as a regular background job. The report deletes DIF assignment drafts.

 Tip

We recommend that you schedule both reports to run outside of regular working hours. This is because
the autosave of drafts is blocked in either app while the report is running.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
178 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.10.2 Set Up the Apps for Demand Data Foundation
(DDF)

Do this procedure to set up the DDF apps for standalone scenarios. The DDF apps are: Configure Distribution
Curves, Manage Location Clusters, Manage Product Attributes, Manage Product Groups, Manage Promotional
Offers. To access any of these apps, you need to assign the required role(s) to your front-end user. This gives
you access to the relevant business catalogs and business catalog groups so that you can then open the apps
in SAP Fiori launchpad.

Context

The DDF apps are available as part of SAP Customer Activity Repository. They support different scenarios and
consuming applications.

Different Scenarios for DDF Apps

• Standalone scenarios: You can use the apps standalone, that is, to support generic scenarios in SAP
Customer Activity Repository.
• Integrated scenarios: Or you can integrate the apps with the consuming application installed on top of
SAP Customer Activity Repository (for example, SAP Assortment Planning, SAP Allocation Management,
or SAP Promotion Management).

 Note

Some apps support only specific consuming applications. For more information, see the product
documentation of the application that you wish to use.

Procedure

 Note

The steps are always the same, regardless of how many of the DDF apps you wish to use.

1. Determine the scenario for which you want to use the apps. Follow the instructions for your scenario:

Scenario Instructions

Standalone — SAP Customer Activity Repository Continue with step 2 below.

Integrated — SAP Assortment Planning Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launch­
pad [page 334]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 179
 Scenario Instructions

Integrated — SAP Allocation Management Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launch­
pad [page 353]

Integrated — SAP Promotion Management Activate Internet Communication Framework (ICF) Serv­
ices [page 341]

2. Log on to your front-end system.

3. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
4. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
5. On the Roles tab, assign the Demand Data Foundation Administrator (SAP_ISR_BR_DDF_ADMIN) role to
your user.
6. Save your changes.
7. Execute transaction LPD_CUST to open the Overview of Launchpads.
8. Verify that the following two roles are listed:
• UIPMR001
• UIRAP001
9. Open SAP Fiori launchpad and verify that you can see and access the tiles for the apps.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache to see the changes.

10. If your app is Manage Product Attributes, continue with the Set Up the Manage Product Attributes App
[page 180] section and do any steps not covered here.

6.1.2.10.2.1 Set Up the Manage Product Attributes App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the transactional app Manage
Product Attributes. This is one of the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) apps included in SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

Use

The Manage Product Attributes app enables planning administrators to create, configure, assign, and maintain
product attributes for a selected product hierarchy. The app supports different scenarios and consuming
applications. For example, this includes SAP Allocation Management, SAP Assortment Planning, the similar
products search, or the calculation of distribution curves.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
180 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Prerequisites

• You are aware of the technical implementation information for the app in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library:
For the latest delivery (latest wave), see: https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html?appId=F0829A
• You have performed all setup tasks under Core (Mandatory for All Applications) in this guide.
• You have checked whether there are any corrections for the app in the current release:
See section Implement SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34]. Implement any corrections relevant for
the app.
• You have done the general setup for the DDF apps. See Set Up the Apps for Demand Data Foundation
(DDF) [page 179].

 Note

To set up the app, do the steps in the following sections.

If your scenario includes SAP Allocation Management or SAP Assortment Planning, some steps might
already have been performed in your system landscape. If so, skip the step and continue with the next one.

Activate ICF Services

Context

For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the app.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Execute transaction SICF.
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/attribmgmt_v2/
4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).
5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click the attribmgmt_v2/ service to open the Create/Change a
Service screen.
6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

7. Repeat steps 3 to 6, this time using /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ddfreuse_v2/ as the service path.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 181
Activate OData Services

1. See section Activate OData Services [page 114] and consult the table for SAP Customer Activity
Repository.
2. Make sure that all mandatory OData services for the app are active.

Enable the App for SAP Fiori Launchpad

Context
To be able to access the app from the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the
necessary role(s) assigned. This allows you to access the business catalogs and business catalog groups
required for the app.

The app requires the following business role: Demand Data Foundation Administrator
(SAP_ISR_BR_DDF_ADMIN)

 Note

Should you wish to use the app for SAP Allocation Management or SAP Assortment Planning, use the
Planning Administrator (SAP_RAP_BCR_PLANNING_ADMIN) business role instead.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end system.
2. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
3. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the Demand Data Foundation Administrator (SAP_ISR_BR_DDF_ADMIN) role to
your user.
5. Save your changes.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache or you won't be able to see
the changes.

6. Verify role settings for SAP Fiori launchpad.

1. Execute transaction LPD_CUST to open the Overview of Launchpads.
2. Double-click the role UIRAP001 to view the role details.
3. Expand the role Planning Administrator and select the Manage Product Attributes app.
4. Display the advanced parameters and check that the app has all the mandatory settings listed below.
You do not need to make any additional settings.
• Link Text: Manage Product Attributes
• Application Type: URL
• URL: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/attribmgmt_v2
• Application Alias: AssignProductAttribute
• Additional Information: SAPUI5.Component=retail.ddf.attributemgmtv2

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
182 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Navigation Mode: EXT_HEAD Leaderless Portal Window
• History Mode: 1 Navigation Entry can Occur Once in History
• Parameter Forwarding: G Get Parameters
If you have updated any settings, save your changes.

Assign Area of Responsibility (AOR) to ABAP Back-End User

You can only display and select product hierarchies in the app that have been assigned as the area of
responsibility to your ABAP back-end user. The main steps are as follows:

1. Log on to your ABAP back-end system.

2. Execute transaction NWBC to open the SAP NetWeaver Business Client.
3. Choose Services Maintain Area of Responsibility Product Hierarchy .
4. Select your ABAP back-end user, choose Continue, and define the AOR.

 Tip

For step-by-step instructions, see the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB. Search for section Maintain Area of Responsibility and follow the
instructions.

6.1.2.10.2.2 Set Up the Manage Alerts App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the transactional app Manage
Alerts. This is a generic Demand Data Foundation (DDF) app available to different scenarios.

Context

The Manage Alerts app supports different scenarios and consuming applications. For example, it enables
demand planners to review and manage High Forecast alerts.

Prerequisites

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service /DMF/
DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page 364].
• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 183
• You know where to find additional information on Manage Alerts if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery of the app are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library. For the latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html#?appId=F5163.
• If you need information on the app features see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB. Choose your
version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository, and search for
section Manage Alerts.

Generate and Maintain Alerts

• You can run the Generate Alerts report to generate alerts. All the alerts are created with the status New.
You can access the Generate Alerts report either in the system on the SAP Easy Access Menu screen
(transaction /DMF/ALERTS_GEN) or from the SAP Fiori Launchpad (Generate Alerts tile).
• You can use the Purging of Alerts report to delete obsolete alerts from the database. You can access
the Purging of Alerts report either in the system on the SAP Easy Access Menu screen (transaction /DMF/
ALERTS_PURGE) or from the SAP Fiori Launchpad (Purge Alerts tile).

Configuration

You can add, maintain, and delete alert statuses using the Customizing activity Define Alert Statuses in
Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Alert and
Exception Management . Several standard statuses are available by default. You can also add custom statuses
based on your scenario.

You can add, maintain, and delete alert types using the Customizing activity Define Alert Types and Key Figure
Assignments in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Demand Data Foundation Basic
Settings Alert and Exception Management . Several standard alert types are available by default. You can
also add custom alert types and maintain key figures for each alert type based on your scenario. You cannot
delete the standard alert type but the custom ones if the alert type is not used either in alert profile or have
generated alerts.

You can add, maintain, and delete key figures using the Customizing activity Maintain Alert Key Figures in
Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Alert and
Exception Management . Several standard key figures are available by default. You can also add custom key
figures based on your scenario. You cannot delete the standard key figures but the custom ones.

Extensibility
You can create the alerts and alert scoring based on your business needs in Customizing for Cross-Application
Components under Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Alert and Exception Management
Enhancements Using Business Add-Ins by using the following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs):

• Adaptation of alerts
You can implement your own logic to generate alerts for the new custom alerts using BAdI: Adaptation of
Alerts.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
184 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Adaptation of alert scoring
You can implement your own scoring logic for the alert types using BAdI: Adaptation of Alert Scoring.

Activate ICF Services

Context

For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the app.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Execute transaction SICF.
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/rtlplngalrtman
4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).
5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click the rtlplngalrtman service to open the Create/Change a
Service screen.
6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

7. Repeat steps 3 to 6, this time using /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/udfreuse/ as the service path.

8. Repeat steps 3 to 6, this time using /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ddfreuse_v2/ as the service path.
9. Repeat steps 3 to 6, this time using /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/nw_aps_chd_lib/ as the service path.

Activate OData Services

1. See section Activate OData Services [page 114] and consult the table for SAP Customer Activity
Repository.
2. Make sure that all mandatory OData services for the app are active.

Front-End Server

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERTS_SRV (1)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 185
Re-Use Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) APS_CHANGE_DOCUMENTS_SRV (1)

Enable the App for SAP Fiori Launchpad

Context
To be able to access the app from the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the
necessary role(s) assigned. This allows you to access the business catalogs and technical catalogs required for
to access the app.

The app requires the following business role SAP_XRP_TCR_T and technical catalog.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

 Note

You can select the Manage Alerts tile manually from the technical catalog to add it to the SAP Fiori
launchpad.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end system.
2. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
3. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the (SAP_XRP_TCR_T) role to your user.
5. Save your changes.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache or you won't be able to see
the changes.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
186 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

Context

For the Manage Alerts app, the following authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/MNGAT Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change alert

Maintain
status by using the
Manage Alerts app.

6.1.2.10.2.2.1 App Extensibility: Manage Alerts

You can extend the Manage Alerts app regarding different aspects according to your business needs. With
the extensibility, you can create custom fields, data source extensions, and implementation descriptions for
specific business contexts to enhance pre-delivered applications that are extensible to adapt them to your
business needs.

To achieve the extensibility for this app, you need to go through the following process steps.

Creation of New Alert Types and Alert Key Figures

You can add a new alert key figure using the Customizing activity Maintain Key Figures in Customizing
for Cross-Application Components under Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Alert and Exception
Management .

Perform the following steps to create an alert key figure:

• Navigate to the relevant Customizing activity and choose New Entries.

• Enter the values for the fields Alert Key Figure, Alert Key Figure Description.
• Choose Save.

You can add a new alert type using the Customizing activity Define Alert Types and Key Figure Assignments in
Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Alert and
Exception Management .

Perfrom the following steps to create an alert type:

• Navigate to the relevant Customizing activity and choose New Entries.

• Enter the values for the fields Alert Type, Alert Type Description, Alert Priority (optional), and Average Unit
Sales Threshold (optional).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 187
  Note

Note that the Alert Assignment checkbox must be selected if you want this alert type to be displayed
in the dropdown list for alert assignment in the Manage Configuration Assignments app and the search
help (F4) of the Alert Type filter in the Manage Alerts app and the dropdown list for the alert type in the
Manage Alert Profiles app.

• Choose Save.
• Select the alert type that you have created before and navigate to the view Key Figure Assignments and
Weighting.
• Choose New Entries.
• Enter the values for the fields Alert Key Figure and, Weighting Factor. Choose Save.

BAdI Extension

This process enables you to create and maintain implementations of custom logic that can be used to enhance
applications and change application behavior without impacting the delivered source code. You can apply
further upgrades to the original business function without losing your specific enhancements. BAdI calls can be
integrated into customer applications which in turn can then be enhanced by other customer applications.

In the process of the alerts creation with new custom alert types, you can use the SAP delivered alert
generation report (/DMF/GENERATE_ALERTS). You can do this by adding your own logic into the BAdI without
changing the report core logic to generate new alerts along with the user-defined alert types. For more
information on the report, see the accompanying system documentation.

You can adapt the alerts and alert scoring based on your business needs in Customizing for Cross-Application
Components under Replenishment Planning Alert and Exception Management Enhancements Using
Business Add-Ins .

The following BAdIs are available for extensibility purposes:

• BAdI:Adaptation of Alerts (/DMF/MANAGE_ALERT_TYPES)

• BAdI: Adaptation of Alert Scoring (/DMF/MANAGE_ALERT_SCORING)

Perform the following steps to implement BAdIs from the Customizing activity:

• Select the IMG - Activity button. The Create Enhancement Implementation window opens.
• Add the enhancement implementation and a short text. Click on creation of enhancement button.

As a result, the enhancement implementation is created. Add the BAdI implementation, description, and
implementing class information.

You can find the detailed steps about BAdI implementation in the document Enhancement Framework on
SAP Help Portal for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
CARAB and search for section How to Implement a BAdI and look for the latest version.

For more information on BAdIs see, Enhancement Framework on SAP Help Portal for SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and search for section Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) and look for the latest version.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
188 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
CDS View Extension

A CDS view extension is a transportable extension that can be used to add fields from the entities used by the
view without making modifications. A CDS view can be used to add new elements or CDS annotations from its
underlying data source or to define new associations for the CDS view.

Extension of CDS Views for Custom Alerts

The standard CDS view /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetails can be extended if you have custom alerts and you
want to view the information of custom alerts in the Manage Alerts Fiori application.

To display additional information in the detail screen of the Fiori application for the custom alerts, you need to
create your own custom CDS views.

Follow the below steps:

• Create your own custom CDS views for the custom alerts.
• Create an extension view for /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetails. Add the custom CDS view in extension
view through associations and expose all the fields that you want to display in the Manage Alerts Fiori
application's detail view.
• The extension view will extend the existing standard CDS consumption view /DMF/
C_RtlPlngAlertDetails.
• Add basic UI annotations to show those fields on the user interface.

 Note

You must expose all the fields from all the custom CDS views through association if you want to show
the fields on the user interface (UI).

• After completing the above steps, the new custom fields of custom alerts will be displayed automatically in
the Manage Alerts app.

 Note

All the custom fields that are exposed in the CDS extension view will be displayed in the Manage Alerts app.
You need to follow the adaptation project to manipulate the visibility of alert type-specific fields in the table
and hide the fields that are not relevant for the specific alert type.

Extension of CDS Views for Standard Alerts

If you have the custom fields to add and display in the Manage Alerts app for standard alert types, the following
CDS views need to be extended:

• /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetailsFcst for High Forecast

• /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetOrdPrpsl for High Order Plan Quantity

Extend the above views with the custom fields. As you add them, the new custom fields will be displayed
automatically in the Manage Alerts app.

For more information on extending the CDS views see the following sources,

• About ABAP Programming Model for SAP Fiori on SAP Help Portal for SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and search for section Extending Apps with
Custom Fields and look for the latest version.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 189
• https://help.sap.com/doc/abapdocu_750_index_htm/7.50/en-US/abencds_f1_extend_view.htm.

Extending Manage Alerts Fiori Application with Adaptation Project

The SAPUI5 adaptation project allows you create an app variant for an existing SAP Fiori elements-based
application or freestyle application. You can create an app variant that includes the changes you make to the
source application and to the variant itself. Extensions are made via SAPUI5 flexibility possibilities and will
not modify the source. This modification-free approach allows you to reference the source application and its
artifacts instead of modifying the source artifacts themselves.

An adaptation project behaves as follows:

• Start as a preview
• Adapt using SAPUI5 adaptation project
• Deploy from SAP business application studio

The artifacts in an adaptation project represent only the changes that you make but not the entire application
that you reuse. The app variant refers to the original application but contains a separate set of changes created
in the adaptation project. Also, an application ID is defined for the variant and needs separate registration in
Fiori Launchpad. The option to create app variants based on existing apps allows you to keep both instances
running and keeps the original application untouched. You can configure both application instances as different
tiles on the SAP Fiori Launchpad. You can work with both applications and assign the app variant to a different
set of users.

In the alerting extension process, you can create an adaptation project to display custom alert type-specific
fields.

Creation of Adaptation Project

Perform the following steps to create an adaptation project:

• Right-click on the workspace, select New Adaptation Project . Enter values for Project Name and
Application Title under the Basic Information tab.
• Under the Configuration tab, select a system where Manage Alerts app is deployed. Select the application
retail.ddf.retailplanningalerts.manage.

For information about adaptation extensions see, SAPUI5: UI Development Toolkit for HTML5 and search for
section Extending Delivered Apps Using Adaptation Extensions and look for the latest version.

Pre-Configuration of Adaptation Project

A pre-configuration of the adaptation project may be required to run SAPUI5 Visual Editor and to run the
application locally. Use the following pre-configurations to test the sample adaptation project locally.

• To add a reference to the app library, right-click on the app and select Project Add Reference to
Library .
• Select both libraries sap.nw.core.changedocs.lib.reuse and retail.udf.reuse either from
workspace or from ABAP repository.
• To run the configuration setting, right-click on the app and select Run Run Configurations .
• Select + and select Run as Web Application.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
190 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • In the configuration General tab, select file name as Adaptation_index.html.
• In the Advanced Settings tab, choose the correct SAPUI5 version and select the corresponding target
destination. Select the checkbox Use my workspace first and click on Get Resource Versions and wait for
the resources to show up.
• Right-click the app and select Project Project Settings . Select SAPUI5 Visual Editor under the
General section, choose the corresponding Run Configuration and choose Save.
• You can now run the app locally and test your logic to display alert type-specific fields on the detail page.

 Note

Consult SAP Note 2274090 (Steps to be followed to extend SAP Fiori Apps for SAP CARAB). Here you
can find an example of how to extend apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.

6.1.2.10.2.3 Set Up the Manage Alert Profiles App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the transactional app Manage
Alert Profiles. This is a generic Demand Data Foundation (DDF) app available to different scenarios.

Context

The Manage Alert Profiles app supports different scenarios and consuming applications. For example, it
enables demand planners to manage alert profiles.

Prerequisites

• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].
• You know where to find additional information on Manage Alert Profiles if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery of the app are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library. For the latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html#?appId=F5559.
• If you need information on the app features see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB. Choose your
version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository, and search for
section Manage Alert Profiles.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 191
Activate ICF Services

Context
For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the app.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end server.
2. Execute transaction SICF.
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/prflalertsman
4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).
5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click the prflalertsman service to open the Create/Change a
Service screen.
6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

Activate OData Services

1. See section Activate OData Services [page 114] and consult the table for SAP Customer Activity
Repository.
2. Make sure that all mandatory OData services for the app are active.

Front-End Server

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERT_PRFL_SRV (1)

Enable the App for SAP Fiori Launchpad

Context
To be able to access the app from the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the
necessary role(s) assigned. This allows you to access the business catalogs and technical catalogs required for
to access the app.

The app requires the following business role SAP_XRP_TCR_T and technical catalog.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
192 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

 Note

You can select the Manage Alerts tile manually from the technical catalog to add it to the SAP Fiori
launchpad.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end system.
2. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
3. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the (SAP_XRP_TCR_T) role to your user.
5. Save your changes.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache or you won't be able to see
the changes.

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

Context
For the Manage Alert Profiles app, the following authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change alert

Maintain
profiles by using the
Manage Alert Profiles
app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 193
6.1.2.10.2.4 Set Up the Manage Configuration Assignments
App

Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up the transactional app
Manage Configuration Assignments. This is a generic Demand Data Foundation (DDF) app available to different
scenarios.

Context

The Manage Configuration Assignments app supports different scenarios and consuming applications. For
example, it enables demand planners to manage alert assignments.

Prerequisites

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service
/DMF/DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page
364].
• You have verified the prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori
Apps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 154].
• You know where to find additional information on Manage Configuration Assignments if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery of the app are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library. For the latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html#?appId=F4644.
• If you need information on the app features see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB. Choose your
version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository, and search for
section Manage Configuration Assignments.

Activate ICF Services

Context
For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the app.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end server.
2. Execute transaction SICF.
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
194 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/CONFIGASSIGNMAN
4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).
5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click the CONFIGASSIGNMAN service to open the Create/Change a
Service screen.
6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

Activate OData Services

1. See section Activate OData Services [page 114] and consult the table for SAP Customer Activity
Repository.
2. Make sure that all mandatory OData services for the app are active.

Front-End Server

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PARAMETER_ASSIGNMENT_SRV (1)

Enable the App for SAP Fiori Launchpad

Context
To be able to access the app from the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the
necessary role(s) assigned. This allows you to access the business catalogs and technical catalogs required for
to access the app.

The app requires the following business role SAP_XRP_TCR_T and technical catalog.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

 Note

You can select the Manage Configuration Assignments tile manually from the technical catalog to add it to
the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 195
2. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
3. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the (SAP_XRP_TCR_T) role to your user.
5. Save your changes.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache or you won't be able to see
the changes.

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

Context
For the Manage Configuration Assignments app, the following authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/DPL Authorization to use ACTVT Execute Activity

the product and

product hierarchy fil-
ters and the loca­
tion and location hi­
erarchy filters in the
Manage Configuration
Assignments app.

/DMF/MCASG Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change

Change
configuration assign­
ments by using the
Manage Configuration
Assignments app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
196 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.10.2.5 Set Up the Manage Workloads App

Manage Workloads. This is a generic Demand Data Foundation (DDF) app available to different scenarios.
transactional app

Context

The Manage Workloads app makes use of the Process Packaging and Parallelization framework, which
supports different scenarios and consuming applications. For example, the framework enables replenishment
planners to use this app to manage the workloads used in replenisment claculation.

Prerequisites

• Perform several tasks on the front-end server and the back-end server to set up theYou have verified the
prerequisites and prepared the system landscape as described in Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Customer
Activity Repository [page 154].
• You know where to find additional information on Manage Workloads if necessary:
• Technical details for each delivery of the app are available in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library. For the latest delivery (latest wave), see https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/
externalViewer/index.html#?appId=F5640.
• If you need information on the app features see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB. Choose your
version at the top, open the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository, and search for
section Manage Workloads.

 Note

To create new workloads, this app makes use of a job template in the Application Job app. For the Create
button to be available in the Manage Workloads app, implement the SAP Note 2436567 , UI for Basis
Applications - General Information.

Activate ICF Services

Context
For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the app.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end server.
2. Execute transaction SICF.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 197
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/PCPWRKLDMNG
4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).
5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click the PCPWRKLDMNG service to open the Create/Change a
Service screen.
6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

Activate OData Services

1. See section Activate OData Services [page 114] and consult the table for SAP Customer Activity
Repository.
2. Make sure that all mandatory OData services for the app are active.

Front-End Server

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PCPMNGWRKLD_SB (1)

OData Service (Version Number) APJ_JOB_MANAGEMENT_SRV (1)

OData Service (Version Number) APL_LOG_MANAGEMENT_SRV (1)

Enable the App for SAP Fiori Launchpad

Context
To be able to access the app from the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the
necessary role(s) assigned. This allows you to access the business catalogs and technical catalogs required for
to access the app.

The app requires the following business role SAP_BR_DDF_PCP and technical catalog.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_DDF_TC_T

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
198 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Note

As of SAP Customer Activity Repository 5.0 FPS02, the business role and technical catalog
were respectively changed from SAP_XRP_TCR_T and SAP_XRP_TC_REPL to SAP_BR_DDF_PCPand
SAP_DDF_TC_T.

 Note

You can select the Manage Workloads tile manually from the technical catalog to add it to the SAP Fiori
launchpad.

Procedure
1. Log on to your front-end system.
2. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
3. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the (SAP_BR_DDF_PCP) role to your user.
5. Save your changes.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your browser cache or you won't be able to see
the changes.

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

Context
For the Manage Workloads app, the following authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PCPWL Authorization to exe­ ACTVT Execute Activity

cute parallel process­

Display
ing and to display and
change workloads in Change
the Manage Workloads
Delete
app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 199
6.1.2.11 Configure On-Shelf Availability

Configure the On-Shelf Availability (OSA) module in SAP Customer Activity Repository. All steps are optional
and depend on your implementation scenario.

 Note

The configuration of OSA is mandatory if you want to generate intraday forecasts. For this feature, you
need the combined functionality of OSA and Unified Demand Forecast (UDF). For more information,
see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and open the application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository. Search for the Generate Intraday Forecasts section.

 Tip

If you encounter any issues, see the Troubleshooting [page 241] section for possible solutions.

Generate Run IDs for OSA Processing Steps [page 200]

Define the range of run IDs for the four processing steps of On-Shelf Availability (OSA): Intraweek
Pattern, Estimation, Monitoring, and Analysis.

Check Field Contents in SAP HANA Content for On-Shelf Availability [page 201]
Check the fields of the customizable SAP HANA views for OSA.

6.1.2.11.1 Generate Run IDs for OSA Processing Steps

Define the range of run IDs for the four processing steps of On-Shelf Availability (OSA): Intraweek Pattern,
Estimation, Monitoring, and Analysis.

Use

Each scheduled run of a processing step of On-Shelf Availability (OSA) has a generated run ID. This is the
unique identifier of a job.

The run ID is used to distinguish several runs within one period. Each processing step has its own ID generator:

Processing Step Transaction for the ID Generator

Intraweek Pattern /OSA/NR_IWP

Estimation /OSA/NR_EST

Monitoring /OSA/NR_MON

Analysis /OSA/NR_ANA

For each of the four ID generator transactions, you must define the range of run IDs.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
200 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Procedure

Do the following steps for each transaction:

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Execute the transaction by specifying either /n<transaction> or /o<transaction>.

 Example

For the first transaction: /n/OSA/NR_IWP

3. Choose Intervals in change mode.

4. In the first row of the table, enter the following values for the following fields:
• Field No: 01
• Field From No.: 0000000000000001
• Field To Number: 9999999999999999
5. Save your changes.

6.1.2.11.2 Check Field Contents in SAP HANA Content for

On-Shelf Availability

Check the fields of the customizable SAP HANA views for OSA.

Use

There are two OSA-specific SAP HANA views that can be customized:

• AN_TRANSACTION
• PROMOTION_TRANS

You must check if the fields in these views contain the mappings or formulas you need.

 Caution

If you need to modify a view, be aware that a new installation will rewrite the modifications. We therefore
recommend that you perform a back-up of the modified views.

Procedure

To change the mapping or the formula of a field, follow these steps:

1. Define the data foundation that is the source for the view, that is, the table /POSDW/TLOGF.
2. Define filters for the view.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 201
3. Map the fields from source to target.
4. Create measures and calculation fields.

For more information, see the documentation under https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM

<Version> Development .

 Example

Example: Definitions for the AN_TRANSACTION View

The following definitions are set by default for the AN_TRANSACTION view:

• The source of the view is the table /POSDW/TLOGF.

• Examples of filters for the views:
• RECORDQUALIFIER = '5': Only sales records are used.
• DATASTATUS in ('2' , '3'): Only those records are used that passed the SAP Customer Activity
Repository validation.
• RETAILQUANTITY > 0.0: Negative quantities are not used by On-Shelf Availability.
• VOIDEDLINE = '': Canceled transactions are not used by On-Shelf Availability.
• Examples of fields mappings:
• MANDT: Client ID. This field is mapped to the MANDT column of the /POSDW/TLOGF table.
• STORE_ID: Store ID. This field is mapped to the RETAILSTOREID column of the /POSDW/TLOGF table.
• BUSINESSDAYDATE: Business day. This field is mapped to the BUSINESSDAYDATE column of the /
POSDW/TLOGF table.
• Examples of measures:
• RETAILQUANTITY: Amount of units sold. Refers to the SALESUOM (Sales Unit of Measure) field that is
also defined in the /POSDW/TLOGF table. Contains the value of the RETAILQUANTITY field.
• PRICE: Price specified in the store currency. Contains the value of the ACTUALUNITPRICE field.
• Examples of calculated fields:
• TRANS_TIME_DBL: Value of the TRANS_TIME output field of type DOUBLE. The format of the
transaction time that is stored in BEGINTIMESTAMP and ENDTIMESTAMP is <YYYYMMDDhhmmss>.
• DISCOUNT: Total relative discount applied on the item (product).
Calculated as (ITEMDISC + DISTDISC) / (RETAILQUANTITY * ACTUALUNITPRICE). If the price
is not a positive number, 0 is returned.
Definitions:
• DISTDISC: global discount on the whole purchase; currently not used.
• ITEMDISC: item-specific discount; currently used.

6.1.2.12 Configure Omnichannel Article Availability and

Sourcing for Use with SAP Customer Activity
Repository

To set up the OAA module, you need to integrate the source master data system (SAP S/4HANA or SAP
Retail), SAP Customer Activity Repository, SAP Commerce, and SAP Commerce, integration package for SAP

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
202 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
for Retail. You also need to set up asynchronous order management and the data replication between SAP
S/4HANA or SAP Retail, SAP Commerce, and SAP Customer Activity Repository.

6.1.2.12.1 Set up Data Replication Between SAP S/4HANA or

SAP Retail, and SAP Commerce

In SAP S/4HANA or SAP Retail, and SAP Commerce, set up the asynchronous order management scenario
as follows:

1. Set up asynchronous replication of articles via the Data Hub from SAP S/4HANA or SAP Retail to SAP
Commerce.
For more information, see the documentation for SAP Commerce at https://help.sap.com/viewer/
50c996852b32456c96d3161a95544cdb/latest/en-US/8bc6b884866910148532f2e1e500f95f.html
Getting Started with SAP S/4HANA or SAP ERP Integration. Follow the steps for the asynchronous order
management scenario.
2. Set up asynchronous replication of orders via the Data Hub from SAP Commerce to SAP S/4HANA or
SAP Retail (see link above).
3. Configure asynchronous order management.
For more information, see the documentation for SAP
Commerce at https://help.sap.com/viewer/50c996852b32456c96d3161a95544cdb/latest/en-US/
e2be57a501da41cc9ebdf7cf7d3aa229.html Configuring Order Management for SAP Commerce with One
or More SAP Back Ends.

6.1.2.12.2 Set Up Data Replication Between SAP Commerce

and SAP Customer Activity Repository

1. In SAP Commerce, in the Backoffice application under SAP Integration HTTP Destination , create the
HTTP destination of SAP Customer Activity Repository that is used for availability calculation and sourcing.
2. In SAP Commerce, in the Backoffice application under SAP Integration SAP Global Configuration
Backend Connectivity , enter the HTTP destination of SAP Customer Activity Repository created before.

 Note

In the standard Solr configuration for products in SAP Commerce, ProductStoreStockValueProvider

is used to replicate the store availability situation from the SAP Commerce database into the Solr index.

If you use OAA, availability information is provided through synchronous calls into SAP Customer Activity
Repository for every article/store combination instead. If your product catalog is rather large, this is why
indexing the complete product catalog can take very long. In this case, we recommend to either deactivate
the value provider or to create a custom one. If you deactivate the value provider, faceted search according
to store availability is not possible in the product catalog. OAA functionality is not affected.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 203
6.1.2.12.3 Set Up Live Connection Between SAP Customer
Activity Repository and SAP Analytics Cloud

This step is optional. You only need to execute it if you want to use the set of OAA analyses that has been
predefined in SAP Analytics Cloud and that is part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics Cloud. If you are
using a different analytics tool, or if you do not run analytics at all, you may skip this step.

Context

Procedure

1. Configure SAP Customer Activity Repository to support cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), for cross-
domain communication from the browser.

For more information, see Live Data Connection to SAP BW Using a Direct Connection and Password
Authentication, steps 1 and 2 of the procedure.

2. In SAP Analytics Cloud, navigate to Home Connection and select live connection SAPRTOAA (SAP
Retail Omnichannel Article Availability and Sourcing). This connection is part of the standard delivery.
3. Click Edit Connection and enter your custom details for Host, HTTPS Port, and Client.

6.1.2.12.4 Activate OData Services for Omnichannel Article

Availability and Sourcing

A number of OData services are required to run the SAP Fiori apps for omnichannel article availability and
sourcing (OAA).

Context

Make sure that you have activated the OData services required for OAA, as described and listed in Activate
OData Services [page 114]. Depending on your back end, different services are required.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
204 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.2.12.5 Trigger Initial Full Run of ATP Snapshot Replication
(SAP S/4HANA 1909 Only, Sales Channel Mode
Only)

Sales channel mode only; SAP S/4HANA 1909 only: With SAP Customer Activity Repository 4.0 FPS02, the
delta mode of the ATP snapshot replication was changed.

Context

The delta mode of the ATP snapshot replication works correctly only after an initial full run of the replication.

Trigger a full run of report /OAA/ATP_SNP_CALC (Generation and Replication of ATP Snapshot).

6.1.2.13 Configure Omnichannel Promotion Pricing for Use

with SAP Customer Activity Repository

To use the OPP module, you need to activate the functionality in Customizing and configure it for your specific
scenario.

 Tip

For information on how to configure the promotion pricing service in SAP Commerce, see the
Administrator Guide of SAP Commerce, integration package for SAP for Retail on SAP Help Portal
under https://help.sap.com/docs/IPR <Version> Administration Omnichannel Promotion Pricing
Configuration .

Related Information

Activate Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP) [page 206]

Activate the Data Replication Framework (DRF) [page 208]
Configure the Transformation of Offers into OPP Promotions [page 206]
Configure the Local Deployment of the Promotion Pricing Service [page 207]
Configure the Central Deployment of the Promotion Pricing Service [page 221]
Update the PPS SAP HANA XSA Application
Use the Extended Sales Pricing Model (DDF) [page 238]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 205
6.1.2.13.1 Activate Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP)

To use omnichannel promotion pricing for the calculation of the effective sales price, you have to activate the
functionality.

In Customizing for SAP Customer Activity Repository, choose Omnichannel Promotion Pricing Configure
Omnichannel Promotion Pricing Activate OPP .

6.1.2.13.2 Configure the Transformation of Offers into OPP

Promotions

Related Information

Enforce the Compatibility to Transform Offers into OPP Promotions [page 206]
Enable Offers with Enhanced Product Groups [page 206]
Enable Offers with Zero Discount [page 207]

6.1.2.13.2.1 Enforce the Compatibility to Transform Offers

into OPP Promotions

To transform offers into OPP promotions, it is recommended to enforce the compatibility to make sure that an
offer can only be set to an operative status, for example Approved, if the transformation into an OPP promotion
was successful.

In Customizing for SAP Customer Activity Repository under Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP)
Configure Omnichannel Promotion Pricing Enforce Compatibility .

6.1.2.13.2.2 Enable Offers with Enhanced Product Groups

If you want to include or exclude product groups from your offers or use them in mix-and-match offers, you
have to enable enhanced product groups.

In Customizing for SAP Customer Activity Repository under Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP)
Configure Omnichannel Promotion Pricing Enable Product Groups .

Additionally, you have to enable product groups for the promotion pricing service. For more information about
the configuration of product groups, see the Development and Extension Guide for OPP on SAP Help Portal

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
206 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
at https://help.sap.com/docs/CARAB <Version> Development Development and Extension Guide for
Omnichannel Promotion Pricing under Promotion Pricing Service PPS Module calcengine-gk Default
Settings and Properties .

6.1.2.13.2.3 Enable Offers with Zero Discount

By default offers with discount type Everyday Low Price (EDLP) are transformed into OPP promotions like
offers with discount type Regular Price. If a monetary discount of zero should be applied to the previous price,
you can enable the discount type Zero Discount. In this case, a retail price modifier is returned in the calculation
response, but the previous price does not change.

You can enable this discount type in Customizing for SAP Customer Activity Repository under Omnichannel
Promotion Pricing (OPP) Configure Omnichannel Promotion Pricing Enable Zero Discount .

6.1.2.13.3 Configure the Local Deployment of the Promotion

Pricing Service

For a local deployment scenario, you have to replicate regular prices and OPP promotions from the central
price and promotion repository (SAP Customer Activity Repository) to an external system to create a local
storage for prices and promotions. This replication can be done via IDocs. For that, you have to configure
application link enabling (ALE) and Data Replication Framework (DRF). For OPP promotions, there are two
options to configure this replication: the promotion-centric outbound processing and the location-specific
outbound processing.

Prerequisites

• You have defined receiving systems and clients in the system landscape directory (SLD).

Procedure

1. Activate OPP functionality as described in Activate Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP) [page 206].
2. Activate DRF functionality as described in Activate the Data Replication Framework (DRF) [page 208].
3. Define number ranges as described in Define Number Ranges [page 208].
4. Configure the Application Link Enabling for the outbound processing of regular prices and OPP promotions
(promotion-centric or location-specific outbound processing):
• Configure Application Link Enabling for the outbound processing of regular prices and promotion-
centric OPP promotions. [page 208]
• Configure Application Link Enabling for the location-specific outbound processing of OPP promotions
[page 216]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 207
5. Configure the Data Replication Framework for the outbound processing of regular prices and OPP
promotions (promotions-centric or location-specific outbound processing):
• Configure the data replication for the outbound processing of regular prices and OPP promotions
(promotion-centric outbound processing) [page 211]
• Configure the data replication for OPP promotions (location-specific outbound processing) [page 219]

6.1.2.13.3.1 Activate the Data Replication Framework (DRF)

To send regular prices and OPP promotion to an external system via IDocs, you have to activate the Data
Replication Framework (DRF) functionality.

In transaction SFW5, activate business function DRF_FOUNDATION.

6.1.2.13.3.2 Define Number Ranges

To send OPP promotions to an external system via IDocs, you can define number ranges to generate unique
identifiers for all promotion-related entities.

In Customizing for SAP Customer Activity Repository, choose Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP)
Define Number Ranges .

6.1.2.13.3.3 Configure the Outbound Processing for Regular

Prices and OPP Promotions

Configuration of the outbound processing of regular prices and promotion-centric OPP promotions.

Application Link Enabling

In Customizing for SAP NetWeaver, under Application Server IDoc Interface / Application Link Enabling
(ALE) , see the system documentation to check the settings for distributing data between application
systems based on Application Link Enabling and IDoc interface technology. With omnichannel promotion
pricing, this functionality is used to distribute OPP promotions and regular prices from SAP Customer Activity
Repository to an external system, for example an SAP Commerce system. You need to perform the following
steps:

Transaction BD54: Defining a Logical System

With ALE IDoc distribution, you can exchange data between logical systems. You use the logical system name
to identify a system uniquely within the network. If you already use ALE IDoc distribution, the logical system

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
208 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
for the sending system has already been defined. In this case, you only need to define a logical system for the
receiving system. In SAP Customer Activity Repository, do the following:

In Display View "Logical System": Overview, create a new logical system. Enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Log. System <receiving system>

Name <receiving system>

Transaction SM59: Defining an RFC Destination

1. Create the RFC destination in the HTTP Connections to External Server folder and enter the following
values:

Field Name Value

RFC Destination <name of the RFC destination>

Connection Type Enter connection type G HTTP Connection to External

Server.

Description Enter at least Description 1 in the description section.

2. In Technical Settings, enter the following values for Target System Settings:

Field Name Value

Target Host <name of the target host>

Path Prefix /sapppspricing/idocinbound

Port <service number for https or http

connection>

 Note
With OPP, an https connection is recommended.

3. In Logon and Security, select Basic Authentication for Logon with User, and enter the following values:

Field Name Value

User <user name that you have created in SAP

Commerce Backoffice>

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 209
 Field Name Value

Password <password that you have created in SAP

Commerce Backoffice>

In Security Options select SSLActive to send your data via https connection and enter an appropriate
certificate.

 Note

We strongly recommend to use Secure protocols (SSL, SCN) whenever possible.

For more information, see Transport Layer Security and Web Services Security in the SAP NetWeaver
Security Guide.

Transaction WE21: Defining a Port

1. Create this ALE port in the XML HTTP folder and enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Port <name of port>

Description <description of port>

RFC destination <name of the RFC destination created in

the previous step>

2. Select Text/XML for Content Type.

Transaction WE20: Defining a Partner Profile

A partner profile contains parameters that define the electronic interchange of data between systems using
the IDoc interface. There is only one partner profile required for the receiving system and it needs to contain
all the parameters that your scenario requires for sending OPP promotions and regular prices to that receiving
system.

Basic Partner Profile Information

To set up the basic partner profile information, do the following:

1. In Partner Profiles, create a logical system partner. Enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Partner No. <partner number>, which must be the same as the receiving system that you
defined in section Defining a Logical System

Partner Type LS for regular prices and OPP promotions sent via promotion-centric outbound
processing

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
210 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 2. In the Post processing: permitted agent tab, enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Ty. US (for User)

Agent <users to be notified> should be an agent who can process IDocs with
errors

Lang. <notification language>

Outbound Parameters

Field Name Value

Message Type • /ROP/BASE_PRICE for regular prices

• /ROP/PROMOTION for OPP promotions

Outbound Options tab

Receiver port <receiver port> as defined in section Defining a Port

Output Mode • Pass IDoc Immediately

• Select this option to transfer IDocs directly after creation for a better integra­
tion to the DRF transfer log.
• Select this option to make sure that IDocs are sent in the same order in
which they have been created.
• Collect IDocs
• Select this option to collect IDocs and transfer them sequentially with trans­
action WE14.

IDoc Type • /ROP/BASE_PRICE01 for regular prices

• Depending on the receiving system /ROP/PROMOTION01 or /ROP/PROMOTION02
for OPP promotions

Cancel Processing After Syntax Ensure that this field is selected to avoid sending erroneous IDocs.
Error

Data Replication Framework

In Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications
Master Data Governance, Central Governance General Settings Data Replication Overall Information ,
see the system documentation to check how data is sent to one or more target systems. With OPP, the Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 211
Replication Framework functionality is used to send regular prices and OPP promotions from an SAP Customer
Activity Repository system to external systems. You need to perform the following steps:

Transaction DRFIMG: Defining Custom Settings for Data Replication

In Customizing, you have to perform the following configuration steps under Data Replication Define
Custom Settings for Data Replication :

1. In Customizing activity Define Technical Settings for Business Systems, define a business system and a
logical system for the receiving systems. The following business object types are available to send OPP
promotions and regular prices, and can be assigned to the business system:

Business Object Type Description Communication Channel

ROP_PROMO OPP promotion Replication via IDoc

ROP_PRICE Regular price Replication via IDoc

2. In Customizing activity Define Replication Models, specify the content of the replication model (regular
prices or OPP promotions), the outbound implementation that is to be used, and the business system
to which this object is to be sent. You can specify a different destination system for each outbound
implementation that contains business object, filter object, and business logic. You can also add an
expiration time for the log. The following predefined outbound implementations exist:

Outbound Imple­ Supported Replication

mentation Description Model Filter Object

ROP_PRICE Outbound implementation Initialization, Change, and ROP_PRICE

for regular prices Manual
 Note
For this outbound implementa­
tion, the filter application time
needs to be set to Filter Before
Change Analysis.

ROP_PROMO Outbound implementation Initialization, Change, and ROP_PROMO

for OPP promotions sent Manual
via promotion-centric out­
bound processing

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
212 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Outbound Imple­ Supported Replication
mentation Description Model Filter Object

ROP_PRC_MG Outbound implementation Initialization, Change, and ROP_PRICE

for multi-level generated Manual
regular prices  Note

Use this additional out­ For this outbound implementa­

bound implementation for tion, the filter application time

regular prices instead of needs to be set to Filter Before

Change Analysis.
ROP_PRICE to support
the extended sales pricing
model for Demand Data
Foundation (DDF).

For more information, see

Use the Extended Sales
Pricing Model (DDF) [page
238].

Outbound Parameters
The following outbound parameters must be assigned to each replication model:

Outbound Parameter for

Regular Prices Description Typical Value*

/ROP/PACK_SIZE_BULK This parameter sets the maximum number of regular prices that 20,000-100,000
are processed per IDoc. This is an approximate value because
regular prices are assigned to different IDocs for each group of
business unit with items and prices.

 Note
If this parameter is set to 0, restricting regular prices is not
possible and it is only the number of products that deter­
mines the IDoc size.

PACK_SIZE_BULK This parameter controls the number of products for which regu­ 200-1,000
lar prices can be stored in a compressed format at the same
time, and sets the maximum number of products that are proc­
essed per IDoc.

 Note
If this parameter is not set, the default is 1. If you increase
this value, performance at runtime is improved since fewer
IDocs need to be processed.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 213
 Outbound Parameter for
Regular Prices Description Typical Value*

TASK_SIZE_PROCMSG This parameter is only relevant if you execute the data replication 400-2,000
using parallel processing . This parameter sets the maximum
number of products that are processed per parallel package. It
must be greater or equal to the PACK_SIZE_BULK parameter.

 Note
This parameter value does not define the number of regular
prices per package. If this parameter is set to 0, all products
are processed in one package. This means that parallel proc­
essing is not possible.

/ROP/SEQ_READ_SIZE This parameter sets the maximum number of products for which 100-200
the regular prices are read in one select statement. In this way
you can limit memory consumption for products with a large
number of regular prices.

 Note
If this parameter is set to 0, all products of the correspond­
ing package are read within one call.

/ROP/DAY_OFFSET_PAST This parameter is only used, if the selection of prices in the past 30
is restricted with the validity end date as a filter criteria and if the
validity end date is not too far in the past.

During a delta replication, this parameter defines a time range

in days that lies before the date of the last replication run. The
system subtracts this value from the last replication date and
uses the resulting date to construct the select-option for the
validity end date.

During an initial replication the system calculates a date (current

date minus the time range in days defined in this parameter). If
the date that you entered for the validity end is earlier than the
calculated date, the calculated date is used automatically.

In this way you ensure that also regular prices with a validity end
date in the specified past time range are transferred.

 Note
If this parameter is not set, relevant regular prices might not
be transferred. See SAP Note 2338714 . In this case the
default is set to 30 days.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
214 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Outbound Parameter for
OPP Promotions Description Typical Value*

PACK_SIZE_BULK This parameter sets the maximum number of OPP promotions 100-1,000
that are processed per IDoc. It must be smaller than the
TASK_SIZE_PROCMSG parameter and is relevant for both, the
sequential and the parallel execution of DRF outbound.

 Note
If this parameter is not set, the default is 1. If you increase
this value, performance at runtime is improved since fewer
IDocs need to be processed.

TASK_SIZE_PROCMSG This parameter is only relevant with parallel processing . It 100-5,000

sets the maximum number of OPP promotions that are proc­
essed per parallel package. It must be greater or equal to the
PACK_SIZE_BULK parameter.

 Note
This parameter value does not define the number of OPP
promotions per package. If this parameter is set to 0,
independently of the value that you enter in transaction
DRFOUT, parallel processing is not possible.

/ROP/Generic_ENH_MAP This parameter activates the automatic mapping of customer- x

specific fields that are stored in the CI-Inlcudes of promotional
entities to the corresponding extension segments in the OPP
promotion IDocs.

 Note
Internal tables, structures, and so on, are not supported.

*This value gives you an idea of usable values for the replication of regular prices and OPP promotions, it is
not a recommendation.

3. Optional: In Customizing activity Define Business Object Settings, specify the application link enabling
(ALE) message type that is to be used for each business object. In this way, you can determine the
retention period for change pointers that are related to the business object. For the outbound processing of
regular prices, no change pointers are used and the retention period is not relevant. The following message
types are relevant for the outbound processing of regular prices and OPP promotions from the central
price and promotion repository:

Business Object Type Message Type

ROP_PRICE /ROP/BASE_PRICE

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 215
 Business Object Type Message Type

ROP_PROMO /ROP/PROMOTION

For more information, see Customizing for Cross Application Components under Processes and Tools
for Enterprise Applications Master Data Governance, Central Governance General Settings Data
Replication Overall Information .

Transaction DRFF: Defining Filter Criteria

In Define Filter Criteria, specify your data selection for each replication model and business object. The filter
criteria are valid for Initial replication and Change replication.

Parallel Processing for Regular Prices and OPP Promotions

DRF enables outbound implementations to be executed by using parallel tasks. This feature is supported for
both, the outbound implementation for regular prices and the outbound implementation for OPP promotions.
You can transfer the different tasks to different servers by defining and choosing server groups. Before
replicating the data, you can define the maximum number of work processes that can run in parallel. These
parameters combined with the outbound parameters mentioned above provide a flexible configuration.

6.1.2.13.3.4 Configure the Location-Specific Outbound

Processing of OPP Promotions

The location-specific outbound processing of OPP promotions enables you to distribute a location-specific
view of OPP promotions. With this outbound option OPP promotions are sent from the central price and
promotion repository to its assigned locations. You can use this option if you, for example, want to send OPP
promotions to POS systems in your physical stores. This section describes how to configure the Application
Link Enabling (ALE) layer and Data Replication Framework (DRF) for the sending of IDocs.

Application Link Enabling

In Customizing for SAP NetWeaver, under Application Server IDoc Interface / Application Link Enabling
(ALE) , see the system documentation to check the settings for distributing data between application
systems based on Application Link Enabling and IDoc interface technology. With omnichannel promotion
pricing, this functionality is used to distribute OPP promotions and regular prices from SAP Customer Activity
Repository to an external system, for example an SAP Commerce system. You need to perform the following
steps:

Transaction SM59: Defining an RFC Destination

For each receiving system that initially receives the created IDocs, you have to create an RFC destination. If
you use a middleware, this RFC destination refers to the host in which the middleware is running, If you use a
1:1 connection, all receiving systems require a separate RFC destination. The attributes of the RFC destination
are determined by the receiving system. In the following we assume that we want to setup a location-specific

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
216 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
outbound processing to a local promotion pricing service in a SAP Commerce system that is directly connected
to the SAP Customer Activity Repository.

1. In Technical Settings, enter the following values for Target System Settings:

Field Name Value

Target Host <name of the target host>

Path Prefix /sapppspricing/idocinbound

Port <service number for https or http

connection>

 Note
With OPP, an https connection is recommended.

2. In Logon and Security, select Basic Authentication for Logon with User, and enter the following values:

Field Name Value

User <user name that you have created in SAP

Commerce Backoffice>

Password <password that you have created in SAP

Commerce Backoffice>

In Security Options select SSLActive to send your data via https connection and enter an appropriate
certificate.

 Note

We strongly recommend to use Secure protocols (SSL, SCN) whenever possible.

For more information, see Transport Layer Security and Web Services Security in the SAP NetWeaver
Security Guide.

Transaction WE21: Defining a Port

1. Create this ALE port in the XML HTTP folder and enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Port <name of port>

Description <description of port>

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 217
 Field Name Value

RFC destination

2. Text/XML.

Transaction WE20: Defining a Partner Profile

A partner profile contains parameters that define the electronic interchange of data between systems using
the IDoc interface. There is only one partner profile required for the receiving system and it needs to contain
all the parameters that your scenario requires for sending OPP promotions and regular prices to that receiving
system.<name of the RFC destination created in the previous step>

Basic Partner Profile Information

To set up the basic partner profile information, do the following:

1. In Partner Profiles<, create a logical system partner. Enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Partner No. External ID of the receiving DDF location

Partner Type LO for OPP promotions replicated via location-specific outbound processing

 Note

For this partner type, only the first 10 characters of the DDF location ID are taken into account, the
location type and logical system are ignored. If you want to use a different logic, use transaction WE44
to define a different partner type or to change the validation logic.

Select a content type supported with the receiving system. If you configure a localIf you need a
different implementation of BAdI /ROP/PROMO_STORE_OUTBOUND, see Customizing for SAP Customer
Activity Repository and choose Omnichannel Promotion Pricing (OPP) Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Outbound Processing of OPP Promotions BAdI: Location-Specific Outbound Processing .

2. In the Post processing: permitted agent tab, enter the following values:

Field Name Value

Ty. US (for User)

Agent <users to be notified>, which should be an agent who can process IDocs
with errors.

Lang. <notification language>

Outbound Parameters

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
218 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Field Name Value

Message Type /ROP/PROMOTION for OPP promotions

Outbound Options tab

Receiver port <receiver port> as defined in section Defining a Port

Output Mode • Pass IDoc Immediately

• Select this option to transfer IDocs directly after creation for a better integra­
tion to the DRF transfer log.
• Select this option to make sure that IDocs are sent in the same order in
which they have been created.
• Collect IDocs
• Select this option to collect IDocs and transfer them sequentially with trans­
action WE14.

IDoc Type Depending on the receiving system /ROP/PROMOTION01 or /ROP/PROMOTION02 for

OPP promotions

Cancel Processing After Syntax Ensure that this field is selected to avoid sending erroneous IDocs.
Error

Data Replication Framework

In Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Processes and Tools for Enterprise Applications
Master Data Governance, Central Governance General Settings Data Replication Overall Information ,
see the system documentation to check how data is replicated to one or more target systems. With OPP, the
Data Replication Framework functionality is used to send regular prices and OPP promotions from an SAP
Customer Activity Repository system to external systems. You need to perform the following steps:

Transaction DRFIMG: Defining Custom Settings for Data Replication

In Customizing, you have to perform the following configuration steps under Data Replication Define
Custom Settings for Data Replication :

1. In Customizing activity Define Technical Settings for Business Systems, define a business system and a
logical system for the receiving systems. The following business object types are available to replicate OPP
promotions and regular prices, and can be assigned to the business system:

Business Object Type Description Communication Channel

ROP_PRO_ST Location-specific outbound process­ Replication via IDoc

ing of OPP promotions

2. In Customizing activity Define Replication Models, specify the content of the replication model (regular
prices or OPP promotions), the outbound implementation that is to be used, and the business system

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 219
 to which this object is to be sent. You can specify a different destination system for each outbound
implementation that contains business object, filter object, and business logic. You can also add an
expiration time for the log. The following predefined outbound implementations exist:

Outbound Imple­ Supported Replication

mentation Description Model Filter Object

ROP_PRO_ST Outbound implementation Initialization, Change, and ROP_PRO_ST

for OPP promotions sent Manual
via location-specific out­
bound processing

Outbound Parameters
The following outbound parameters must be assigned to each replication model:

Outbound Parameter for

OPP Promotions Description Typical Value*

PACK_SIZE_BULK This parameter sets the maximum number of OPP promotions 100-1,000
that are processed per IDoc. It must be smaller than the
TASK_SIZE_PROCMSG parameter and is relevant for both, the
sequential and the parallel execution of DRF outbound.

 Note
If this parameter is not set, the default is 1. If you increase
this value, performance at runtime is improved since fewer
IDocs need to be processed.

TASK_SIZE_PROCMSG This parameter is only relevant with parallel processing . It 100-5,000

sets the maximum number of OPP promotions that are proc­
essed per parallel package. It must be greater or equal to the
PACK_SIZE_BULK parameter.

 Note
This parameter value does not define the number of OPP
promotions per package. If this parameter is set to 0,
independently of the value that you enter in transaction
DRFOUT, parallel processing is not possible.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
220 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Outbound Parameter for
OPP Promotions Description Typical Value*

/ROP/Generic_ENH_MAP This parameter activates the automatic mapping of customer- x

specific fields that are stored in the CI-Inlcudes of promotional
entities to the corresponding extension segments in the OPP
promotion IDocs.

 Note
Internal tables, structures, and so on, are not supported.

*This value gives you an idea of usable values for the replication of regular prices and OPP promotions, it is
not a recommendation.

3. Optional: In Customizing activity Define Business Object Settings, specify the application link enabling
(ALE) message type that is to be used for each business object. In this way, you can determine the
retention period for change pointers that are related to the business object. For the outbound processing of
regular prices, no change pointers are used and the retention period is not relevant. The following message
types are relevant for the outbound processing of regular prices and OPP promotions from the central
price and promotion repository:

Business Object Type Message Type

ROP_PRICE /ROP/BASE_PRICE

ROP_PROMO /ROP/PROMOTION

For more information, see Customizing for Cross Application Components under Processes and Tools
for Enterprise Applications Master Data Governance, Central Governance General Settings Data
Replication Overall Information .

Transaction DRFF: Defining Filter Criteria

In Define Filter Criteria, specify your data selection for each replication model and business object. The filter
criteria are valid for Initial replication and Change replication.

6.1.2.13.4 Configure the Central Deployment of the

Promotion Pricing Service

The promotion pricing service (PPS) is an SAP HANA XS advanced (XSA) application. Therefore the
configuration of, for example, database services and back-end connection information, is done before or during
the deploy time. The needed configuration settings are provided via command line interface, or in an extension
descriptor file. Authentication configuration and authorization configuration is done after deploy time.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 221
Prerequisites

• You have installed SAP HANA XSA version 1.0.88 or higher.

• You have access to the XSA command-line tool version 1.0.82 or higher.
• You have an XSA user with the following role collections:
• XS_CONTROLLER_ADMIN
• XS_USER_ADMIN
• XS_USER_PUBLIC
• XS_AUTHORIZATION_ADMIN

 Note

In the following documentation this user will be referred to as XSA PPS admin user.

• You have an XSA user with the business role XS_USER_PUBLIC.

 Note

In the following documentation this user will be referred to as XSA PPS business user.

• You have a database user that can access the standard schema of your SAP Customer Activity Repository
system via the SQL port, in which the database tables of the PPS are located.
• You have created and configured the organization and the space in which you want to install the promotion
pricing service application.
• You have downloaded the SCV file XSACOPPPPS04_<patch level>-80004642.ZIP (for example patch
level 0 for the initial delivery) for the PPS from the SAP Support Portal at https://support.sap.com .

Used XSA Services

The PPS application uses the following XSA services:

Service Instance Service Plan Resource Type Description

ppeHANA User-defined n/a org.cloudfoundry.exist­ Service to access the

ing-service database.

ppServiceUaa xsuaa space com.sap.xs.uaa-space Service for for authen­

tication and authoriza­
tion services.

Plan space allows the

installation of the PPS
app in different XSA
spaces.

ppServiceAuditLog auditlog free com.sap.xs.auditlog Audit log broker on the

XSA platform.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
222 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Note

The services ppServiceUaa and ppServiceAuditLog are created and bound automatically during the
installation of the PPS application.

Procedure

1. Create the ppeHana Database Service [page 223]

2. Create the Extension Descriptor File [page 226]
3. Configure Authentication and Authorization Settings [page 228]
4. Advanced Configuration Settings [page 230]

Related Information

• For more technical information about SAP HANA XS advanced, see the SAP HANA Developer Guide for
SAP HANA XS Advanced Model on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM
<Version> Development SAP HANA Developer Guide .
• For more information about the installation of SAP HANA XS advanced, see the SAP HANA Server
Installation and Update Guide on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM
<Version> Installation and Upgrade SAP HANA Server Installation and Upgrade Guide Installing an
SAP HANA System Installing XS Advanced Runtime .
• For more administration information about SAP HANA XS advanced, see the SAP HANA Administration
Guide for SAP HANA Platform on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/docs/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM
<Version> Administration SAP HANA Administration Guide for SAP HANA Platform Application
Run-Time Services Maintaining the SAP HANA XS Advanced Model Run Time .

6.1.2.13.4.1 Create the ppeHana Database Service

To make the PPS run, you have to create the database service ppeHana. How to create this service depends on
your SSL (Secure Socket Layer) configuration settings in your SAP HANA database.

SSL Not Activated in SAP HANA

If SSL is not activated in SAP HANA, proceed as follows:

1. Execute the following xs command to create the database service depending on your local environment

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 223
 For Windows Command Line use:

 Source Code

xs create-user-provided-service ppeHana -p
"{\"user\":\"<DB_USER>\",\"password\":\"<DB_USER_PASSWORD>\",\"url\":\"jdbc
:sap://<HOSTNAME>:<PORT>/?
sessionVariable:APPLICATION=SAP_OPP_PPS_HRA\",\"driver\":\"com.sap.db.jdbc.
Driver\"}"

For Linux Shell use:

 Source Code

xs create-user-provided-service ppeHana -p
'{"user":"<DB_USER>","password":"<DB_USER_PASSWORD>","url":"jdbc:sap://
<HOSTNAME>:<PORT>/?
sessionVariable:APPLICATION=SAP_OPP_PPS_HRA","driver":"com.sap.db.jdbc.Driv
er"}'

2. Adjust the following entries in angle brackets (<...>) in the command line:

Entry Comment

<DB_USER> Replace this entry with a valid database user of your SAP
Customer Activity Repository system.

With this user, you must be able to access the standard

schema of your SAP Customer Activity Repository system
via the SQL port, in which the database tables of the PPS
are located.

<DB_USER_PASSWORD> Replace this entry with the password of your database

user (in clear text) in your SAP Customer Activity
Repository system.

 Note
If your password policy forces a password change
after the first login, it must be changed before you
create ppeHana.

<HOSTNAME> Replace this entry with the database host name of your
SAP Customer Activity Repository system.

<PORT> Replace this entry with the database SQL port of your SAP
Customer Activity Repository system.

 Tip

When you have created the database service, clear the command history to prevent unauthorized
disclosure of the password.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
224 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
SSL Activated in SAP HANA

If SSL is activated in SAP HANA proceed as follows:

1. Execute the following xs command to create the database service depending on your local environment
For Windows Command Line use:

 Source Code

xs create-user-provided-service ppeHana -p
"{\"user\":\"<DB_USER>\",\"password\":\"<DB_USER_PASSWORD>\",\"url\":\"jdbc
:sap://<HOSTNAME>:<PORT>/?
encrypt=true"&"validateCertificate=<VALUE>\"&"sessionVariable:APPLICATION=S
AP_OPP_PPS_HRA\",\"driver\":\"com.sap.db.jdbc.Driver\",\"certificate\":\"
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIFpzCww[…]----END CERTIFICATE-----\n\"}""}"

For Linux Shell use:

 Source Code

xs create-user-provided-service ppeHana -p
'{"user":"<DB_USER>","password":"<DB_USER_PASSWORD>","url":"jdbc:sap://
<HOSTNAME>:<PORT>/?
encrypt=true&validateCertificate=true&sessionVariable:APPLICATION=SAP_OPP_P
PS_HRA","driver":"com.sap.db.jdbc.Driver","certificate":" -----BEGIN
CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIFpzCww[…]----END CERTIFICATE-----\n"}'

2. If you want to validate the server certificate, set <VALUE> of validateCertificate to true. In this case,
you either have to ensure that your Java VM trusts the server certificate, or you must set the parameter
certificate as shown in the following example of a ppeHana service instance:

 Sample Code

{
"name" : "ppeHana",
"credentials" : {
"password" : "<DB_USER_PASSWORD>",
"driver" : "com.sap.db.jdbc.Driver",
"port" : "<PORT>",
"host" : "<HOSTNAME>",
"user" : "<DB_USER>",
"url" : "jdbc:sap://<HOSTNAME>:<PORT>/?
encrypt=true&validateCertificate=true",
"certificate" : "-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----\nMIIFpzCww[…]----END
CERTIFICATE-----\n"
}
}

 Tip

When you have created the database service, clear the command history to prevent unauthorized
disclosure of the password.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 225
6.1.2.13.4.2 Create the Extension Descriptor File

To store the PPS-specific configuration settings, you must create an extension descriptor file.

1. Create a text file with suffix .mtaext, for example config-op.mtaext.

2. To create the extension descriptor file, copy the following content to the new file that you have created in
step 1:

 Note

This content includes the minimum settings that are necessary to create the extension descriptor file.
Further configuration settings, for example settings for caching, can be added to this file as required.

 Source Code

_schema-version: "2.0.0"
ID: com.sap.retail.ppservice.XSAC_OPP_PPS
extends: com.sap.retail.ppservice.XSAC_OPP_PPS_2
modules:
- name: ppservice-approuter
parameters:
memory: 128M
- name: ppservice-webapp-central
parameters:
memory: 1024M
properties:
sap.dataaccess-common.db.client: "<DB_CLIENT>"
sap.dataaccess-common.logSys: "<LOGSYS>"
DISABLE_SUCCESSFUL_LOGIN_AUDIT_LOG: "<AUDIT_LOG_FLAG>"
JBP_CONFIG_RESOURCE_CONFIGURATION: "['tomcat/
webapps/ROOT/WEB-INF/classes/ppe-schema-orm.xml': {'sap.dataaccess-
common.schema':'<DB_SCHEMA>'},'tomcat/webapps/ROOT/META-INF/context.xml':
{'ppeHana-service-name':'ppeHana'}]"
JBP_CONFIG_JAVA_OPTS: 'java_opts: -D'
provides:
- name: java

 Note

This configuration is written in YAML format. Make sure that you copy the format of the code block
correctly.

3. Adjust the following entries in angle brackets (<...>) in the file:

Entry Comment Example

<DB_CLIENT> Replace this entry with the client 400

of your SAP Customer Activity
Repository system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
226 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Entry Comment Example

<LOGSYS> Replace this entry with the logical XYZCLNT400

system ID of your master data sys­
tem that is connected to your SAP
Customer Activity Repository client.

If you want to support multiple master

data systems in your SAP Customer
Activity Repository client, you need
one promotion pricing service for
each system (in different spaces).

<AUDIT_LOG_FLAG> If you set this flag to true, the system true

creates audit log messages only for
failed login attempts. If you set this
flag to false, every login is recorded.
This is of limited use for an A2A com­
munication. To achieve optimal per­
formance, it is recommended to set
this flag to true.

<DB_SCHEMA> Replace this entry with the stand­ SAPHANADB

ard database schema of your SAP
Customer Activity Repository system.

 Tip

If you need higher values for default memory settings, especially for ppservice-webapp-central,
you can choose larger cache sizes.

4. Assuming that your extension descriptor file is called config-op.mtaext and that the command is called
from the directory in which your extension descriptor file is stored, execute the following command to
install the application:

 Source Code

xs install <pathToScvFile>/XSACOPPPPS<software_component_version>.ZIP -e
config-op.mtaext

5. Save the extension descriptor file for later update or patch activities.

 Note

If you want to reinstall the same software component version, add the following parameter to the install
command: -o ALLOW_SC_SAME_VERSION

For more information about possible additional parameters, see the documentation of this install
command.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 227
6.1.2.13.4.3 Configure Authentication and Authorization
Settings

To use the central promotion pricing service, you must have the necessary roles created and assigned.

Creating and Assigning a PPS Role Collection

Execute the following steps with your XSA PPS admin user.

1. Create a role collection for the PPS with the following xs command:

 Source Code

xs create-role-collection <NAME> [<DESCRIPTION>]

e.g., xs create-role-collection PPE_ROLE_COLLECTION "PPE ROLE COLLECTION"

2. Navigate to the organisation and space in which the PPS has been installed.

 Tip

You can change organisations and spaces with the xs command xs target -o <ORG_NAME> -s
<SPACE_NAME>.

3. Check if the role template ppservice-webapp-central is listed in the space.

 Note

If the installation has been successful, this role template must be listed in this space. You can verify this
by listing all role templates with xs command xs role-templates.

4. Create a role with the PPS role template:

 Source Code

xs create-role <APP> <ROLE_TEMPLATE> <ROLE_NAME> <DESCRIPTION>

e.g., xs create-role ppservice-webapp-central PPE_ROLE_TEMPLATE
PPE_ROLE_XYZ "PPE role for xyz"

5. Add the new role to the new role collection:

 Source Code

xs update-role-collection <ROLE_COLLECTION> --add-role <ROLE>

e.g., xs update-role-collection PPE_ROLE_COLLECTION --add-role PPE_ROLE_XYZ

6. Assign the new role collection to the XSA PPS business user:

 Source Code

xs assign-role-collection <ROLE_COLLECTION> <USER>

e.g., xs assign-role-collection PPE_ROLE_COLLECTION PPSUSER

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
228 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Tip

You can call xs help -a to get an overview of other xs commands regarding role management.

7. Verify that the PPS user that you have created in the prior step is working. For this, you have to enter the
following request details in your REST Client (like Postman for Chrome) to send a calculation request:

Request Details Value

HTTP Request Method POST

Authorization Type = Basic Authentication

User name = <name of the XSA PPS business

user>

Password = <password of the XSA PPS

business user>

 Note
If your password policy prompts users to change their
password when they log on to the system for the first
time, this needs to be done before a request is sent
via Rest Client.

Headers Accept = application/xml

Content-Type = application/xml

URL 1. Call the command xs apps and check for the URL
of the ppservice-approuter app.

2. Append /restapi/ to the URL and enter this infor­

mation in your REST Client.

Body <PriceCalculate xmlns="http://

www.sap.com/IXRetail/namespace/"/>

 Note

If you send this request, you get HTTP response code 400 (Bad Request) because you send an empty
request body.

If you receive HTTP response code 401 (Unauthorized) or 403 (Forbidden), there is something wrong with
your service user, or application. Double-check all steps that you have performed in this chapter.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 229
6.1.2.13.4.4 Advanced Configuration Settings

The following settings are not mandatory in a default setup but help you to adapt the PPS to your specific
needs. Some settings become mandatory if you use the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) extended sales
pricing model.

Recommended Settings

By default, all database accesses to OPP promotion and regular price entities are cached. You can use the
following two types of caches:

• Object cache based on JPA

In this case, OPP promotions and their child entities (price derivation rules, texts, and so on) are stored in
the L2 object cache of the JPA provider.
• Query result cache based on Spring Framework
In this case, regular prices and the results of search queries for IDs of price derivation rule eligibilities
are stored in a cache. This cache is used via Spring cache abstraction. The cache provider determines
the settings for the query result cache (regular prices, eligibility IDs). Google Guava is the default cache
provider and allows the configuration of the cache via a cache specification string per cache region.

Query Result Caches for OPP Promotions and Regular Prices

The following example shows the setting of the query caches for OPP promotions and regular prices:

 Source Code

# Use Spring caching for promotions and regular prices - true is the default
setting
sap.dataaccess-common.cachenamedqueries=true
# Spring cache for promotions
sap.dataaccess-common.promocachespec=maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m
# Spring cache for regular prices
sap.dataaccess-
common.basepricecachespec=maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m

To apply these settings, they must be part of the extension descriptor (MTAEXT file) in the properties
section. Even if you do not want to use caching, it is not recommended to set sap.dataaccess-
common.cachenamedqueries to false. Instead, set the expireAfterWrite to a short timeframe (such as 10
s), which leads to a more optimized processing internally.

Further recommended settings are:

• Enabling dynamic weaving leads to optimized database accesses. This is done by activating the spring
profile sapweaving.
• Enabling merchandise sets. For reasons of backward compatibility, this is disabled by default. It is a PCE
configuration property that must be set differently than non-PCE configuration properties.

In the following example, merchandise sets are supported and dynamic weaving is activated. It also shows how
multiline strings can be set in the MTAEXT file, which follows the YAML syntax:

properties:

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
230 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 sap.dataaccess-common.db.client: "<DB_CLIENT>"
sap.dataaccess-common.logSys: <LOGSYS>
sap.dataaccess-common.cachenamedqueries: "true"
sap.dataaccess-common.promocachespec: "maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m"
sap.dataaccess-common.basepricecachespec: "maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m"
SPRING_PROFILES_ACTIVE: sapweaving
JBP_CONFIG_JAVA_OPTS: >
java_opts: -DmerchandiseSetsEnabled=true

 Note

• It is also possible to set the PPS configuration properties via -D in the java_opts element of
JBP_CONFIG_JAVA_OPTS. In this case, changing the environment variables, for example via xs set-
env followed by a restart of the application, has no effect. In this case, you would need to restage the
application. It is recommended to add them to the properties section of the MTAEXT file as shown in
the previous code sample.
• The PCE-related configurations, such as enabling the support of merchandise sets, must be set in the
java_opts element of JBP_CONFIG_JAVA_OPTS as shown in the previous code sample. They are not
recognized in the properties section of the MTAEXT file. The list of configuration properties is part of
the Functional Guide for the Promotion Calculation Engine on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/
docs/CARAB <Version> Development Functional Guide for the Promotion Calculation Engine .

Extended Sales Pricing Model

If you want to use the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) extended sales pricing model for OPP, you have to
activate the spring profile sapmultilevelprc, which supports multilevel generated regular prices. This can
be done in addition to other spring profiles such as sapweaving.

properties:
sap.dataaccess-common.db.client: "<DB_CLIENT>"
sap.dataaccess-common.logSys: <LOGSYS>
sap.dataaccess-common.cachenamedqueries: "true"
sap.dataaccess-common.promocachespec:
"maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m"
sap.dataaccess-common.basepricecachespec:
"maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m"
SPRING_PROFILES_ACTIVE: sapmultilevelprc,sapweaving
JBP_CONFIG_JAVA_OPTS: >
java_opts: -DmerchandiseSetsEnabled=true

For more information on the DDF extended sales pricing model, see Use the Extended Sales Pricing Model
(DDF) [page 238].

Enhanced Unit of Measure Evaluation

If you want to enable the enhanced evaluation of unit of measure codes during the promotion calculation, set
the PCE configuration property enhancedUomEvaluationEnabled to true. By default, this is turned off.

properties:
sap.dataaccess-common.db.client: "<DB_CLIENT>"
sap.dataaccess-common.logSys: <LOGSYS>
sap.dataaccess-common.cachenamedqueries: "true"
sap.dataaccess-common.promocachespec:
"maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m"
sap.dataaccess-common.basepricecachespec:
"maximumSize=10000,expireAfterWrite=20m"
SPRING_PROFILES_ACTIVE: sapmultilevelprc,sapweaving
JBP_CONFIG_JAVA_OPTS: >

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 231
 java_opts: -DmerchandiseSetsEnabled=true
-DenhancedUomEvaluationEnabled=true

 Note

Enabling this property can lead to a different behavior during the evaluation of existing promotions in which
a unit of measure is set on merchandise hierarchy node level or merchandise set level. A promotional rule
may be applied in fewer cases. In former releases, the unit of measure on merchandise hierarchy node level
or merchandise set level was ignored.

Related Information

• For more information about optional properties that can be set via the extension descriptor, see the
module descriptions and the corresponding property files in the Development and Extension Guide for
Omnichannel Promotion Pricing on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/docs/CARAB <Version>
Development Development and Extension Guide .
• For more information about caching options, see the Development and Extension Guide for Omnichannel
Promotion Pricing on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/docs/CARAB <Version> Development
under Promotion Pricing Service PPS Module dataaccess-common .
• Functional Guide for the Promotion Calculation Engine on SAP Help Portal at https://help.sap.com/docs/
CARAB <Version> Development Functional Guide for the Promotion Calculation Engine .

6.1.2.13.4.5 Configure Generic Attributes

To use generic attributes on line item level or transaction level as triggers for promotions, you must define an
attribute configuration.

Overview

You can use line item-related generic attributes to maintain product groups (merchandise sets), which are
used, for example, to define eligibilities for a promotion. They are used as eligibilities or as items that receive a
reward in mix-and-match promotions. You can create custom attributes, for example BRAND or SCREEN_SIZE
and use them in product groups.

You can use transaction-related generic attributes to define eligibilities for a promotion on transaction header
level. These generic attributes are defined as part of the transaction. If the transaction (that means the
calculation request) contains the defined generic attribute and the attribute value matches the value defined in
the promotion data, the corresponding eligibility is activated. Instead of defining a value that requires an exact
match (EQ (equals)), you can also define a logical expression for the generic attribute value (JE (logical
expression)) in the promotion. If the transaction (that means the calculation request) contains the defined
generic attribute and the attribute value fulfills the expression defined in the eligibility, the corresponding
eligibility is activated.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
232 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
You can use transaction-related generic attributes if you, for example, want to offer a certain reward only on
Mondays. In this case, customers get a reward if their transaction includes the generic attribute WEEKDAY with
the exact value Monday (expression type EQ). Or, you want to offer a certain reward whenever the temperature
is below 5 degrees. In this case, customers get a reward if the transaction includes the generic attribute
TEMPERATURE and the value fulfills the expression x < 5 ( expression type JE). The variable x represents the
value of the generic attribute. Whenever a generic attribute value that is part of the calculation request fulfills
the condition of the expression (true), the reward is granted.

Generic Attribute Metadata

If you create promotions that contain generic attributes, you must define an attribute configuration. The
attribute configuration is required by the price calculation. If you use a local deployment of the promotion
pricing service, the attribute configuration is also required by the promotion inbound processing (IDoc upload
of promotions). For each used generic attribute, the configuration contains metadata, such as the data type,
maximum length and so on. The following table indicates, which metadata information can be specified.

Field Description Relevance for Data Types Default Value

name Unique identifier for the at­ all -

tribute.

Must match with the regular

expression pattern: ^[A-Z]
[A-Z0-9_]*$

(only uppercase characters,

digits, and underscore. Must
start with an uppercase char­
acter.)

description Language-independent de­ all (empty string)

scription of the attribute.

location Location in the calculation re­ all 0

quest.

Allowed values:

• 0 (line item)
• 1 (transaction)

expressionType Defines how matching attrib­ EQ: all EQ

ute values are specified in the
promotion definition. JE: long

Allowed values: Only relevant for transaction-

related attributes (location =
• EQ (equals)
1).
• JE (logical expression)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 233
Field Description Relevance for Data Types Default Value

type The data type used for the n/a 0

generic attribute value.

Allowed values:

• 0 (string)
• 1 (long/64-bit integer)
• 2 (boolean)
• 3 (decimal)
• 4 (fixed value)

maxLength Maximum length string 60

pattern Regular expression pattern. string (empty string)
Defines which values are al­
lowed.

minLongValue Minimum value long -2^63

Not relevant for transaction-
related attributes with ex­
pression type JE (logical ex­
pression) and data type long.

maxLongValue Maximum value long 2^63 - 1

Not relevant for transaction-
related attributes with ex­
pression type JE (logical ex­
pression) and data type long.

negativeValuesAllowed Defines if negative values are decimal false

allowed

precision Maximum number of relevant decimal 15

digits

decimals Maximum number of deci­ decimal 2

mals

fixedValues List of predefined fixed val­ fixed values (empty)

ues

 Note

Attribute names starting with SAP_ are reserved for SAP-internal use. Do not add such attributes in your
attribute configuration.

Attribute Configuration Options

You can define the attribute configuration with a JSON string. There are two options:

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
234 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 1. Setting the Location of the Configuration File
You can set the location of the file that stores the attribute configuration as a JSON string via
the configuration property sap.dataaccess-common.attributeconfiglocation. This requires a
standard Spring resource syntax. With this approach, you can define a single attribute configuration that is
used by several deployments of the PPS. However, the location of the JSON file must be accessible for all
deployments. Alternatively, you can store the JSON file in a custom extension.
Example: sap.dataaccess-common.attributeconfiglocation=classpath:/
myOwnAttributeConfig.json.
2. Setting the JSON String as Configuration Property
You can set the JSON string for the attribute configuration directly via the configuration
property sap.dataaccess-common.attributeconfiguration. With this approach, you can
change the attribute configuration without redeploying the calculation and without affecting other
deployments. If set, this configuration property has priority over the property sap.dataaccess-
common.attributeconfiglocation.
For an example, see section Example at the end.

Both configuration properties can be set just like other configuration properties. This means, it is set within
your Multitarget Application (MTA) extension descriptor (.mtaext file) via the xs command-line interface.

Procedure

The following code snippet shows how you can set the attribute configuration within the MTA extension
descriptor file. Note that typically only one of the possible configuration properties for the attribute
configuration can be contained in the MTA extension descriptor file. This example only demonstrates the
syntax.

_schema-version: "2.0.0"
ID: com.sap.retail.ppservice.XSAC_OPP_PPS
extends: com.sap.retail.ppservice.XSAC_OPP_PPS
modules:
- name: ppservice-approuter
parameters:
memory: 128M
port: 54978
- name: ppservice-webapp-central
parameters:
memory: 1024M
properties:
sap.dataaccess-common.db.client: "006"
sap.dataaccess-common.logSys: "XYZCLNT800"
sap.dataaccess-common.attributeconfiglocation: "classpath:/myConfig.json"
sap.dataaccess-common.attributeconfiguration: |
[
<Valid JSON respecting the YAML indentation.
The square brackets are already part of the attribute definition
See below for example JSON payloads>
]
someOtherProperty: …
…

You set the configuration properties in the XS command-line interface as follows:

xs set-env ppservice-webapp-central sap.dataaccess-common.attributeconfiguration

“<valid JSON string>”

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 235
  Note

The proper escaping of special characters (such as quotes) within the configuration property depends on
your operating system and shell. To avoid escaping issues, you should store the attribute configuration in a
local file on your computer and set the attribute configuration as follows:

xs set-env ppservice-webapp-central sap.dataaccess-

common.attributeconfiguration –-from-file <file name>

The changes become effective after restarting the application:

xs restart ppservice-webapp-central

Example

The following JSON example demonstrates the configuration of different line item-related generic attribute
types:

 Sample Code

[
{
"_comment": "String attribute with a pattern",
"name": "BRAND",
"description": "Brand Name",
"pattern": "^[a-zA-Z0-9]+$",
"maxLength": "20",
"location": "0"
},
{
"_comment": "Long attribute with min value",
"name": "REFRESH_RATE",
"description": "Screen refresh rate in Hz",
"location": "0",
"type": "1",
"minLongValue": "60",
"maxLongValue": "600",
"expressionType": "EQ"
},
{
"_comment": "Boolean attribute",
"name": "WALL_MOUNT",
"description": "Indicator: Wall mount possible",
"type": "2"
},
{
"_comment": "Decimal attribute with precision and decimals set",
"name": "SCREEN_SIZE",
"description": "Screen size [in]",
"type": "3",
"precision": "4",
"decimals": "1",
"negativeValuesAllowed": "false"
},
{
"_comment": "Fixed values",
"name": "HDMI_STANDARD",
"description:": "Supported HDMI Standard",

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
236 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 "type": "4",
"fixedValues": [
"1.4",
"1.4a",
"2.0",
"2.1"
]
}
]

Example

The following JSON example demonstrates the configuration of transaction-related generic attribute types
with expression type EQ (equals) and JE (logical expression):

 Sample Code

[
{
"_comment": "Transaction attribute with fixed values",
"name": "TX_ATR5",
"type": "4",
"location": "1",
"fixedValues": [
"TxFixedValue1",
"TxFixedValue2",
""
]
},
{
"_comment": "Transaction attribute of type JE",
"name": "TX_ATTR_JE",
"location": "1",
"type": "1",
"expressionType": "JE"
}
]

Related Information

• For more information about the standard Spring resource syntax, see the official Spring documentation at
Built-In Resource Implementations .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 237
6.1.2.13.5 Use the Extended Sales Pricing Model (DDF)

To use the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) extended sales pricing model for omnichannel promotion pricing,
you have to perform several steps for the central and local deployment scenario.

Overview

As of CARAB 5.0, omnichannel promotion pricing (OPP) supports the DDF extended sales pricing model.
Pricing data available in the DDF module of SAP Customer Activity Repository (CAR) has been extended
to include additional levels of sales prices created in the master data system. The former model stores
prices on product location level only. For more information on the extended sales pricing model, see the DDF
documentation: Enable Extended Sales Pricing Data.

Omnichannel promotion pricing supports the following retention levels:

• location (01)
• price list (02)
• distribution chain (03)

You must activate the extended sales pricing model and using it is highly recommended. To facilitate a smooth
migration for you, the old model is still available. If you want to use the old model during your migration
phase, prices are replicated for both the extended and old pricing model and stored twice in SAP Customer
Activity Repository. The OPP pricing model itself remains the same as in previous releases because the DDF
pricing model is mapped to the OPP pricing model. Both central and local deployment scenarios for OPP are
compatible with the extended sales pricing model.

 Note

If you are setting up OPP for the first time, you don't migrate as such but you still have to perform the
following steps.

As of CARAB 5.0 FPS2, if you specify the business unit and distribution chain in the calculation request (client
API), OPP reads the regular price for this specific distribution chain (and no longer the default distribution
chain) to determine the regular price. For more information, see Distribution Chain for Prices and Promotions.

Prerequisites

• You have migrated to the DDF extended sales pricing model for the replication of sales prices from SAP
ERP or S/4HANA to SAP Customer Activity Repository as described in Enable Extended Sales Pricing
Data. This part is not OPP-specific and concerns your configuration of SAP Customer Activity Repository.
• If you want to use the old pricing model for the local or central deployment of the promotion pricing service
(PPS), the regular prices must be replicated on product location level from SAP ERP or S/4HANA .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
238 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Procedure

To migrate from the old to the extended sales pricing model, you have to differentiate between the local and
central deployment scenario.

Migration in the Local Deployment Scenario

In a local deployment scenario, the price data replication from the central price and promotion repository (SAP
Customer Activity Repository) to an external system, for example SAP Commerce system, takes place. This
data replication is done via iDocs and the Data Replication Framework (DRF) using replication models and
outbound implementations.

To migrate to the extended sales pricing model, you have to use the Data Replication Framework (DRF) with the
outbound implementation for regular prices ROP_PRC_MG (outbound implementation for multi-level generated
regular prices) instead of ROP_PRICE (outbound implementation for regular prices). For a migration in one go,
you have to use the DRF replication model Initialization for all locations (stores). Afterwards, you can
apply the replication model Changes as usual. This one-step migration must be handled just as if you would
start with the data replication from the beginning.

For instructions, see Configure the Outbound Processing for Regular Prices and OPP Promotions → Data
Replication Framework [page 211].

Alternatively, you can do the migration in stages. This is recommended if you have a high data volume. A
common approach is to start with a small amount of data and then gradually increase the data volumes in an
iterative manner until all necessary data has been included. Here, you migrate only groups of locations stage by
stage. For this, you also have to use the DRF replication model Initialization for each location of the group
you want to migrate.

Migration in the Central Deployment Scenario

In a central deployment scenario, the SAP HANA XS advanced (XSA) application for the promotion pricing
service (PPS) is concerned. To use the extended sales pricing model for the central deployment, you have
to deploy the PPS to XSA again and apply a specific configuration for caches. With the spring profile
sapmultilevelprc, you can migrate to the extended sales pricing model. This setting is part of the extension
descriptor in the properties section. For instructions, see Advanced Configuration Settings [page 230].

You can deploy the XSA application for the PPS twice to use either the extended or old pricing model per
deployment according to your price requests. The migration is managed by DDF based on the SAP ERP or
S/4HANA replication scenario.

For more information on the central deployment process, see Configure the Central Deployment of the
Promotion Pricing Service [page 221].

 Note

During your migration phase, you can decide which pricing model you want to use for the respective
deployment scenarios. For example, you can migrate to the extended sales pricing model for the local
scenario and keep using the old model for applying XSA (central deployment).

For more information, see the Development and Extension Guide at https://help.sap.com/docs/CARAB
<Version> Develop Development and Extension Guide for Omnichannel Promotion Pricing .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 239
6.1.2.13.6 Create Merchandise Set Header Entries

If you create a new offer, the merchandise set header database table is created automatically during the
mapping of the offer into an OPP promotion. However, existing OPP promotions must be enhanced manually
via a migration report.

Overview

The database table represents the header of a merchandise set. A merchandise set represents a product group
in an OPP promotion. During the mapping of an offer into an OPP promotion the merchandise set header is
created automatically, whereas existing OPP promotions must be enhanced manually by this information.

Initially, the merchandise set header does not contain any business relevant information. Therefore, it is
not necessary to resend the enhanced OPP promotions to local promotion pricing service installations, for
example, in SAP Commerce. An adjustment of these promotions is done locally.

The addition of the merchandise set header is only a data model adjustment. Therefore, the date of the latest
change of the OPP promotion is not updated.

Prerequisites

• You have activated enhanced product groups, as described in Enable Offers with Enhanced Product
Groups [page 206].
• You use the central promotion pricing service and have configured it as described in Configure the Central
Deployment of the Promotion Pricing Service [page 221].

Procedure

Run transaction SA38 and execute the migration report /ROP/R_MIGRATE_TO_50_FP03 for all clients relevant
for OPP promotions.

 Note

• You can execute the migration report several times for the same OPP promotion. If no migration is
required, the corresponding promotion is not considered by the report.
• Existing database entries are not changed and custom data are not overwritten.
• No change pointers are written. This means that this program has no impact on the data volume of a
DRFOUT change run.

For more information, see the system documentation of the report.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
240 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.1.3 Troubleshooting

Diagnose and resolve issues that may arise when you install, upgrade, and set up your scenario. If you need to
report a customer incident, see the information at the end of this section.

 Tip

For quick access to support information, log in to the SAP ONE Support Launchpad at https://
launchpad.support.sap.com/#/productsearch . Search for SAP CARAB (back-end product version) or
SAP FIORI FOR SAP CARAB (front-end product version). Find related SAP Knowledge Base articles,
documentation, guided answers, questions & blogs, and download information — all on one page.

Troubleshoot Installation, Upgrade, and Implementation Issues

Installation, Upgrade, and Implementation Issues

Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Installation / Upgrade You want to upgrade Local temporary tables SAP Note 2576497
the on-shelf availability dis­ (LOCAL_EXCL_PRODUCT,
patcher (transaction /OSA/ LOCAL_LISTED_PRODUCT,
DISPATCH). However, you get and LOCAL_PS_CONF), which
the error SQL Error Code are created and used by OSA
274 : inserted value too large for internal dispatcher proc­
for column. essing, are not dropped auto­
matically during runtime. As
a result, new tables (such
as any containing CHAR40
fields) cannot be created.

This causes an SQL error

when a CHAR40 material is
supplied. If the tables already
exist, subsequent structural
changes to their definition re­
quire a manual intervention.

Installation / Upgrade When upgrading to SAP Not relevant, as the error The error doesn't impact
Customer Activity Repository doesn't impact functionality functionality and can be ig­
5.0 using the zero downtime and can be ignored. nored.
option, you get the following
error in the log file: Error
when deploying HDI objects;
see SAPC-* INRTLCAR and
SAP Note 2602571.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 241
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Installation / Upgrade You want to download a revi­ You need the exact down­ See section Download and
sion of software component load path on the SAP Sup­ Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP
SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP port Portal at http://sup­ HANA [page 66].
HANA. port.sap.com .

Installation / Upgrade You want to know which re­ You are looking for an easy 1. Execute transaction
vision of the SAP RTL AFL way to look up the revision db02 to open the
FOR SAP HANA component information. Diagnostics: Missing
is currently installed. Tables and Indexes
screen.
2. Choose

Current Status

Overview Installed

Plug-Ins and click on

RTL.

Installation / Upgrade You get an error indicating You must install compatible • Section Download and
that software component releases (“revisions”) of the Install SAP RTL AFL FOR
SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP following: SAP HANA [page 66].
HANA is not compatible.
• SAP RTL AFL FOR • SAP Note 2818378

SAP HANA (Which releases of SAP

HANA Platform are sup­
• SAP HANA DATABASE
ported for which releases
• SAP HANA AFL
of SAP Customer Ac­
tivity Repository appli­
cations bundle (SAP
CARAB)?)

Installation / Upgrade You want to know what For example, you want to SAP Note 2188129
AFLs (application function li­ check if an AFL was installed
braries) are installed and ac­ or upgraded correctly.
tive in your SAP HANA data­
base.

Installation / Upgrade You want to uninstall add-on You need information on un­ SAP Note 2011192 (Unin­
software components from installing ABAP add-ons. stallation of ABAP add-ons)
your scenario. For example,
when upgrading to a new ma­
jor release, you might need to
uninstall older software com­
ponents.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
242 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Installation / Upgrade You have installed compati­ Something went wrong dur­ Revisit SAP Note 2377894
ble revisions of the follow­ ing the installation. and make sure that you
ing components but are have carefully followed all the
still experiencing issues: SAP steps for your scenario.
RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA,
SAP HANA AFL, SAP HANA
DATABASE

Installation / Upgrade You want to install or up­ You need information on pos­ • SAP Note 2078425
grade an application func­ sible causes and solutions. • SAP Note 2082466
tion library (such as SAP • SAP HANA Server
RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA) Installation and Up­
and are experiencing issues date Guide for your
with the SAP HANA Lifecycle SAP HANA Platform
Management tool (hdblcm, version under https://
hdblcmgui). help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_HANA_PLAT­

FORM <Version>

Installation and

Upgrade

Installation / Upgrade You have upgraded from As of SAP Customer Activity A migration report (/DMF/
a lower release and repli­
Repository applications bun­ TS_PS_UPDATE_SALES_LOC
cated the point-of-sale data
dle 5.0, the table contains a _ID) is available that popu­
from the source master data
system into Demand Data new location key field. lates the new key field to pre­
Foundation (DDF). You sud­ vent double entries in up­
denly have double entries grade scenarios. For more in­
for the same sales values
formation, see the Set Up
in the /DMF/TS_PS table
Dummy Store in DDF section
(for the TS_PS time series
in the SAP Customer Activity
source).
Repository Administration
Guide.

Installation / Upgrade You get the error CAR RETAIL You are using the SAP HANA SAP Note 2022080
APPLSAP DBTech JDBC: AFL software component and
[258]: insufficient privilege: have performed an upgrade
Not authorized. of your SAP HANA Plat­
form. Previously assigned
privileges might have been
lost during the upgrade.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 243
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Installation / Upgrade In an upgrade, you get the An issue with CDS views SAP Note 2340418
following error when running must be fixed.
program RUTDDLSCREATE:

3 ETW678Xstart export
of R3TRDDLS<CDS view
name> ...

3WETW000 DDLS <CDS

view name> is not activated.

2EETW190 "DDLS" <CDS

view name> has no active
version.

4 ETW679 end export

of R3TRDDLS<CDS view
name>.

Installation / Upgrade You need information about For example, you have a SAP Note 2568783 (Re­
the Software Provisioning question regarding the instal­ lease Note for Software Provi­
Manager. lation, copy, transformation, sioning Manager 2.0 (recom­
or deletion of a system based mended: SWPM 2.0 SP05))
on SAP NetWeaver ABAP on
SAP HANA.

Installation / Upgrade You have implemented an You need to start the recalcu­ SAP Note 2227577
SAP Note with a correction lation manually.
for the SAPUI5 application or
for the calculation of the ap­
plication index. The SAPUI5
application index is not recal­
culated automatically.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
244 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Installation / Upgrade You want to install or up­ As of SAP HANA Platform • Workaround: SAP Note
grade to a release of SAP 2.0 SPS04, a message that 2789289 (Activation
Customer Activity Repository was considered a “warning” of Calculation View Fails
applications bundle using in older releases is now con­ With Error "column store
the Software Update Man­ sidered an “error”. This error error: [34011] Inconsis­
ager (SUM). During the SAP prevents the SUM process tent calculation model")
HANA deployment phase, from completing. • Alternative: Convert the
you get errors such as the SAP HANA error mes­
following: sage back into a warn­
• Datatype string(1333) of ing, then rerun SUM:
JOIN$A""TTRIBUTE_VAL 1. Execute the follow­
UE$IMAGE_ID does ing SQL statement:
no""t match to datatype ALTER SYSTEM
raw(16) of"" attribute ALTER
IMAGE_ID in node CLTT CONFIGURATION
('indexserver
.ini',
'SYSTEM' )
SET
('calcengine'
,
'enable_depre
cated_compone
nt_flags') =
'8192' WITH
RECONFIGURE;
2. Restart SUM and
repeat the installa­
tion or upgrade
step.

Installation / Upgrade You want to install or up­ The software component SAP You must install a higher
grade to a release of SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP HANA revision of SAP RTL AFL
Customer Activity Repository that is currently installed in FOR SAP HANA. For the min­
applications bundle using the your back-end system is not imum revision required for
Software Update Manager up to date. this release, see the Com­
(SUM). You get the following mon Prerequisites in Install
error: the Prerequisites [page 19].

• Could not create catalog Consult the requirements for

object: invalid name of SAP HANA Platform 2.0 and

function or procedure; for SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP

no procedure with name HANA.

UDFCORE_AREA_FORE
CAST_15_PROC.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 245
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA Platform You are experiencing per­ You need performance rec­ See the Performance — Opti­
ommendations to investigate
formance issues after instal­ mize Processes in SAP HANA
the issue and improve the
ling or upgrading to a new section of the SAP Customer
SAP HANA performance in
SAP HANA revision. your customer scenario. Activity Repository Adminis­
tration Guide.

SAP HANA Platform You want to optimize the SAP You need troubleshooting SAP Note 2222217 (How-
HANA startup times for your and performance tips. To: Troubleshooting SAP
scenario. HANA Startup Times)

The note also points you to a

detailed blog and other help­
ful references.

SAP HANA content You have run the /CAR/ You want to know which ob­ • Execute transaction
ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­ jects have not been activated SLG1 to display the re­
port but the selected SAP correctly and what errors port log:
HANA content is not acti­ have occurred. Towards the bottom of
vated. the log you will gener­
ally find a section that
lists the objects with ac­
tivation errors. Keep in
mind, though, that those
objects might not have
any issues themselves
but that the root cause
can also be in depend­
ent objects.
• In transaction
SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY, try
to reproduce the errors
by manually redeploying
the objects.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
246 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA content You want to perform schema Different causes are possible • Check that you have
mapping in SAP HANA stu­ that can lead to mapping is­ entered the correct
dio. That is, you want to sues in SAP HANA studio. schema names.
map the authoring schemas • In particular, make sure
of this release to the physical that there are no lead­
schemas of your customer ing or trailing spaces be­
system landscape. However, fore or after the schema
you are encountering issues names. Space charac­
and the mapping doesn’t ters cause issues during
work. schema mapping.
• For step-by-step instruc­
tions, see Verify Correct
Schema Mapping [page
55].

SAP HANA content You have run the /CAR/ The SAP HANA user needs SAP Note 2586850
ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­ additional authorizations
port but get the error (privileges).
Insufficient privilege: Not
authorized.

SAP HANA content You have run the /CAR/ You might have an authoriza­ • Check if SAP HANA da­
ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­ tion issue. tabase user _SYS_REPO
port but the selected SAP has been assigned privi­
HANA content is not acti­ lege SELECT with option
vated. Grantable to others. If
not, you can grant the
missing privilege using
the following example
SQL statement:
GRANT SELECT
ON SCHEMA <your
schema name> TO
_SYS_REPO WITH
GRANT OPTION;
• Check that other re­
quired authorizations
have been set up cor­
rectly. For more infor­
mation, see section Ver­
ify Back-End Users and
Roles [page 87].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 247
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA content You have run the /CAR/ You might have a circular de­ SAP Note 2404872
ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­ pendency issue. In particular,
port but the selected SAP you get an error that a
HANA content is not acti­ SQLScript procedure (such
vated. as
SP_SR_GET_PROD_HR_XR_B
Y_DATE) cannot be acti­
vated.

SAP HANA content You have run the /CAR/ You might have a deployment • SAP Note 2109690
ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­ error in SAP HANA Transport (Error in SAP HANA re­
port but the selected SAP for ABAP (HTA). pository deployment im­
HANA content is not acti­ port step)
vated. • SAP Note 2321486
(Troubleshooting for
SAP HANA Transport
for ABAP (HTA) deploy­
ment)

SAP HANA content You want to activate SAP Several causes are possible. Check that you have done
HANA content for scenarios Open the error log file and the following tasks as descri­
of SAP Customer Activity search for udf.cor. For ex­ bed in this guide:
Repository applications ample, the following errors • Have you installed com­
bundle using the /CAR/ can occur: patible revisions of the
ACTIVATE_HTA report in
• Could not create catalog SAP HANA database
transaction SE38. However, and the AFL compo­
object
you are getting errors.
• Invalid name of function nents (SAP HANA AFL,
or procedure SAP RTL AFL FOR

• No procedure with name SAP HANA)? See the

UDFCORE_AREA_MODE Common Prerequisites

L_POS_XX_PRO in section Install the Pre­

requisites [page 19]. See
also section Download
and Install SAP RTL AFL
FOR SAP HANA [page
66].
• Have you done the
schema mapping as de­
scribed in this guide?
See Verify Correct
Schema Mapping [page
55].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
248 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA content You want to activate SAP Several causes are possible. • Workaround and list of
HANA content for scenarios Open the error log file and affected SAP HANA da­
of SAP Customer Activity search for udf.cor. For ex­ tabase revisions: SAP
Repository applications ample, the following errors Note 2525644 (Input
bundle using the /CAR/ can occur: Variables are set to an
ACTIVATE_HTA report in Empty String When not
• There is neither a default
transaction SE38. However, Mapped in Top-Level
value nor a data input
you are getting errors. Calculation Scenario)
mapping for …"
• If possible for your sce­
• A2EESCTS_HOT 532
nario, consider upgrad­
ing to an SAP HANA
database revision not af­
fected by the issue.

SAP HANA content After running the /CAR/ You want to know whether SAP Note 2467113
ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­ the activation was successful
port, you get two conflicting and whether any additional
messages: action is required.

• The following scenario

was deployed
successfully...
• But returned error/
warning/information
message(s)...

SAP HANA content You want to generate pre- You might not have activated When you run the /CAR/
season sales projections in all the required SAP HANA ACTIVATE_HTA activation re­
SAP Assortment Planning content. port, make sure to select
but get an error. the required options. See Ac­
tivate SAP HANA Content
[page 98].

SAP HANA content You want to check the de­ You might need this informa­ • In SAP HANA studio: Se­
pendencies of a specific view. tion to solve a dependency lect the view and choose
or activation issue for SAP Auto Documentation
HANA views. from the context menu.
This generates a file with
detailed information on
the view. Consult the
Cross References sec­
tion.
• If you are using the
SAP HANA Live View
Browser app: Select the
view and choose Cross
References.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 249
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA content You have a question regard­ For example, you want to • In this guide, search for
ing users or schemas in SAP know what the names of the schema mapping.
HANA. standard SAP HANA users • SAP Note 2535951
and schemas are. (FAQ: SAP HANA Users
and Schemas)

SAP HANA content You get an error indicating You have not installed soft­ See section Download and
that you are attempting to ware component SAP RTL Install SAP RTL AFL FOR SAP
access inactive or invalid SAP AFL FOR SAP HANA. HANA [page 66].
HANA content. The component contains
back-end functionality for
the Unified Demand Fore­
cast module and the On-
Shelf Availability module
in SAP Customer Activity
Repository. If you don't in­
tend to use those modules,
you don't need to configure
them. However, you must
always install the software
component.

SAP HANA content You get the error Table A program error must be • SAP Note 2218875
ABAP:/DMF_ORG_ASSIGN fixed. • SAP Note 2224582
not found.

SAP HANA content You get the error A program error must be SAP Note 2224582
Object DDF_ORG_ASSIGN fixed.
(Calculation View), package
sap.is.ddf.udf.data_validation,
was processed with errors.

SAP HANA content You get the error A program error must be SAP Note 2125672
SQLScript: Could not derive fixed.
table type for variable
"UDF_FC_HORIZON".

SAP HANA content SAP HANA views in the A program error must be SAP Note 2203930
sap.is.ddf.fms package fixed.
do not activate properly.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
250 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA content You need to manually deploy The automatic deployment • Search for the follow­
SAP HANA objects and pack­ to the SAP HANA repository ing sections in the
ages. of the target system has product documentation
failed. of your SAP NetWea­
ver platform at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_NETWEAVER: SAP
HANA Transport for
ABAP and Manually De­
ploying SAP HANA Ob­
jects and Packages. Fol­
low the instructions.
• Execute transaction
SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY
for the manual deploy­
ment of SAP HANA con­
tent and consult the
accompanying system
documentation.

SAP HANA content You get any of the following The root cause is the usage You can ignore the error mes­
errors: of CDS (Core Data Services) sages and continue with the
on top of external views. installation or upgrade proc­
• View "/AMR/..." does not
ess. For explanations, see
exist in data base
SAP Note 2330184 .
• "DDL Source"
"/AMR/...." could not be
activated
• "DDL Source" "/DMF/
DIST_..." could not be
activated

SAP HANA content You get the error SQL The root cause is the usage You can ignore the error mes­
Script message: invalid table of CDS (Core Data Services) sages and continue with the
name: Could not find table/ on top of external views. installation or upgrade proc­
view /AMR/V. ess. For explanations, see
SAP Note 2441184 .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 251
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA content You get the error View with A data element that is new or SAP Note 2289913
par. <CDS view name>: data has been redefined is used in
element <data element> par. the new definition in a Core
& does not exist or not active. Data Services (CDS) view
with parameters for the defi-
nition of a parameter.

The system does not con­

sider the dependency be­
tween data elements and the
type definition of the param­
eters for views with parame­
ters.

SAP HANA content When doing ATC (ABAP Test The system does not con­ SAP Note 2374190
Cockpit) checks of database sider base information of the
objects or runtime objects, AMDP table function entity.
you get errors related to ref­
erence tables and reference
fields:

• Priority 1 error: View

<view_name> is not
consistent
• Priority 1 error:
<view_name-field> is not
consistent
• Inconsistencies in fields
related to reference ta­
bles and reference fields

SAP HANA Platform You cannot install the SAP You cannot install XSA as SAP Note 2388443
HANA XS advanced (XSA) long as SAP HANA dynamic
runtime. tiering is active on the same
host.
For example, you need XSA
to use the Omnichannel Pro­
motion Pricing (OPP) mod­
ule in SAP Customer Activity
Repository.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
252 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP HANA Platform You are experiencing per­ Several causes are possible. • SAP Note 2600030
formance issues in the SAP (Parameter Recommen­
HANA Platform. dations in SAP HANA
Environments)
• SAP Note 2100040
(FAQ: SAP HANA CPU)
• SAP HANA Trouble­
shooting and Per­
formance Analysis
Guide for your SAP
HANA Platform ver­
sion under https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/
SAP_HANA_PLATFORM

SAP HANA Platform You want to perform an SAP You need information on spe­ SAP Note 1969700 (SQL
HANA database analysis to cial SQL statements for such Statement Collection for SAP
investigate a complex issue. an analysis. HANA)
The information that you
want to retrieve is not or  Note
is only partially available in
For additional trouble­
standard tools (such as SAP
shooting and perform­
HANA studio).
ance tips, see the FAQ: ...
notes under References.

SAP HANA Platform You are not sure if the in­ You need a list of the compat­ SAP Note 2375176 (SAP
stalled SAP HANA revision is ible revisions. HANA Revisions and Compat­
compatible with the installed ible SAP HANA Studio Ver­
SAP HANA studio version. sions)

SAP HANA Platform You are experiencing net­ You need information on net­ SAP Note 2222200 (FAQ:
work or performance issues work settings and analyses in SAP HANA Network)
in your SAP HANA environ­ SAP HANA environments.
ment.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 253
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Hierarchies You get errors when creating The system does not gener­ • Follow the steps in Con­
or updating location hierar­ ate the flat structures for the figure Automatic Flat­
chies and/or product hierar­ hierarchies. You need to do tening of Hierarchies
chies. some configuration steps so [page 108].
that the hierarchies get flat- • See the follow­
tened automatically. ing sections of
the SAP Customer
Activity Repository
Administration Guide
at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/CARAB:
• Configure Demand
Data Foundation
(DDF)
• Configure Data Rep­
lication from SAP
ERP to DDF

Hierarchies You get errors when import­ A program error must be • SAP Note 2244521
ing article hierarchies (prod­ fixed. • SAP Note 2245134
uct hierarchies) from your
master data system.

Hierarchies You want to know which lo­ You can implement an SAP Note 2208619
cations are included in each easy enhancement for ta­
version of an offer. ble /DMF/OFR_LG_LOC.

Hierarchies An error occurs for a DDL A program error must be SAP Note 2377525
SQL view when you execute fixed.
the CREATE VIEW state­
ment.

DRF data replication frame­ You have deleted a vendor A program error must be SAP Note 1872136
work (transaction DRFOUT) from the /DMF/D_VENDOR ta­ fixed.
ble but this deletion is not re­
plicated to the master data
system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
254 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

DRF data replication frame­ You get an error when using A program error must be • SAP Note 1904782
work (transaction DRFOUT) the DRF with the PMPL SAP fixed. • SAP Note 2167629
ERP outbound implementa­ • See the application
tion. help for SAP
Customer Activity
Repository at https://
help.sap.com/viewer/p/

CARAB <Version>

Application Help SAP

Customer Activity

Repository Demand
Data Foundation

Integration Information

Master Data
Replication from SAP
ERP to Demand Data

Foundation

DRF data replication frame­ You get the error Product A program error must be SAP Note 2163602
work (transaction DRFOUT) &1, location &2: The Valid fixed.
From time for &3 must
be 00:00:00 (message 364
in message class /DMF/
MSG_HL).

DRF data replication frame­ You have changed the listing A program error must be SAP Note 1932525
work (transaction DRFOUT) information in your source fixed.
master data system and
replicated the changes to
your SAP Customer Activity
Repository system. However,
the listing information there
is not updated correctly.

Performance You are experiencing per­ You need information on how See the SAP HANA
formance issues in your SAP to troubleshoot and resolve Troubleshooting and Per­
HANA database. those issues and how to en­ formance Analysis Guide
hance performance in gen­ under https://help.sap.com/
eral. viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLAT­

FORM <Version>

Administration .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 255
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

Performance You get a runtime error Different causes are possible. Use the ABAP dump analysis
or exit message and need (transaction ST22) to search
information about possible for short dumps and call up
causes and solutions. detailed error information.

Performance You are using the Update You can enhance the per­ SAP Note 2080423
Sales Projection function in formance by implementing
SAP Assortment Planning an SAP Note.
(workbooks Product Planning
and Size Planning). You are
experiencing performance is­
sues when using the function
with large data volumes.

OData During the execution of an The Core Data Services SAP Note 238998
OData service based on (CDS) view uses a table func­
SADL with CDS, an assertion tion that is not active in the
fails in class database. The trigger that is
CL_SADL_SQL_STATEMENT, supposed to activate it fails
method because of missing parame­
EXECUTE_PREPARED_STATE ters if only $count is quer­
MENT. The OData request ied.
uses the system query option
$count.

Support You have a customer incident You need information on how • SAP Note 35010
and need to set up a service to set up the service connec­ (overview)
connection to SAP. tion. • SAP Note 1634848
(service connection for
SAP HANA database)
• SAP Note 1592925
(service connection for
SAP HANA studio)

Source Master Data Systems You get the error The error is caused by the SAP Note 2249880
SYSTEM_ABAP_ACCESS_DE “Blacklist Monitor” in SAP S/
NIED. 4HANA.

SAP Fiori • You want to start an You must set up the adap­ SAP Note 2283716
SAP Fiori app for a tation transport organizer
key user and get the (ATO) to be able to transport
error Application is not key user extensions.
configured. Find details
in SAP Note 2283716.
• You want to activate ex­
tensibility for key users.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
256 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP Fiori You want to check the SA­ There are several methods SAP Note 2282103
PUI5 version installed in your how you can check the ver­
system. sion.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 257
Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

SAP Fiori You cannot open the Analyze Several reasons are possible. Use section Set Up the Ana­
Forecast app. See the checklist at the right lyze Forecast App [page 158]
and verify that the app is set for reference and check the
up correctly. following:

1. In transaction SE80,
navigate to package
UICAR001, subpackage
UISCAR01. Check
that the BSP Appli­
cations for the app
(ANALYZFCST_V2) and
the reuse library
(UDFREUSE) are de­
ployed.
2. In Launchpad
Customizing (transac­
tion LPD_CUST), check
that the Internet Com­
munication Framework
(ICF) services for
ANALYZFCST_V2 and for
UDFREUSE are active.
3. Clear the cache on the
server side by running
the following reports in
transaction SE38:
• /UI5/
APP_INDEX_CALCU
LATE: Select Single
SAPUI5 Repository
Only and run the re­
port once for
ANALYZFCST_V2
and once for
UDFREUSE.
• /UI2/
INVALIDATE_GLOB
AL_CACHES: Run
this report in execu­
tion mode.
• /UI2/
INVALIDATE_CLIE
NT_CACHES: Run

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
258 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Area Symptom Cause Possible Solutions

this report for all

users.
4. Clear the browser cache.
5. Check if you can now ac­
cess the app.

Support You have an issue that in­ Various causes are possible. For a successful remote sup­
volves modeling and fore­ For example, the issue might port session, make sure that
casting with the Unified De­ be in the ABAP layer, the the required authorizations
mand Forecast (UDF) mod­ foundation component (such and debugging privileges for
ule in SAP Customer Activity as SAP S/4HANA founda­ UDF are all set up. Otherwise,
Repository. You cannot de­ tion), or in the SAP HANA da­ the support team cannot ac­
bug the issue yourself. You tabase. cess your UDF system envi­
need assistance from SAP ronment.
via a remote support session.
See SAP Note 2920776 .

Help Portal You cannot access the con­ Customers and partners See SAP Note 2499831
tent on the SAP Help Portal. need to log on with their S- (SAP Help Portal S-User Man­
For example, you might get user IDs (NOT their email ad­ agement).
one of the following errors: dress) to see content author­
ized specifically for custom­
• We're sorry, but this con­
ers/partners.
tent is not accessible
• HTTP 403 forbidden

Troubleshoot Operation Issues

You also may experience issues during the day-to-day running of your application. For troubleshooting
information, see the application-specific Administration Guides at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB:

• SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide: section Troubleshooting for SAP Customer Activity
Repository Modules
• SAP Allocation Management Administration Guide: section Troubleshooting
• SAP Assortment Planning Administration Guide: section Troubleshooting
• SAP Merchandise Planning Administration Guide: section Troubleshooting
• SAP Promotion Management Administration Guide: section Management of SAP Promotion Management

Report a Customer Incident

• If you experience an issue with your back-end or front-end system, we recommend that you first search for
existing solutions in the SAP Support Portal at http://support.sap.com/ . There you can find SAP Notes
(corrections), SAP Knowledge Base articles, and a wealth of information in the SAP Community.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 259
• To view or report an incident, see again http://support.sap.com/ and choose My Support Product
Support Report an Incident .
• For more information on reporting incidents for SAP Customer Activity Repository, see the Support Desk
Management section of the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide.

6.2 SAP Merchandise Planning

Post-installation setup for SAP Merchandise Planning

 Note

Some of the activities in this section may have already been performed in the corresponding section
under SAP Customer Activity Repository. Such activities do not need to be repeated during the setup and
installation of the consuming application.

6.2.1 Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity

Repository

To set up this application, you must first perform the Core (Mandatory) steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository. The core steps are mandatory for all the consuming applications.

Procedure

Perform all steps listed under Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].

6.2.2 Configure SAP Merchandise Planning

Use

SAP Merchandise Planning is a consuming application of SAP Customer Activity Repository, which contains
data that is imported from SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA into the following:

• SAP HANA for SAP ERP using SAP LT Replication Server (SLT), which is saved in the SAP_ECC authoring
schema.
Or
SAP S/4HANA using SLT, which is saved in the SAP_S4H authoring schema.
• Demand Data Foundation (DDF)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
260 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Customizing Activities

There are key Customizing activities required to use the SAP Merchandise Planning application. These steps
are performed using transaction SPRO and navigating to the required Customizing activity.

Demand Data Foundation Customizing Node

This node is accessible under Cross-Application Components .

1. Perform the necessary configuration steps in DDF.

The mandatory activities are marked in the configuration document Configure Demand Data Foundation
(DDF).
2. Configure data replication from SAP ERP to DDF.
SAP Merchandise Planning uses master data (such as product, location, and product hierarchy) as well as
organizational data (such as sales organization and distribution channel) that is replicated from SAP ERP
to DDF using DRFOUT.
This step was performed during installation as described in section SAP Customer Activity Repository
Core (Mandatory for All Applications) . See http://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version>
Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle Set Up the
Applications .
For more information on setting up this data replication, see the following document Configuring Data
Replication from SAP ERP to DDF.
3. Verify you have entered the Merchandise Planning and Planning Configuration relevant sections in
Customizing activity Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings
Define Default Values . For more information see the documentation attached to each activity or the
field level help (F1).

 Note

Geo Hierarchy ID is only for Merchandise Planning for Retail version 1.1 or prior.

Merchandise Planning Customizing Node

As of SAP Merchandise Planning 2.0 FP2, there is a Cross Application Components Merchandise
Planning node containing mandatory steps for your implementation. Review the table below for applicable
activities for your environment. Each Customizing activity has attached documentation to further explain the
activity.

Technical Name Customizing Path Description

You use this BAdI to overwrite the logic and calculate the
/RAP/ Cross-Application
sales-related KPIs in case the default implementation is not
MPOC_CALC_SALES_KP
Components Merchandise suitable for the intended planning scenario.
I
Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI:

Calculate Sales KPIs for Retail

and E-Comm Channel

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 261
Technical Name Customizing Path Description

You use this BAdI to overwrite the logic to calculate the sales
/RAP/ Cross-Application
order and shipment related KPIs like sales-type revenue,
MPOC_SALES_ORDER_K
Components Merchandise cost, and unit. The KPIs that are related to the rejected
PIS and returned sales orders are calculated in case default
Planning Enhancements Using
implementation is not suitable for the intended planning
Business Add-Ins BAdI: scenario.
Calculation Sales Order and

Shipment Related KPIs

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI to overwrite logic to calculate the
MPOC_PLANNABLE_L Beginning of Period inventory KPIs in case default
Components Merchandise
OCAT implementation is not suitable for the intended planning
Planning Enhancements Using scenario.
Business Add-Ins BAdI:
Calculate Inventory KPIs like BOP

Units / Cost

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI to overwrite logic in case default
MPR_CALCULATE_ECC_ implementation is not suitable for the intended planning
Components Merchandise
KPI scenario.
Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI: ECC

Calculate Open Qty, Goods

Receipt and Returns KPI

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI to overwrite logic in case default
MPR_CALCULATE_FMS_ implementation is not suitable for the intended planning
Components Merchandise
KPI scenario.
Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI: FMS

Calculate Open Qty, Goods

Receipt and Returns KPI

You use this BAdI to overwrite logic in case default

/RAP/ Cross-Application
implementation is not suitable for the intended planning
MPR_CALCULATE_S4H_
Components Merchandise scenario.
KPI
Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI: S4H

Calculate Open Qty, Goods

Receipt and Returns KPI

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI to determine the purchase price for goods
MPR_COST_PRC_DETE receipts, open purchase order and returns to vendor KPIs.
Components Merchandise
RM The default implementation assumes moving average price
Planning Enhancements Using is always available in the unit of measure.
Business Add-Ins BAdI: Cost

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
262 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Technical Name Customizing Path Description

Determination for Receipt, Open

Qty and Returns

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI to determine the calculation for goods
MPOC_CALC_PO_RECE receipt, open purchase order quantity and returns to vendor
Components Merchandise
IPTS_KPI KPIs are based on segmentation and channel.
Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI:

Calculate Goods Receipt KPIs by

Segmentation & Channel

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI to Calculate Inventory KPIs like Beginning
MPOC_CALC_INVENTO of Period Cost and Unit Values for Distribution Centre, Store
Components Merchandise
RY_KPI and Excess Inventory Stock based on segmentation and
Planning Enhancements Using channel.
Business Add-Ins BAdI:
Calculate Inventory KPIs Based

on Segmentation & Channel

/RAP/ You use this BAdI to calculate Location (Store Only)

Cross-Application
MPOC_STORE_COMP_
comparability by fiscal periods.
DATA Components Merchandise

Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI:

Extension to Store Comparability

by Fiscal Period

/RAP/ Cross-Application You use this BAdI: to select the season year, season,
MPOC_PLANNING_YSC collection and theme relevant data for Merchandise
Components Merchandise
T Planning.
Planning Enhancements Using

Business Add-Ins BAdI: Select

Season Year, Season, Collection

and Theme

Implementation Tasks

Use of Workbook Versions

The version concept allows you to plan and view different working versions, and to create special versions
for released and finalized plans. Each workbook can display up to two different versions in parallel, with the
capability to copy or provide a working plan version from any other available version to begin the planning
process

The version and planning levels are decided during installation. These concepts will affect your planning
configuration set and integration with SAP Assortment Planning. The recommended standard is planning at

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 263
the 5th node level of the product hierarchy (1-7 levels available). The installation will prompt you to create
levels 5 and 7. The workbook versions are named by concatenating the level with the version. For example the
merchandise financial plan for level 5 versions are:

• • Working Version - M51

• Simulated Version - M52
• Released Version - M5R
• Final Version - M5F
• In Season Version - M5P

Planning Configuration Sets

A Planning Configuration Set (PCS) is a prerequisite to creating a merchandise plan. A planning configuration
defines entry and exit levels for merchandise and option plans based on a market hierarchy (representing an
organizational view on top of retail stores and wholesale customers) and a product hierarchy. The PCS must be
specifically defined in order for the data to render properly in the workbook.

 Note

You must have an area of responsibility assigned for the product hierarchy and market hierarchy you will
be using. From your SAP Easy Access menu, use transaction code NWBC and navigate to menu Services
Maintain Area of Responsibility .

For more information about Planning Configurations see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and navigate
to <your version> SAP Assortment Planning Assortment Planning Manage Planning Configuration
Sets .

Integration with SAP Assortment Planning.

SAP Assortment Planning is not aware of the finalized version maintained in SAP Merchandise Planning. This
means if you want to send your merchandise plans to an assortment plan, there are setup tasks. The standard
integration is implemented in an AMDP BAdI named /DMF/MPR_READ_KPI_DATA which resides in fallback
class /DMF/CL_MPR_READ_DATA_DEFAULT. The BAdI works as follows:

• While calling the API to fetch finalized version, the assortment plan interface selects product hierarchy
node(s) of the same level as the plan. For example, based on the product hierarchy node of level 3 (or 4, 5,
6, 7), the system will automatically look for version M3F (or M4F, M5F, etc.) in case the version is not being
passed as part of the API call.
• If standard integration is used, it is recommended that final released versions should be named as M<level
of product hierarchy node>F.
• A specific custom extension is possible by implementing AMDP BAdI /DMF/MPR_READ_KPI_DATA if your
planning version used for the merchanise plan does not follow the recommended naming convention.
• The BAdI is available using transaction code SPRO and navigating to Customizing node SAP
Customizing Implementation Guide SAP Customer Activity Repository Demand Data Foundations
Data Maintenance Planning Configuration Enhancements Using Business Add-Ins BAdI: Read
Merchandise Planning KPI Data .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
264 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.2.3 Verify the Connection Between the SAP Merchandise
Planning System and SAP Analysis for Microsoft
Office

The SAP Merchandise Planning application includes several SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks.
These workbooks, which are installed on your back-end system as part of the local BI Content, can only be
opened using SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office.

In this step, you verify that you can open the SAP Merchandise Planning workbooks from SAP Analysis for
Microsoft Office.

1. Open SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office from Start All Programs SAP Business Intelligence SAP
BusinessObjects Analysis Analysis for Microsoft Excel .
2. From the File menu, select Analysis Open Workbook (Open Workbook from SAP NetWeaver) .
3. Select your back-end system.
Tip: The list of systems corresponds to the systems available in your SAP Logon.
4. If single sign-on is not configured provide your user information.
5. Search for /RAP/MP* on the Search tab.
6. Open any of the workbooks from the list of SAP Merchandise Planning workbooks.
The opening of the workbook indicates that there are no issues with the connection between your back-
end system and SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office.

6.2.4 Activate SAP Merchandise Planning Omnichannel BI

Planning Framework Content

The planning framework used by SAP Merchandise Planning consists of the following elements:

• Business Intelligence Content (BI Content) Objects: A collection of local BI Content objects is used as
the basis for the SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks.
SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks are designed to consume data from BI Content objects.
The local BI Content objects that are provided with the SAP Merchandise Planning application use the
integrated planning engine in SAP Business Warehouse (SAP BW). These local BI Content objects are used
as an interface between the SAP HANA views and the SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks.

 Note

The local BI Content provided with the SAP Merchandise Planning application is entirely independent
of the SAP Business Warehouse BI Content and BI Content Extensions add-on.

• SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office Workbooks: Microsoft Excel-based spreadsheets that you use to plan
assortments for the different locations in your retail business.

This section of the guide provides information on the SAP HANA content activation, BI Content activation and
configuration, and data upload activities required to set up the SAP Merchandise Planning planning framework.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 265
6.2.4.1 Verify SAP HANA Content for SAP Merchandise
Planning

Verify all SAP HANA Transport for ABAP (HTA) objects that are required for SAP Merchandise Planning
application.

Prerequisites

As a mandatory prerequisite for a successful activation of SAP HANA content for SAP Merchandise Planning,
you must have successfully completed all of the procedures listed in the previous sections of this guide as
pertains to SAP Customer Activity Repository Core (Mandatory for All Applications) . In particular, you
must have created all the necessary tables, as described in Create/Replicate Source Master Data System
Tables [page 94].

You must also have mapped all the necessary schemas, as described in Verify Correct Schema Mapping [page
55].

Context

In this procedure you perform the final activation of SAP HANA content (views and stored procedures) required
by the SAP Merchandise Planning application. This final activation results in a full activation of the SAP HANA
content for SAP Merchandise Planning. Several SAP HANA views depend on local BI Content objects. The
SAP HANA views must be in active state before activating the BI Content objects as described in Activate
Application BI Content [page 268] .

For more information, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM, choose the SAP HANA

Developer Guide and search for section Activating Objects.

Procedure

1. Log on to SAP HANA studio.

2. Open the Modeler and use the Navigator to access your back-end system.
3. Expand the Content folder located under your system name in the Navigator.
4. Expand the listed packages to verify the underlying folders listed below are active.

Based on the selected ECC Mode in the above report the following packages should exist:

• SAP ERP:
• sap.is.ddf.ecc
• Fashion Management:
• sap.is.ddf.ecc
• sap.is.ddf.fms

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
266 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • S/4HANA:
• sap.is.ddf.fms_s4h
5. The following packages should exist resulting from the standard installation:
• sap.is.ddf.ddf
• sap.is.retail.rap.ap
• sap.is.retail.rap.common_bw
• sap.is.retail.rap.mpr
• sap.is.retail.rap.mpr_oc

If any of these packages are missing, you must activate those relative to the order above due to
dependencies. Use transaction SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY to activate each missing package, don’t include sub-
packages in case you decide to activate the above mentioned packages using this transaction .

6.2.4.2 Activate SAP Merchandise Planning Technical BI

Content

Procedure

1. On your back-end system, open the Data Warehousing Workbench (transaction RSA1).
2. In the Replicate Metadata dialog box, choose Only Activate.
3. If a message appears that you are only authorized to work in client. (Brain 009), then refer to SAP Note
316923 (do not import the support package, but use the description under section Workaround).
4. Select Do not show this question Again in the dialog that appears.
5. Choose Yes.
Make sure that the current job has finished before you proceed with the next step. Check the status of the
background job using transaction SM37or SLG1. If there are problems, you must first solve them.
You can use transaction RSTCO_ADMIN to restart the activation of the technical content and to verify the
status of the activation.

 Note

In the case that you get the short-dump "RAISE_EXCEPTION" when installing InfoObjects from the BI
content, see SAP Note 1637935 for a possible solution.

Also, see SAP Note 2090845 for important information on technical content activation.

Following activation, you can locate the technical content in the Data Warehousing Workbench as follows:
1. Selecting Modeling in the left-hand frame.
2. Expand InfoObjects.
3. In the right-hand frame, locate Technical Content.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 267
6.2.4.3 Activate Application BI Content

Use

 Caution

Proper authorization is required to complete these steps.

These instructions are to activate content for the InfoArea Merchandise Planning Omni Channel (/RAP/MPOC).
This will activate the following object types:

• InfoObjects
• Advanced DataStore Objects (aDSO)
• Composite Providers
• Aggregation Levels
• Planning Sequences
• Queries
• Workbooks

After completing the activate sections, see the last section of this topic, Verify Installed Objects to insure all
objects have been installed and activated.

Roles/Authorization

1. The application user running the activation/deployment should have the following roles:
• SAP_ISR_DDF_MASTER
• SAP_ISR_AP_MASTER
• /RAP/BW_AP_WORKBOOKS
• /RAP/BW_MPR_WORKBOOKS
2. The database user should have the following privileges/roles:
• Privilege ROLE ADMIN
• Privilege STRUCTUREDPRIVILEGE ADMIN
• Privilege EXECUTE on procedure TRUNCATE_PROCEDURE_OBJECTS
• Privilege EXECUTE on procedure GET_PROCEDURE_OBJECTS
• Role CONTENT_ADMIN
• Role USER
• Privilege EXECUTE on procedure TRUNCATE_PROCEDURE_OBJECTS
• Privilege EXECUTE on procedure GET_PROCEDURE_OBJECTS
3. Ensure that each SAP BW/HANA application user have at least the following set of privileges to activate BI
contents:
• Privilege SELECT on schema _SYS_BI
• Privilege SELECT on schema SAP<SID>
• Privilege EXECUTE on procedure REPOSITORY_REST

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
268 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Privilege REPO.READ on package bw2hana/SAP<SID>_/RAP/<Infocube>_REPORTING
• The corresponding privileges are created automatically when activating BI content

See Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 260] to ensure all core mandatory steps
are performed.

Activate InfoObjects

 Note

A window being referenced, may be hidden. Use the Data Warehousing Workbench menu in the main
window title bar to hide/unhide the following windows: Navigation, All Objects, and Collected Objects.

• Use transaction RSOR to launch the BW workbench BI Content.

• In the navigation window, locate and select Object Types. In the window All Objects According to Types,
expand node InfoObjects and double click Select Objects. In the popup window, select the following objects
and select button Transfer Selections.

InfoObject
InfoObject Description InfoObject

Month Of Supply /RAP/MOSUP

Month Of Supply at DC /RAP/MOSUPD

Weeks of Supply /RAP/WKOSUP

Week of Supply DC /RAP/WKSUPD

• Select Yes to the system prompt Do you want to add the objects to the personal list.
• When prompted for Source System, do not choose any and select OK.
• For each InfoObject, right click on the object and select option Install All Below.
• Install and Activate each InfoObject.

Activate Advanced DataStore Objects

 Note

A window being referenced, may be hidden. Use the Data Warehousing Workbench menu in the main
window title bar to hide/unhide the following windows: Navigation, All Objects, and Collected Objects.

• Use transaction RSOR to launch the BW workbench BI Content.

• In the navigation window, locate and select Object Types. In the window All Objects According to Types,
expand node DataStore Objects (advanced) and double click Select Objects. In the popup window, select
the following objects and select button Transfer Selections.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 269
 DataStore Object (advanced)
aDSO Description aDSO

Market Hierarchy CR based on Planning Configuration Set /RAP/MHDS1

Market Hierarchy CR aDSO for LY and LLY /RAP/MHDS2

aDSO for actuals of LY and LLY KPIs /RAP/MPDS0

MP - Regional Month Sales Target for Omni Channel /RAP/MPDS1

MP - Local Month Sales Inventory Targets for Retail and /RAP/MPDS2

E-Co

MP - Local Month Sales and Inventroy Targets for Whol­ /RAP/MPDS3

sale

Product Hierarchy CR based on Planning Configuration /RAP/PHDS1

Set

Product Hierarchy CR aDSO for LY and LLY /RAP/PHDS2

Merchandise Plan YSCT Characteristic Relationship /RAP/SCTDS

• Select Yes to the system prompt Do you want to add the objects to the personal list.
• When prompted for Source System, do not choose any and select OK.
• For each aDSO, right click on the object and select option Install All Below.
• Install and Activate each aDSO.

Activate Analysis Office Excel Workbooks 2.0

In this section you will continue from the above step and activate the workbooks. :

• From the left navigation panel for BI Content locate and expand folder More Types. Expand Analysis Office
Excel Workbook and double click Select Objects. Use the filter in the popup window to define a filter on
column Object Name having values of /RAP/MP_*.
In the pop up window, select the following objects and select button Transfer Selections.

Workbooks
Object Name

/RAP/MP_ECOM_PHN5_WB_01

/RAP/MP_OTB_OTS_PHN5_WB_01

/RAP/MP_OTB_OTS_PHN5_WB_02

/RAP/MP_RTL_PHN5_WB_01

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
270 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Object Name

/RAP/MP_RT_PHN5_M_WB_01

/RAP/MP_RT_PHN7_WB_01

/RAP/MP_RT_SSN_PHN5

/RAP/MP_WHS_PHN5_M_WB_01

• Select Yes to the system prompt Do you want to add the objects to the personal list.
• For each workbook, right click and select option Install All Below.
• Install and Activate each workbook.

Activate Planning Sequence

In this section you will activate the Planning Sequence, Planning Function used for loading last year actual data,
From the left navigation panel for BI Content locate and select Object Types. In the All Objects According to Type
window, perform the following:

• Locate and expand Planning, Planning Sequence.

1. Planning Sequences that begin with the value /RAP/C15A belong to the Merchandise Planning 4.0
application and should be activated.
2. Double click Select Objects and use the filter in the popup window to define a filter on column Object
Name having values of /RAP/MPDS* or /RAP/MHDS*. In the results, use the Transfer Selections button
to transfer the planning sequences listed in the table below to the Collected Objects, then Install.

Planning Sequence
Planning Sequence

/RAP/MHDS2_A3_PS01

/RAP/MHDS2_A3_PS02

/RAP/MPDS0_A0_PS01

/RAP/MPDS0_A0_PS02

/RAP/MPDS0_A0_PS03

/RAP/MPDS0_A2_PS01

/RAP/MPDS1_A1_PS01

/RAP/MPDS1_A1_PS02

Verify Installed Objects

Verify the installed objects exist using the associated tables below.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 271
DataStore Object (advanced)
aDSO Description aDSO

Market Hierarchy CR based on Planning Configuration Set /RAP/MHDS1

Market Hierarchy CR aDSO for LY and LLY /RAP/MHDS2

aDSO for actuals of LY and LLY KPIs /RAP/MPDS0

MP - Regional Month Sales Target for Omni Channel /RAP/MPDS1

MP - Local Month Sales Inventory Targets for Retail and E-Co /RAP/MPDS2

MP - Local Month Sales and Inventroy Targets for Wholsale /RAP/MPDS3

Product Hierarchy CR based on Planning Configuration Set /RAP/PHDS1

Product Hierarchy CR aDSO for LY and LLY /RAP/PHDS2

Merchandise Plan YSCT Characteristic Relationship /RAP/SCTDS

InfoObject Catalog (RAP)

Catalog Description Catalog Name

RAP Character InfoObject Catalog /RAP/CHAR_CAT

RAP Key Figure InfoObject Catalog /RAP/KYF_CAT

InfoObjects Characteristics

InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

Logical System ID /RAP/LOGSYS

Planning Configuration Node /RAP/PLCND

Planning Configuration Set /RAP/PLCSET

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 1 /RAP/PLNHN1

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 2 /RAP/PLNHN2

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 3 /RAP/PLNHN3

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 4 /RAP/PLNHN4

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 5 /RAP/PLNHN5

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 6 /RAP/PLNHN6

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 7 /RAP/PLNHN7

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 8 /RAP/PLNHN8

Market Hierarchy Node on Level 9 /RAP/PLNHN9

Market Hierarchy /RAP/PLNHR

Planning Process Level /RAP/PLPLVL

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
272 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

Markdown Sales Revenue /RAP/MRKDRV

Markdown Sales Units /RAP/MRKDSU

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 1 /RAP/PRDHN1

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 2 /RAP/PRDHN2

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 3 /RAP/PRDHN3

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 4 /RAP/PRDHN4

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 5 /RAP/PRDHN5

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 6 /RAP/PRDHN6

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 7 /RAP/PRDHN7

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 8 /RAP/PRDHN8

Product Hierarchy Node on Level 9 /RAP/PRDHN9

Product Hierarchy /RAP/PRDHR

Promotion Sales Revenue /RAP/PROMRV

Promotion Sales Units /RAP/PROMSU

Returns Revenue Loss /RAP/RETRRV

Regular Sales Revenue /RAP/RSLSRV

Regular Sales Units /RAP/RSLSUN

Collection /RAP/SCOLL

Sales Cost /RAP/SLSCV

Sales Revenue /RAP/SLSRV

Sales Units /RAP/SLSUN

Season /RAP/SSEAS

Season Year /RAP/SSYR

Theme /RAP/STHEME

Version /RAP/VERSN

InfoObjects Key Figures

InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

BOP DC Excess Stock at Cost /RAP/BDEXCV

BOP DC Stock at Cost /RAP/BDCCV

BOP Store Stock at Cost /RAP/BSTCV

Channel Count /RAP/CHCNT

End of Period Stock DC Cost Value /RAP/EDCCV

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 273
InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

EOP DC Excess Stock at Cost /RAP/EDEXCV

EOP Store Stock at Cost /RAP/ESTCV

Inventory Adjustment at Cost /RAP/IADCV

Markdown Budget /RAP/MRKBUD

Markdown Sales Revenue /RAP/MRKDRV

Markdown Sales Units /RAP/MRKDSU

Month Of Supply Store /RAP/MOSUP

Month Of Supply at DC /RAP/MOSUPD

On Order Cost DC /RAP/DCOCV

On Order Units DC /RAP/DCOUN

On Order Units Store /RAP/ONOUN

On Order Cost Store /RAP/ONOCV

Open Sales Order Cost /RAP/SOOCV

Open Sales Order Units /RAP/SOOUN

Open to Sale at Cost /RAP/OTSC

OTB at Cost /RAP/OTBC

Promotion Budget /RAP/PROBUD

Promotion Sales Revenue /RAP/PROMRV

Promotion Sales Units /RAP/PROMSU

Receipt DC at Cost /RAP/RDCCV

Receipt Store at Cost /RAP/RDTCV

Receipt Units DC /RAP/RCPUND

Receipt Units Store /RAP/RCPUNS

Regular Sales Revenue /RAP/RSLSRV

Regular Sales Units /RAP/RSLSUN

Return Units DC /RAP/DCREUN

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
274 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

Return Units Store /RAP/RETRUN

Returns at Cost DC /RAP/DCRECV

Returns at Cost Store /RAP/RETRCV

Returns Revenue Loss /RAP/RETRRV

Sales at Cost /RAP/SLSCV

Sales Order Intake Revenue /RAP/SOIRV

Sales Order Rejection Cost /RAP/SORCV

Sales Order Rejection Units /RAP/SORUN

Sales Revenue /RAP/SLSRV

Sales Store Fulfilled at Cost /RAP/STSCV

Sales Units /RAP/SLSUN

Shipment Fulfilled at Cost /RAP/SHPCV

Weeks of Supply /RAP/WKOSUP

Week of Supply DC /RAP/WKSUPD

Write Off Adjustment at Cos /RAP/WOFFAD

Composite Providers

Composite Provider Description Composite Provider

Merchandise Financial Plan Omni Channel /RAP/CP15

Aggregation Levels

Aggregation Description Aggregation Name

MP Regional Targets Sales Mix - PHN 5 /RAP/C15A01

MP Regional Targets SSN Sales Mix - PHN 5 /RAP/C15A02

MP Regional Targets SSN Sales Mix - PHN 7 /RAP/C15A03

MP Local Targets - ECommerce - Sales Mix - PHN 5 /RAP/C15A11

MP Local Targets - ECommerce - Sales Mix - PHN 5 - PF RAP/C15A12

MP Local Targets - Retail - Sales Mix - PHN 5 /RAP/C15A21

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 275
Aggregation Description Aggregation Name

MP Local Targets - Retail - Sales Mix - PHN 5 - PF /RAP/C15A22

MP Local Targets - WHS - Sales Mix - PHN 5 /RAP/C15A31

MP Local Targets - WHS - Sales Mix - PHN 5 - PF /RAP/C15A32

MP - OTB - Retail - ECom - WHS /RAP/C15A41

AL for Market Hier CR for LY and LLY /RAP/MHDSA2

Product Hierarchy CR based on Planning Configuration Set /RAP/PHDSA1

SCT CR based on Planning Configuration Set /RAP/SCTDA1

AL for Product Hier CR for LY and LLY /RAP/PHDSA2

Market Hierarchy Aggregation Level /RAP/MHDSA1

AL for Actuals of LY and LLY KPIs /RAP/MPDSA0

Planning Sequence

Workbook Function Planning Sequence

1.1 Regional Monthly Plan Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A01_PS00

1.1 Regional Monthly Plan Delete /RAP/C15A01_PS01

1.1 Regional Monthly Plan Release /RAP/C15A01_PS02

1.1 Regional Monthly Plan Copy /RAP/C15A01_PS03

1.1 Regional Monthly Plan Bottom Up /RAP/C15A01_PS04

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A02_PS00

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan Delete /RAP/C15A02_PS01

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan Release /RAP/C15A02_PS02

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan Top Down /RAP/C15A02_PS03

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan Copy /RAP/C15A02_PS04

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan Bottom Up /RAP/C15A02_PS05

1.3 Regional Seasonal Plan Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A03_PS00

1.3 Regional Seasonal Plan Delete /RAP/C15A03_PS01

1.3 Regional Seasonal Plan Release /RAP/C15A03_PS02

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
276 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Workbook Function Planning Sequence

1.3 Regional Seasonal Plan Top Down /RAP/C15A03_PS03

1.3 Regional Seasonal Plan Copy /RAP/C15A03_PS04

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A12_PS00

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Delete /RAP/C15A12_PS01

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Release /RAP/C15A12_PS02

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Copy /RAP/C15A12_PS03

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Top Down /RAP/C15A12_PS04

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - M /RAP/C15A12_PS05

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Re-calculate BOP /RAP/C15A12_PS06

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - T /RAP/C15A12_PS07

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - P /RAP/C15A12_PS08

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A22_PS00

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Delete /RAP/C15A22_PS01

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Release /RAP/C15A22_PS02

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Copy /RAP/C15A22_PS03

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - M /RAP/C15A22_PS04

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Top Down /RAP/C15A22_PS05

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - T /RAP/C15A22_PS06

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - P /RAP/C15A22_PS07

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan Re-calculate BOP /RAP/C15A08_PS08

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A32_PS00

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Delete /RAP/C15A32_PS01

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Release /RAP/C15A32_PS02

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Copy /RAP/C15A32_PS03

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Top Down /RAP/C15A32_PS04

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - M /RAP/C15A32_PS05

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 277
Workbook Function Planning Sequence

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - T /RAP/C15A32_PS06

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Initialize BOP - P /RAP/C15A32_PS07

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan Re-calculate BOP /RAP/C15A32_PS08

5.1 OTB & OTS Reconciliation Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A41_PS00

5.1 OTB & OTS Reconciliation MP - OTB - Reconciliation /RAP/C15A41_PS01

5.1 OTB & OTS Reconciliation MP - OTB - Reconciliation - Finalize /RAP/C15A41_PS02

5.2 OTB & OTS Reconciliation - Season Planning sequence for Ribbon in AO /RAP/C15A42_PS00

5.2 OTB & OTS Reconciliation - Season MP - OTB - Reconciliation /RAP/C15A42_PS01

5.2 OTB & OTS Reconciliation - Season MP - OTB - Reconciliation - Finalize /RAP/C15A42_PS02
Final

Queries

Query Name Technical Name

MP - Regional Targets - Prompt Query - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A01_Q01

MP - Regional Targets - Sales Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A01_IRQ01

MP - Regional Targets - Season Prompt Query - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A02_Q01

MP - Regional Targets - Season Flow - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A02_IRQ00

MP - Regional Targets - Season Sales Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A02_IRQ01

MP - Regional Targets - Season Flow Chart - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A02_Q00

MP - Regional Targets - Season Flow - PHN7 /RAP/C15A03_IRQ00

MP - Regional Targets - Season Sales Mix - PHN7 /RAP/CP15A03_IRQ01

MP - Regional Targets - Season Flow Chart - PHN7 /RAP/CP15A03_Q00

MP - Regional Targets - Prompt Query - PHN7 /RAP/CP15A03_Q01

MP - Local Targets - ECom - Sales Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A11_IRQ01

MP - Local Targets - ECom - Inventory Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A11_IRQ02

MP - Local Targets - ECom - Prompt Query - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A11_Q01

MP - Local Targets - Rtl - Sales Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A21_IRQ01

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
278 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Query Name Technical Name

MP - Local Targets - Rtl - Inventory Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A21_IRQ02

MP - Local Targets - Rtl - Prompt Query - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A21_Q01

MP - Local Targets- WHS - Sales Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A31_IRQ01

MP - Local Targets - WHS - Inventory Mix - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A31_IRQ02

MP - Local Targets - WHS - Prompt Query - PHN5 /RAP/CP15A31_Q01

MP - OTB Reconciliation Report - Prompt Query /RAP/CP15_Q001

MP - OTB Reconciliation Report /RAP/CP15_Q01

MP - OTB Reconciliation Season Prompt Query /RAP/CP15_Q002

MP - OTB Reconciliation Report - Season /RAP/CP15_Q02

Workbooks

Workbook Description Workbook Technical Name

1.1 Regional Monthly Plan /RAP/MP_RT_PHN5_M_WB_01

1.2 Regional Seasonal Plan /RAP/MP_RT_SSN_PHN5

1.3 Regional Seasonal Plan /RAP/MP_RT_PHN7_WB_01

2.1 Retail Monthly Plan /RAP/MP_RTL_PHN5_WB_01

3.1 Wholesale Monthly Plan /RAP/MP_WHL_PHN5_M_WB_01

4.1 Ecommerce Monthly Plan /RAP/MP_ECOM_PHN5_WB_01

5.1 OTB & OTS Reconciliation /RAP/MP_OTB_OTS_PHN5_WB_01

5.2 OTB & OTS Seasonal Reconciliation /RAP/MP_OTB_OTS_PHN5_WB_02

Change aDSO Behavior

You must change the loading behavior for each aDSO. Select the InfoProvider node under Modeling. Locate
the central InfoProvider column and expand the Merchandise Planning Omni Channel change the loading
behavior for each aDSO. To change the loading the behavior, locate each object in the DataStore (advanced)
table above and then right click to select Planning-Specific Properties Change Real-Time Load Behavior.
Select radio button Real-Time Target Can Be Planned; Data Loading Not Allowed.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 279
  Remember

BI Content developed on top of aggregation levels /RAP/T15A23, /RAP/T15A24, /RAP/T15A25, /RAP/

T15A27, /RAP/T15A34 and /RAP/T15A35 are for internal testing and do not need to be activated.

6.2.4.4 Configure SAP Merchandise Planning Local BI

Content

6.2.4.4.1 Enable the Planning Application Kit (PAK)

Use

To be able to use the SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks provided as part of the SAP Assortment
Planning planning framework content, you must enable the Planning Application Kit.

Procedure

1. Read SAP Note 1637199 .

2. In your back-end system, launch table/view maintenance (transaction SM30).
3. Enter RSPLS_HDB_ACT in the Table/View field and choose Maintain.
4. Choose New Entries.
5. In the HANA Integration Active column select Deep HANA Integration Active and in the Function
Active column, enable the checkbox.

6.2.4.4.2 Maintain RSADMIN Parameter for Input Cells

In this procedure, you maintain the RSADMIN parameter for Input Cells in the SAP BW application to suppress
zero values for actual data versions.

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Open the ABAP Editor (transaction SE38).
3. Run program SAP_RSADMIN_MAINTAIN
4. In RSAD Table Maintenance, insert ZERO_SUPPRESSION_ON_INPUTCELLS in OBJECT and Execute.

 Posting Instructions

Refer to 1126478
for further information.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
280 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.2.4.4.3 Generate Missing Data Reports

Use

There are two reports required to populate supporting tables for SAP Merchandise Planning for Omnichannel
2.0 and above.

Procedure

The first report will generate entries for /RAP/RS_VARCUSTS table.

• Use transaction code. SE38 and enter /RAP/SEED_BW_CUSTOMIZING_DATA in the Program field. Use the
Execute button to run the report.

6.2.4.4.4 Maintain Fiscal Year Variants

Use

In this section you maintain the required fiscal year variant values for the Retail Month (RM) and the Retail
Week (RW). These instructions are for SAP Merchandise Planning 1.0 FP2 or later. In addition, the years used
in the examples are to depict the relationship between the years. You will need to create the range of years
applicable for your implementation.

 Caution

SAP Merchandise Planning uses activated time objects 0FISCPER (fiscal year period) and 0FISCVARNT
(fiscal year variant), provided as part of the technical BI Content If you are supporting both Retail Week
and Month Variants, begin with the RW procedure and then RM thereafter.

 Note

SAP Merchandise Planning 1.0 Workbooks supports time hierarchy YR/MON. For more information please
see Maintain Time Hierarchy [page 290].

Related Information

Retail Weekly [page 282]

Retail Monthly [page 283]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 281
6.2.4.4.4.1 Retail Weekly

In this procedure you maintain the required fiscal year variant ( 0FISCVARNT 'RW').

The steps provided in this procedure allow you to maintain 0FISCVARNT 'RW' using the standard 4-5-4
calendar entries. If you are using alternative fiscal periods in your retail business, for example, each week
starting on a Sunday instead of Saturday, you can provide your own entries instead of the ones suggested in
this guide.

Procedure

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Launch fiscal year variant maintenance (transaction GVAR).
3. Choose New Entries.
4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen make the following sets of entries:

Create New Fiscal Year Variant

5. Choose Enter.
An information message is displayed about creating more than 16 periods, choose Continue.
6. Choose Back.
You can see the newly created entry.
7. Mark the entry RW and select Shortened Fiscal Years from the Dialog Structure.

Shortened Fiscal Years in Dialog Structure

8. In the Fiscal year dialog, enter the year (for example, 2015 ) in the Fiscal year field and choose Continue.
9. On the Change View "Shortened Fiscal Years": Overview screen, choose New Entries.
10. In the Shortened Fiscal Years table, enter 52 in the No. of posting periods field.
11. Choose Back twice.
12. On the Change View "Fiscal Year variants": Overview screen, mark the entry RW and select Periods from the
Dialog Structure.
13. In the Calendar yr dialog, enter the year (for example, 2015 ) in the Calendar yr field and choose Continue.
Data for the previous year must be maintained.
14. On the Change View "Periods": Overview screen, choose New Entries.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
282 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 15. In the Periods table, enter the data (month, day, period, year shift) for each period according to your fiscal
calendar. For an example, see the following table. For more examples, see SAP Note 2112634 . If you
want to copy data from this note, locate the required year and enter the data by copy-and-paste.

2015 Weekly Calendar

Month Day Period Year Shift

1 3 48 -1

1 10 49 -1

1 17 50 -1

1 24 51 -1

1 31 52 -1

2 7 1 0

2 14 2 0

... .. ... ...

16. Repeat steps 7-15 to maintain the weekly fiscal year variant for all of the required years, entering each year
as shortened fiscal year. The corresponding tables are available in SAP Note 2112634 .
17. Choose Save.
18. Launch transaction RSRHIERARCHYVIRT and ensure that the dates specified in the From and To fields
under Time Interval cover the years maintained for the fiscal year variant in the previous steps.

6.2.4.4.4.2 Retail Monthly

In this section, you maintain the required fiscal year variant values for the fiscal month, 'RM'.

Procedure

Fiscal Variant Retail Month

You must maintain 0FISCVARNT 'RM' using the standard 12 month calendar entries. If you are using
alternative fiscal periods in your business, you can provide your own entries instead of the ones suggested
in this guide.

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Launch the fiscal year variant maintenance (transaction GVAR). Choose New Entries.
3. In the Fiscal Year Variants view, choose New Entries.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 283
4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen make the following sets of entries:

Field Name User Entry

FV RM

Description Planning month

Calendar yr Do not select

Year- Select
dependent

Number of 12
period
postings

No.of
special
periods

5. Choose Enter.
6. Choose Back.
You can see the newly created entry.
7. Mark the entry RM and select Periods from the Dialog Structure and double click to open the Calendar year
dialog.
8. Enter the year, for example 2014, in the Calendar yr field and choose Continue.
9. Choose New Entries. For the year selected to enter the information that will define each period.
10. Enter the last valid calendar date of the period being added in the Month and Day fields.
11. Enter the relevant Period number.
12. In the Year Shift field, enter +1 if the fiscal year is later than the calendar year enter. Enter -1 if the fiscal year
is before the calendar year.
13. Press Enter to accept the first row.
14. Continue adding each period to complete the fiscal year. Choose Save after you have finished the entries
for a year.
15. Continue adding the fiscal year variants for each year required by your scenario by repeating steps 2-13.
16. For more information about setting up the calendar for additional years, see SAP Note 2112634 . Note
that this SAP Note is applicable for both SAP Merchandise Planning and SAP Assortment Planning.
17. Choose Save after you have finished the maintenance for the last year.

Example: If the current year is 2020, you can maintain fiscal year variant values for the previous three years and
future three years.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
284 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 285
6.2.4.4.5 Generate Time Relations Data for Planning based
on the Fiscal Calendar

Use

Execution of the RSR_TIME_RELATION_HDB report is required to populate supporting tables for the time
relations data for planning based on the fiscal calendar.

Prerequisite

This report requires that fiscal calendars are currently maintained for the fiscal variants that are expected to be
used for planning.

Procedure

The report will generate entries for the RSR_REL_TIME_FIS table and the RSR_TIME_REL_FIS table.

Use transaction code SE38 and enter RSR_TIME_RELATION_HDB in the program field. Use the Execute button
to run the report.

6.2.4.4.6 Maintain Versions

In this step, you maintain the master data for the InfoObject /RAP/VERSN to support versions in workbooks.

1. Launch HANA Studio, and open perspective BW Modeler. Open your BW Project and expand BW
Repository. Navigate to /RAP/MPOC Aggregation Level . Expand any object built on /RAP/C15A*
and navigate to a query. Open the query and navigate to the InfoProvider tab.
2. Expand InfoProvider Fields General . Open field /RAP/VERSN. In the Properties tab select the Master
Data link.
3. You are on the Change Master Data of InfoObject /RAP/VERSN maintenance screen.
4. Select the section below matching the scenario of workbooks you will be using to enter the correct
information.
Be sure to save your entries and close the window.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
286 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Merchandise Planning 2.0 and Above

The default workbooks are planned at product hierarchy node levels 5 and 7. Entries for those are listed in
the table below. For more information about versions see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version>
Administration SAP Merchandise Planning Administration Guide Configuration Information Configure
SAP Merchandise Planning Implementation Tasks .

Merchandise Planning Versions 2.0

Version Text

M51 Working Version

M52 Simulation Version

M5F Finalized Version

M5R Reporting Version

M71 Working Version

M72 Simulation Version

M7F Finalized Version

M7R Reporting Version

0 Actuals

6.2.4.4.7 Activate Internet Communication Framework

(ICF) Services

For security reasons, all Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services relevant to your SAP Merchandise
Planning application are made available in an inactive state.

In this procedure, you activate the ICF service.

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Open the HTTP Service Hierarchy Maintenance screen (transaction SICF).
3. Enter the following data:

Field name User action and values

Hierarchy Type SERVICE

4. Choose Execute.
5. On the Maintain Service screen, expand the hierarchy of Default_host.
6. Expand SAP.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 287
7. Select the BW entry.
8. From the context menu choose Activate service.
9. In the confirmation dialog box, choose Yes to activate all sub-nodes below the BW node in the hierarchy.
10. Choose Back.

6.2.4.4.8 Connect File System in SAP BW (Optional)

In this procedure, you perform the settings that are necessary for the connectivity for an external system - PC
files on the Workstation (for example Excel files) or files on the application server in SAP BW.

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Open the Data Warehouse Workbench: Modeling screen (transaction RSA1).
3. Choose Modeling.
4. Choose Source Systems.
5. In the right-hand frame, mark the entry File.
6. Right-click the folder of File.
7. Choose Create.
8. Enter the following data:

Field name User action and values

Logical system name FILE

Source system name FILE

9. Choose Continue.
10. Right-click the FILE Source System.
11. Follow the context menu path Activate.

6.2.4.4.9 SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail 1.0

Workbooks

These steps are for users who are choosing to continue using the SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail 1.0
workbooks.

6.2.4.4.9.1 Retail Version 1.0 Workbooks

You may choose to use the original retail workbooks contained in this configuration.

The following topics are not used in SAP Merchandise Planning 2.0 FP2. If you are configuring for the 1.0
workbooks you must complete these next topics.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
288 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Create Geographical Location Hierarchies [page 289]

Maintain Article and Geographical Hierarchy [page 296]

Reporting Currency for Geo Hierarchy Level 2 [page 296]

6.2.4.4.9.1.1 Maintain BEX Variables

In this step, you maintain the variables /RAP/HIEID_MSM_01and /RAP/UNIT_MSM_01. To do this launch the
Query Designer and follow the steps below.

1. Log in to the system desired and select the Open query icon. In the prompt, search the InfoAreas for
Merchandise, Financial Planning for Retail and select.
2. Open query Channel Mix - query/PF ( /RAP/CP11A02_IRQ01).
3. In the Filter panel, Characteristic Restrictions and select Hierarchy ID and expand. Choose the variable
Hierarchy ID beneath to focus the value in the Properties panel.
4. Select the Default Values tab and enter the same hierarchy id used in the Customizing activity.
5. Return to the Filter panel, Characteristic Restrictions and select Unit of Measure and expand. Choose the
variable Unit of Measure beneath to focus the value in the Properties panel.
6. Select the Default Values tab and enter the value 'PC' to represent the default unit of measure value for
pieces.
7. Save the Query and exit.

6.2.4.4.9.1.2 Create Geographical Location Hierarchies

 Note

This step is relevant to SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail versions prior to SAP Merchandise Planning 2.0
FP2.

SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail supports up to 2 levels of geographical location hierarchies. For
example, you create the first level for the world regions, the second level for countries, and then the location
hierarchy. The location hierarchy node assigned to a geographical location hierarchy must be a distribution
chain hierarchy (DC), which is a type 04 or a promotion location hiearchy which is a type 05.

Do the following steps to create a geographical location hierarchy:

1. Log in to the application server using SAP GUI and execute transaction code NWBC.
2. Select the Services menu.
3. In the left navigation menu select Location Services Location Hierarchy .
In the POWL menu on the right, select the Create button, then Market Hierarchy in the dropdown.
4. Enter the location hierarchy name, description and the master data system for your new geographical
location hierarchy.
5. Select the Editor tab.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 289
  Note

• The Location and Import tabs are disabled.

Enter or search for the distribution chain location hierarchy or promotion location hierarchy that you want
to add to your geographical location hierarchy.
6. Add the desired DC location hierarchy or promotion location hierarchy to your geographical location
hierarchy. You may have either or both types of hierarchies added to the same geographical location
hierarchy node.
7. Save your entries.

In the example below you have two level 2 hierarchies. The level 3 hierarchies are the actual distribution chain
location hierarchies and/or promotion location hierarchies that were selected (created in a previous activity).

• GLOBAL (GEOLEVEL1)
• NORTH_AMERICA (GEOLEVEL2)
• DC Hierarchy for Sales Org/Dist. Channel XYZ (GEOLEVEL3)
This will assign all locations for the sales org / distribution channel XYZ to North America's node.
• Promotion location hierarchy PL123 (GEOLEVEL3)
This will assign all locations for the promotion location hierarchy PL123 to North America's node.
• SOUTH_AMERICA (GEOLEVEL2)
• DC Hierarchy for Sales Org/Dist. Channel ABC (GEOLEVEL3)
This will assign all locations for the sales org / distribution channel ABC to South America's node.

6.2.4.4.9.1.3 Maintain Time Hierarchy

The time hierarchy is used to summarize the fiscal periods for planning. In this step, you create 2 time
hierarchies: YR/MON and YR/SEASON/MON/WK. Use transaction RSH1 to create the hierarchies for the
InfoObject 0FISCPER. The instructions are an example of the required steps that will be repeated for each
year and time period

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
290 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 InfoObject Time hierarchy example

0FISCPER • Create the 0RP_FISCHIER02 hierarchy name with the entry YR/SEASON in the
Short Description field.

• Create the Year hierarchy node with Year in the Short Description.

• Choose the Year hierarchy node, and create the Spring hierarchy node with the
Spring in the Short Description field under the Year hierarchy node. Click continue
• Choose the Spring hierarchy node, use the Characteristic Nodes Button to insert the
Fiscal Year/Period value for each period for that season.
• Continue the process for each year, season and period. Save and activate the hierarchy
when completed.

• Create the 0RP_FISCHIER01 hierarchy name with the entry YR/SEASON/MON/WK

in the Short Description field.

• Create the Year hierarchy node with Year value in the Short Description field.

• Choose the Year hierarchy node, and create the Spring hierarchy node with
Spring in the Short Description field under the Year hierarchy node.
• Choose the Spring hierarchy node, and create the February hierarchy node with
February in the Short Description field under the Spring hierarchy node.
• Choose the February hierarchy node, use the Characteristic Nodes Button to insert
the Fiscal Year/Period value for each period for that month.
• Continue the process for each year, season and period as desired. Save and activate
the hierarchy when completed.

Merchandise Planning for Retail 1x

Merchandise Planning for Retail

Version Text

MO1 MO Working Version

MO2 MO Simulation Version

MOR MO Reporting Version

MOP MO In Season Version

MD1 MD Working Version

MD2 MD Simulation Version

MDR MD Reporting Version

MDP MD In Season Version

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 291
Version Text

MP1 MP Working Version

MP2 MP Simulation Version

MPR MP Reporting Version

MPP MP In Season Version

MM1 MM Working Version

MM2 MM Simulation Version

MMR MM Reporting Version

MMP MM In Season Version

MMF MM Final Version

FO1 FO Working Version

FO2 FO Simulation Version

FOR FO Reporting Version

FOP FO In Season Version

FD1 FD Working Version

FD2 FD Simulation Version

FDR FD Reporting Version

FDP FD In Season Version

FM1 FM Working Version

FM2 FM Simulation Versio

FMR FM Reporting Version

FMP FM In Season Version

FL1 FL Working Version

FL2 FL Simulation Versio

FLR FL Reporting Version

FLP FL In Season Version

SAP Store Area Plan

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
292 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.2.4.4.9.1.4 Maintain Fiscal Year Variants

Use

In this section you maintain the required fiscal year variant values for week and month; 0FISCVARNT 'RW' and
'RM'.

 Caution

SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail uses activated time objects 0FISCPER (fiscal year period) and
0FISCVARNT (fiscal year variant), provided as part of the technical BI Content.

If you are also using the SAP Assortment Planning application, you use the same fiscal year variant that
was created for this application.

Procedure

Fiscal Variant RW

The steps provided in this procedure allow you to maintain 0FISCVARNT 'RW' using the standard 4-5-4
calendar entries. If you are using alternative fiscal periods in your retail business, for example, each week
starting on a Sunday instead of Saturday, you can provide your own entries instead of the ones suggested in
this guide.

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Launch fiscal year variant maintenance (transaction GVAR).
3. Choose New Entries.
4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen make the following sets of entries:

Field Name User Entry

FV RW

Description Planning week

Year- Select
dependent

Calendar yr Do not select

Number of 53
period
postings

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 293
 Field Name User Entry

No.of
special
periods

5. Choose Enter.
An information message is displayed about creating more than 16 periods, choose Continue.
6. Choose Back.
You can see the newly created entry.
7. Mark the entry RW and select Periods from the Dialog Structure.
8. Enter 2012 in the Calendar yr field and choose Continue.
Data for the previous year must be maintained.
9. Choose New Entries.
10. Open SAP Note 2112634 , locate the entries for year 2012, and enter the data by copy-and-paste. Note
that this SAP Note is applicable for both SAP Merchandise Planning and SAP Assortment Planning.
11. Choose Enter to finish your input.
While making the fiscal year entries, an information message might be displayed stating that there are
Gaps in financial year variant periods RW. This is an information message only, and the entered fiscal year
data is saved.
12. Maintain the weekly fiscal year variant in the same way for the year 2017. The entries for year 2017 are also
available in SAP Note 2112634 .
13. Select Shortened Fiscal Years from the Dialog Structure.
14. Enter 2013 in the Fiscal year field and choose Continue.
15. Choose New Entries.
16. Enter 52 in the No. of posting periods field.
17. Choose Back twice.
18. Maintain the weekly fiscal year variant in the same way for the shortened fiscal years, that is, years 2013,
2014, 2015, 2016, and 2017. The corresponding tables are available in SAP Note 2112634 .
19. Choose Save after you have finished the maintenance for year 2018.

Fiscal Variant RM

The next steps allow you to maintain 0FISCVARNT 'RM' using the standard 12 month calendar entries. If you
are using alternative fiscal periods in your retail business, you can provide your own entries instead of the ones
suggested in this guide. These month entries must align with the week values used in the prior step.

1. In the Fiscal Year Variants view, choose New Entries.

2. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen make the following sets of entries:

Field Name User Entry

FV RM

Description Planning month

Year- Select
dependent

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
294 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Field Name User Entry

Calendar yr Do not select

Number of 12
period
postings

No.of
special
periods

3. Choose Enter.
4. Choose Back.
You can see the newly created entry.
To get the information to enter in the next step, open SAP Note 2112634 . Note that this SAP Note is
applicable for both SAP Merchandise Planning and SAP Assortment Planning. If you have used these dates
for your weekly calendar, then align the month end dates to match. An example is contained in the table
below using the 2015 calendar entries from the SAP Note.
5. Mark the entry RM and select Periods from the Dialog Structure and double click to open the Calendar year
dialog.
6. Enter 2012 in the Calendar yr field and choose Continue.
7. Choose New Entries. For the year selected to enter the information that will define each period.
8. Enter the last valid calendar date of the period being added in the Month and Day fields.
9. Enter the relevant Period number.
10. In the Year Shift field, enter +1 if the fiscal year is later than the calendar year enter. Enter -1 if the fiscal year
is before the calendar year.
11. Press Enter to accept the first row.
12. Continue adding each period to complete the fiscal year.
Maintain the monthly fiscal year variant in the same way for the remaining years.
13. Choose Save after you have finished the maintenance for year 2018.

Choose Save after you have finished the maintenance for the last year.

2015 Monthly Calendar (sample)

Month Day Period Year Shift

1 31 12 -1

2 28 1 0

3 28 2 0

5 2 3 0

5 30 4 0

6 27 5 0

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 295
Month Day Period Year Shift

8 1 6 0

8 29 7 0

9 26 8 0

10 31 9 0

11 28 10 0

12 26 11 0

12 31 12 0

6.2.4.4.9.1.5 Maintain Article and Geographical Hierarchy

Use

This information is relevant to versions prior to SAP Merchandise Planning 2.0 FP2. There are two types of
hierarchies used in SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail, the geographical and the article hierarchy.

Procedure

There is a Customizing activity to define the required hierarchies. Use transaction code SPRO and in the
Dialog Structure navigate to Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings
and choose Define Default Values.

• In the Hierarchy ID field use the prompt to select the applicable article hierarchy id.
• In the Geo Hierarchy ID field, use the prompt to select the applicable geo hierarchy ID.

6.2.4.4.9.1.5.1 Reporting Currency for Geo Hierarchy Level 2

This information is relevant to versions prior to SAP Merchandise Planning 2.0 FP2. The geographical hierarchy
level 2 requires a reporting currency. Do the following steps to create a geographical location hierarchy
currency:

1. In your back-end system, launch table/view maintenance transaction code SM30.

2. In the Maintain Table Views: Initial Screen enter /RAP/GEOLVL_CUST in the Table/view field and select the
Maintain button
3. Choose New Entries .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
296 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 4. Use the F4 help to select the Geographical Level 02 desired.
5. Use the F4 help to select the Reporting Currency associated with the Geographical Level 02 selected.
6. Repeat for each Geographical Level 02 required.
7. Save your entries.

6.2.4.4.9.1.5.1.1 Maintain Process Chain Related

Maintain BW process chain variants relevant for SAP Merchandise Planning for Retail.

Context

In this optional procedure, you activate the following infoobjects and maintain the BW process chain variants .

Planning: Characteristic Relationships

InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

Characteristic Rels. for Financial Merchandise Planning Plan /RAP/MPRC01

Characteristic Rels. for Channel Planning Plan /RAP/MPRC02

Planning: Data Slices

InfoObject Description InfoObject Name

Data Slices for Financial Merchandise Planning, Plan /RAP/MPRC01

Data Slices for Channel Planning, Plan /RAP/MPRC02

Process Chain Doc Process Chain

InfoObject Name

/RAP/MPPC01_01

Process Chain Starter

InfoObject Name

/RAP/MPPC01_01

Procedure

In this process you will create variants and activate the BW process chains.

1. Planning Sequence Data Slice Activation

1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 297
 3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A02_PS08 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter Data Slice Activation and select the Cross-User
Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose Edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Data Slice Activation (/RAP/
MPPC01_10) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
2. Planning Sequence Deactivation of Data Slice
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A02_PS09 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter Data Slice Deactivation and select the Cross-User
Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose Edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Data Slice Deactivation (/RAP/
MPPC01_11) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
3. Planning Sequence Channel Mix - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A02_PS07 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter Channel Mix - Actualization and select the Cross-
User Variant check box.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
298 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Channel Mix - Actualization (/RAP/
MPPC01_02) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
4. Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Division - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A07_PS11 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter MP - Division - Actualization and select the
Cross-User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Division -
Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_03) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
5. Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Department - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A03_PS10 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter MP - Department - Actualization and select the
Cross-User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Department
- Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_04) and choose Maintain Variant.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 299
 15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
6. Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Class - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A08_PS10 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter MP - Class - Actualization and select the Cross-
User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Class -
Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_05) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
7. Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Subclass - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A09_PS13 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter MP - Subclass - Actualization and select the
Cross-User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Financial Merchandise Plan - Subclass -
Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_06) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
8. Planning Sequence Channel Plan - Store Comp - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A19_PS04 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
300 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter CP - Store Comp - Actualization and select the
Cross-User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Channel Plan - Store Comp -
Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_07) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
9. Planning Sequence Channel Plan - Multi Store - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A18_PS05 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter CP - Multi Store - Actualization and select the
Cross-User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.
11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Channel Plan - Multi Store -
Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_08) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.
10. Planning Sequence Channel Plan - Single Store - Actualization
1. Go to transaction RSPLAN
2. Select the Planning Sequence button.
3. In the planning sequence field, enter /RAP/C11A16_PS08 and choose Edit button.
4. Select the Variables button.
5. Select the Geographical Level 1 Input help and select a value.
6. Select the Save As Button.
7. In the Variables prompt, choose F9 to turn Cross User-variant on.
8. Enter a variant name. For description enter CP - Single Store - Actualization and select the
Cross-User Variant check box.
9. Select the Continue button.
10. Select the Continue button in the variables screen.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 301
 11. Go to transaction RSA1.
12. In the navigation panel, select the Modeling button, then Process Chain.
13. In the process chain panel, right click on Merchandise Planning - Actualization and choose edit.
14. In the right tree, right click on Execute Planning Sequence Channel Plan - Single Store -
Actualization(/RAP/MPPC01_09) and choose Maintain Variant.
15. Load the variant created in step h (if not already loaded).
16. Select the Transfer button and save.

6.2.5 Configure Data Replication Steps

6.2.5.1 Initial Load of Data to DDF Using DRFOUT

Use

SAP Merchandise Planning uses master data, such as product, location, and product hierarchy, that is
replicated from SAP ERP to the DDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository using the DRFOUT data
replication framework.

 Note

Not all of the master data is replicated into DDF using DRFOUT. Some data must be replicated separately
using SLT replication.

Additionally, DRFOut integration and DDF do not support leading zeros in the product IDs.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
302 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
SAP Merchandise Planning requires that the following master data is replicated from a connected SAP ERP
system using DRFOUT:

Sequence Master Data Technical Details For more information, see:

1 Product Hierarchy • SAP ERP Description: Material Group

http://help.sap.com/car <your
Hierarchy
release> Application Help <>
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
Demand Data Foundation Integration
PMCH
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Information Inbound Interfaces For

MDIF_PROD_HIER_INBOUND Remote Function Call (RFC)

Communication Product Hierarchy

Master Data

 Note
SAP Merchandise Planning does not
support product hierarchies of type
Merchandise Category Hierarchy.

2 Product • SAP ERP Description: Material

http://help.sap.com/car <your
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
PMAT
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
MDIF_PRODUCT_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Product

Master Data

3 Location • SAP ERP Description: Plant

http://help.sap.com/car <your
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
PPLT
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
MDIF_LOCATION_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Product

Location Master Data

4 Product Location • SAP ERP Description: Material/Plant

http://help.sap.com/car <your
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
PMPL
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
MDIF_PROD_LOC_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Product

Location Master Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 303
Sequence Master Data Technical Details For more information, see:

5 Product Location • SAP ERP Description: Sales Price

http://help.sap.com/car <your
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
PSPR
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
MDIF_PROD_LOC_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Product

Location Master Data

6 Inventory • SAP ERP Description: Inventory

http://help.sap.com/car <your
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
PINV
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
OPIF_INVENTORY_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Inventory

Master Data

7 Product Location • SAP ERP Description: Moving Aver­

http://help.sap.com/car <your
age Price
release> Application Help Demand
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
Data Foundation Integration Information
PMAP
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

MDIF_PROD_LOC_INBOUND Call (RFC) Communication Product

Location Master Data

9 Location • SAP ERP Description: Vendor

http://help.sap.com/car <your
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
PVEN
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
MDIF_LOCATION_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Location

Master Data

10 Product Hierarchy • SAP ERP Description: Article Hierar­

http://help.sap.com/car <your
chy
release> Application Help Demand
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
Data Foundation Integration Information
PAHY
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

MDIF_PROD_HIER_INBOUND Call (RFC) Communication Product

Hierarchy Master Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
304 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Sequence Master Data Technical Details For more information, see:

11 Sales Order and • SAP ERP Description: Sales Orders

http://help.sap.com/car <your
Shipment
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation:
release> Application Help Demand
SALES_ORDR
Data Foundation Integration Information
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/
OPIF_DOCUMENT_INBOUND Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function

Call (RFC) Communication Sales Order

 Note
and Shipment Master Data
This data is only required if Whole­
sale or E-Commerce planning scenar­
ios are used productively.

Prerequisites

Before replicating data from SAP ERP to DDF using DRFOUT, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled:

• The following business functions are activated in SAP ERP:

• ISR_APPL_OUTBOUND_DMF
• ISR_RETAIL_OUTBOUND_DMF
• You have noted the different terms for the following objects:

DDF / SAP Merchandise Planning

SAP ERP SAP Retail for Retail

Material Article Product

Plant Site Location

6.2.5.2 Initial Load of Sales Data from BW

Use

If you have accumulated large amounts of historical sales data using SAP POS Data Management or SAP
Customer Activity Repository, it is possible that you are storing these large data sets in a connected SAP BW
system. In such a case, you can perform the initial load of the sales time series (historical POS data) data into
DDF using the BI Interface for Time Series report.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 305
  Note

These instructions extract historical sales data from an Infocube in BW. If you are using BW/4HANA,
additional project work will be required to re-implement the BAdI /DMF/BI_IF_READ_BI. For technical
details, see 2764634 .

Procedure

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Execute transaction SE38.
3. Specify /DMF/BI_IF_TS in the Program field and choose Execute.
4. Read the documentation associated with the report, carry out the described customizing, and run the
report accordingly.

More Information

http://help.sap.com/car Application Help Demand Data Foundation Integration Information Inbound

Interfaces For Remote Function Call (RFC) Communication Sales Time Series .

6.2.5.3 Initial Load of Goods Movement KPIs

Load goods movement Key Performance Indicators (KPI) for returns, receipts, and open quantity.

Context

The goods movement data is stored in the SLT replicated tables EKPO, EKET, and EKBE in the Customer
Activity Repository. You perform the initial load of this data into Demand Data Foundation (DDF) using the
report /RAP/MPR_ECC_KPI_CALC. When run in initial mode, this report will load 2 years of data from the
current date. Further information is available in the documentation attached to the report.

Master Data SAP ERP Table

Purchasing Document Header EKKO

Purchasing Document Item EKPO

History per Purchasing Document EKBE

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
306 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Master Data SAP ERP Table

Scheduling Agreement Schedule Lines EKET

In addition there are some prequisite steps to follow.

• You have maintained fiscal year variants using SPRO. Navigate to SAP Customizing Implementation
Guide Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Define Default
Values .

Procedure

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Verify your user has the role /RAP/BW_MPR_WORKBOOKS assigned.

3. You have maintained fiscal year variants using SPRO. Navigate to SAP Customizing Implementation
Guide Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Basic Settings Define Default
Values .
4. Execute transaction SE38.
5. Specify /RAP/MPR_ECC_KPI_CALC in the Program field, select radio button Initial and select Execute.
6. Refer Documentation for report /RAP/MPR_ECC_KPI_CALC and /RAP/MPR_BOP_KPI table for details,
uses, and descriptions.

Next Steps

It is recommended you run this report weekly to update the aggregated KPIs with the ongoing ERP activity
.

6.2.5.4 Delta Load of Data to DDF Using DRFOUT

We recommend that you schedule a weekly periodic task to replicate inventory data (outbound implementation
PINV) from the SAP ERP system to the system for SAP Merchandise Planning. This replication builds up the
inventory history data that is needed by SAP Merchandise Planning.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 307
6.2.5.5 Delta Load of Sales Data in SAP Customer Activity
Repository

Use

Once the initial load of historical sales data is completed or, if you are working on a brand new system
implementation and do not have to perform an initial sales data load, you need to configure the periodic delta
load of sales data in SAP Customer Activity Repository.

Procedure

1. Ensure that you have properly configured the POS Sales Transfer and Audit functionality in SAP Customer
Activity Repository to receive transaction data from your connected POS systems.
For more information, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version> Application Help
SAP Customer Activity Repository POS Data Transfer and Audit .
2. Ensure that you have configured the Supply - DMF-Based Applications outbound tasks to load sales data
from POS Sales Transfer and Audit to DDF.
For more information, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version> Application Help
SAP Customer Activity Repository POS Data Transfer and Audit Task Processing Tasks for Sending
Data to Follow-On Applications .

 Recommendation

If you are not storing aggregated sales data in an SAP BW system, and have historical sales data that
you would like to load into DDF from POS Sales Transfer and Audit, you can configure the Supply -
DMF-Based Applications outbound tasks to perform this initial load.

3. Monitor the transfer of sales time series data as described in https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/

CARAB <Version> Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository Demand Data Foundation
Integration Information Inbound Processing .

More Information

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <Version> Application Help SAP Customer Activity

Repository Demand Data Foundation Integration Information Inbound Interfaces For Remote Function Call
(RFC) Communication Sales Time Series .

6.2.5.6 Delta Load of Goods Movement KPIs

Once the initial load of historical goods movement KPIs data is completed you should continue to update your
data on a recurring basis. As data is replicated from SAP ERP activity, the values for goods movement KPIs can

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
308 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
only be added to the Demand Data Foundation when you execute the report /RAP/MPR_ECC_KPI_CALC . The
delta load sets the timeframe to start one month (30 days) prior to the current date and one year in the future
from the current date.

To execute the report, log on to your back-end system and execute transaction SE38. Specify /RAP/
MPR_ECC_KPI_CALC in the Program field and use the Execute button. Select radio button Delta and select
Execute. For further information see the documentation attached to the report by selecting Documentation,
Display on the ABAP Editor: Initial Screen.

6.2.5.7 Replicate SAP ERP Tables for SAP Merchandise

Planning

Use

Verify that all SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA tables that are relevant for SAP Merchandise Planning KPIs have not
only been created but have also been filled with data.

 Note

You have already replicated all of the relevant tables in a prior step, Create/Replicate Source Master Data
System Tables [page 94].

In particular, SAP Merchandise Planning requires that the following master data table are replicated in order to
calculate KPIs:

Master Data SAP ERP Table

Purchasing Document Header EKKO

Purchasing Document Item EKPO

History per Purchasing Document EKBE

Scheduling Agreement Schedule Lines EKET

6.2.6 Create Market Hierarchy

SAP Merchandise Planning supports market hierarchies, a logical structuring of selling locations (stores,
wholesale customers, digital customers) that align with your goals for planning.

The market hierarchy allows you to group locations by markets or across multiple sales organizations. In
addition, your Area of Responsibility (AOR) must be aligned with your market hierarchy before using the
planning applications. Do the following steps to create a market hierarchy:

1. Log in to the application server using SAP GUI and execute transaction code NWBC.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 309
 2. Select the Services menu.
3. In the left navigation menu select Location Services Location Hierarchy .
In the POWL menu on the right, select the Create button, then Market Hierarchy in the dropdown.
4. Enter the location hierarchy name, description and the master data system for your new hierarchy.
5. Select the Editor tab. Enter or search for the locations that you want to add to your market hierarchy.
6. Add the locations to your market hierarchy by selecting the row or rows and selecting the move arrow.

 Note

The same location ID cannot be used more than once in a market hierarchy. For example location ID
ABC can exist as multiple location types. It can exist as a distribution chain (DC) type, a store type, and
a customer type. You may not have the type of DC and store in the same hierarchy

7. Save your entries.

More Information

For more information regarding location and market hierarchies, see Maintain Location Hierarchies located
at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB <version> Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle Demand Data Foundation General Services Maintenance Services

For more information about AOR see Maintain Area of Responsibility located at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
CARAB <version> Application Help SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle Demand
Data Foundation General Services .
.

6.2.7 Specify Analysis Workbook Settings

6.2.7.1 Enable Macros

Use

In this procedure, you enable your SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks to use macros.

Procedure

1. Open the SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office from Start All Programs SAP Business Intelligence
Analysis for Microsoft Excel .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
310 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 2. Choose File Options Customize Ribbon .
3. Under Customize the Ribbon, select Main Tabs.
4. Enable the entry Developer and confirm by choosing OK.
5. Now you will see the new Developer tab in your SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office.
6. Select the Developer Tab and choose Macro Security.
7. Choose Enable all macros.

6.2.7.2 General Workbook Settings

Use

You use SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office to launch the planning workbooks.

Procedure

If you are unable to see the Analysis , MP Selection, and MP Info options on the menu of Analysis for Microsoft
Excel, perform the following steps in the Options, Add-Ins of the Excel options:

1. Enter COM in the Manage field and choose Go.

2. In the COM Add-Ins box, select the Analysis and Planning options and choose Go. If you do not find them
in the list, Enter Disabled in the Manage field and choose Go.

Now you are able to view the Analysis , MP Selection and MP Info options.

6.3 SAP Assortment Planning

Post-installation setup for SAP Assortment Planning

 Note

Some of the activities in this section may have already been performed in the corresponding section
under SAP Customer Activity Repository. Such activities do not need to be repeated during the setup and
installation of consuming applications.

The following diagram depicts the main steps of the post-installation process for SAP Assortment Planning
and contains links to the descriptions of these steps. The following are additional steps in the back-end system
after the step Configure Assortment Planning [page 313]:

• Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Retail Week [page 314]

• Generate Time Data - Fiscal Calendar [page 318]
• Initialize KPI Periods

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 311
  Note

This step is needed only if you are installing or upgrading to SAP Assortment Planning 5.0 FPS03 (or
higher) from a lower release.

• Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 260]
• Configure Assortment Planning [page 313]
• Activate Planning Framework Content (SAP Assortment Planning) [page 319]
• Configure Data Replication [page 328]
• Run the Validation Report [page 328]
• Perform General SAP Gateway Configuration [page 111]
• Configure SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 120]
• Activate OData Services [page 114]
• Activate SAP Assortment Planning ICF Services [page 330]
• Define System Alias for Back-End Transactions [page 331]
• Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 334]
• Configure Index Calculation [page 330]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
312 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.3.1 Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository

To set up this application, you must first perform the Core (Mandatory) steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository. The core steps are mandatory for all the consuming applications.

Procedure

Perform all steps listed under Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].

6.3.2 Configure Assortment Planning

Use

To use SAP Assortment Planning, you must define several application-specific settings in Customizing.

Procedure

1. Specify assortment list settings.

In the Assortment List Settings Customizing activity, found under Cross-Application Components
Assortment Planning Assortment Lists , you can specify general settings for assortment lists. For
example, you can define whether you can assign an assortment list product to more than one module.
2. Verify settings under Cross-Application Components Assortment Planning Imported Demand Data
Foundation Settings
Although you might have specified most of these settings when configuring DDF, the activities under
Imported Demand Data Foundation Settings are particularly important for the SAP Assortment Planning
application.
3. Define the required number ranges.
You must set all of the number ranges under SAP Customizing Implementation Guide Cross-
Application Components Assortment Planning Number Range
4. Define the business week (using transaction SPRO) under Cross-Application Components Demand
Data Foundation Basic Settings Define Business Week
5. Verify the default implementations of BAdIs under SAP Customizing Implementation Guide Cross-
Application Components Assortment Planning Enhancements Using Business Add-Ins and if
necessary, provide custom implementations.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 313
  Note

We recommend that you activate BAdI implementations that enable the use of the Omnichannel SAP
BW Structure. For more information, see Activate Planning Framework Content (SAP Assortment
Planning) [page 319].

6. To use forecasted values in the Sales & Inventory Analysis view within the My Assortment Lists app,
configure Unified Demand Forecast (UDF). For more information, see the SAP Customer Activity Repository
Administration Guide, section Configure Unified Demand Forecast (UDF).

Related Information

Configuration Information

6.3.3 Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Retail Week

Use

In this procedure you maintain the required fiscal year variant ( 0FISCVARNT 'RW'). SAP Assortment Planning
uses time objects 0FISCPER (fiscal year period) and 0FISCVARNT (fiscal year variant), provided as part of the
technical BI Content, and activated in the Activate Technical Content [page 319] procedure.

 Caution

You must maintain fiscal year variants for a period far enough into the past and into the future to cover the
full range required for your planning activities. For example, two years into the past and five years into the
future.

The steps provided in this procedure allow you to maintain 0FISCVARNT 'RW' using the standard 4-5-4
calendar entries. If you are using alternative fiscal periods in your retail business, for example, each week
starting on a Sunday instead of Saturday, you can provide your own entries instead of the ones suggested in
this guide.

Procedure

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Launch fiscal year variant maintenance (transaction GVAR).
3. Choose New Entries.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
314 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen make the following sets of entries:

Create New Fiscal Year Variant

5. Choose Enter.
An information message is displayed about creating more than 16 periods, choose Continue.
6. Choose Back.
You can see the newly created entry.
7. Mark the entry RW and select Shortened Fiscal Years from the Dialog Structure.

Shortened Fiscal Years in Dialog Structure

8. In the Fiscal year dialog, enter the year (for example, 2015 ) in the Fiscal year field and choose Continue.
9. On the Change View "Shortened Fiscal Years": Overview screen, choose New Entries.
10. In the Shortened Fiscal Years table, enter 52 in the No. of posting periods field.
11. Choose Back twice.
12. On the Change View "Fiscal Year variants": Overview screen, mark the entry RW and select Periods from the
Dialog Structure.
13. In the Calendar yr dialog, enter the year (for example, 2015 ) in the Calendar yr field and choose Continue.
Data for the previous year must be maintained.
14. On the Change View "Periods": Overview screen, choose New Entries.
15. In the Periods table, enter the data (month, day, period, year shift) for each period according to your fiscal
calendar. For an example, see the following table. For more examples, see SAP Note 2112634 . If you
want to copy data from this note, locate the required year and enter the data by copy-and-paste.

2015 Weekly Calendar

Month Day Period Year Shift

1 3 48 -1

1 10 49 -1

1 17 50 -1

1 24 51 -1

1 31 52 -1

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 315
 Month Day Period Year Shift

2 7 1 0

2 14 2 0

... .. ... ...

16. Repeat steps 7-15 to maintain the weekly fiscal year variant for all of the required years, entering each year
as shortened fiscal year. The corresponding tables are available in SAP Note 2112634 .
17. Choose Save.
18. Launch transaction RSRHIERARCHYVIRT and ensure that the dates specified in the From and To fields
under Time Interval cover the years maintained for the fiscal year variant in the previous steps.

6.3.4 Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Month

Context

In this section, you maintain the required fiscal year variant values for the fiscal month, 'RM'. This is especially
required for using the Sales & Inventory Analysis view in the My Assortment Lists app.

 Caution

You must maintain fiscal year variants for a period far enough into the past and into the future to cover the
full range required for your planning activities. For example, two years into the past and five years into the
future.

If you are using alternative fiscal periods in your retail business, you can provide your own entries instead of the
ones suggested in this guide.

Procedure

1. Log on to your back-end system.

2. Launch fiscal year variant maintenance (transaction GVAR).
3. Choose New Entries.
4. On the New Entries: Overview of Added Entries screen make the following sets of entries:

Field Name User Entry

FV RM

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
316 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Field Name User Entry

Description Planning month

Calendar year Do not select

Year-dependent Select

Number of posting periods 12

No. of special periods

5. Choose Enter.
6. Choose Back.

You can see the newly created entry.

To get the information to enter in the next step, open SAP Note 2112634 .
7. Mark the entry RM and select Periods from the Dialog Structure and double click to open the Calendar year
dialog.
8. Enter the year (for example, 2015) in the Calendar yr field and choose Continue.
9. On the Change View "Periods": Overview screen, choose New Entries.
10. In the Periods table, enter the data (month, day, period, year shift) for each period according to your fiscal
calendar. For an example, see the following table.

2015 Monthly Calendar (sample)

Month Day Period Year Shift

1 31 12 -1

2 28 1 0

3 28 2 0

5 2 3 0

5 30 4 0

6 27 5 0

8 1 6 0

8 29 7 0

9 26 8 0

10 31 9 0

11 28 10 0

12 26 11 0

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 317
 Month Day Period Year Shift

12 31 12 0

11. Enter the last valid calendar date of the period being added in the Month and Day fields.
12. Enter the relevant Period number.
13. In the Year Shift field, enter +1 if the fiscal year is later than the calendar year enter. Enter -1 if the fiscal year
is before the calendar year.
14. Press Enter to accept the first row.
15. Continue adding each period to complete the fiscal year. Choose Save after you have finished the entries
for a year.
16. Continue adding the fiscal year variants for each year required by your scenario by repeating steps 3 to 15.
17. Choose Save after you have finished the maintenance for the last year.

6.3.5 Generate Time Data - Fiscal Calendar

In this procedure, you generate time data (Fiscal calendar) required for SAP Assortment Planning.

Use

Execute this procedure to generate time data (Fiscal calendar). This is especially required for using the Sales &
Inventory Analysis view in the My Assortment Lists app.

Procedure

1. Log on to SAP HANA studio.

2. In the Modeler perspective, on the Quick Launch tab, select your SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle system and choose Generate Time Data.
3. Select Fiscal as the Calendar Type.
4. Enter the same range of years as defined in the previous procedure, Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Retail
Week [page 314].
5. In the Variant Schema field, enter the name of the database schema that contains the tables holding the
fiscal year variant data.
For SAP Assortment Planning, these are tables T009 and T009B, which you filled with data in the previous
procedure, Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Retail Week [page 314].
6. Select the RW fiscal year variant, defined in the previous procedure, Maintain Fiscal Year Variant for Retail
Week [page 314].
7. Choose Generate.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
318 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
For more information, see:

• https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_LIVE Installation and Upgrade Administrator's Guide

Configuration Steps Generate Time Data
• https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM Development SAP HANA Modeling Guide (for
SAP HANA studio) Creating Information Views and Previewing its Output Generate Time Data

6.3.6 Activate Planning Framework Content (SAP

Assortment Planning)

In a new installation, only the Omnichannel SAP BW structure is supported in SAP Assortment Planning.
The Retail SAP BW Structure is supported in an existing installation with maintenance, however no new
functionality will be developed for this structure.

Prerequisite

To use the Omnichannel SAP BW structure, the following prerequisites must be met:

• Enable the usage of planning configurations under Cross-Application Components Assortment

Planning Imported Demand Data Foundation Settings Basic Settings Define Default Values . The
Omnichannel SAP BW structure only works when planning configurations are used.
• If you are integrating with SAP Merchandise Planning, enable the implementation of BAdI: Read
Merchandise Planning KPI Data under Cross-Application Components Demand Data Foundation Data
Maintenance Planning Configuration Enhancements Using Business Add-Ins .

The Omnichannel SAP BW structure consists of local BI Content only. To create workbooks on top of the
Omnichannel SAP BW structure, contact SAP Digital Business Services for a custom implementation project.

The following subsections describe the activation steps.

6.3.6.1 Activate Technical BI Content

Use

The first time you enter the Data Warehousing Workbench, the system runs a background job to activate
technical content. Technical content consists of technical information that is generated by the system, for
example, data required for the general operation of BI Content, or time data.

Procedure

1. On your back-end system, open the Data Warehousing Workbench (transaction RSA1).
2. If prompted, in the Replicate Metadata dialog box, choose Only Activate.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 319
3. If a message appears that you are only authorized to work in client ... (Brain 009), then refer to SAP Note
316923 (do not import the support package, but use the description under section Workaround).
4. Select Do not show this question Again in the dialog that appears.
5. Choose Yes.
Make sure that the current job has finished before you proceed with the next step. Check the status of the
background job using transaction SM37or SLG1. If there are problems, you must first solve them.

 Note

If you get the short dump "RAISE_EXCEPTION" when installing InfoObjects from the BI content, see
SAP Note 1637935 for a possible solution.

Also, see SAP Notes 2090845 and 2056106 for important information on technical content
activation.

Following activation, you can locate the technical content in the Data Warehousing Workbench as follows:
1. Selecting Modeling in the left-hand frame.
2. Expand InfoObjects.
3. In the right-hand frame, locate Technical Content.
6. You can use transaction RSTCO_ADMIN to restart the activation of the technical content and to verify the
status of the activation.

6.3.6.2 Enable Optimized In-Memory Planning Capabilities

of SAP BW Integrated Planning

Use

To be able to use the SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks built on top of the SAP Assortment Planning
planning framework content, you must enable the optimized in-memory planning capabilities of the integrated
planning engine in SAP Business Warehouse (SAP BW Integrated Planning). This includes the enabling of the
Planning Application Kit (PAK).

Procedure

1. Read SAP Note 1919631 .

2. In your back-end system, launch table/view maintenance (transaction SM30).
3. Enter RSPLS_HDB_ACT in the Table/View field and choose Maintain.
4. Choose New Entries.
5. In the HANA Integratn. Active column select Deep HANA Integration Active and in the Functn. Active
column, enable the checkbox.
6. In the HANA Integratn. Active column select BPC Embedded Model Active and in the Functn. Active
column, enable the checkbox.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
320 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.3.6.3 Activate Application BI Content (Omnichannel SAP
BW Structure)

Context

In this procedure, you perform a sequential, step-by-step activation of the local BI Content objects delivered in
the Omnichannel SAP BW structure of the SAP Assortment Planning application. SAP Assortment Planning
uses this application BI Content to consume data stored in the back-end system

 Note

To ensure correct activation of the BI Content objects, carry out the activation sequentially, as specified
in the following procedures. Resolve any activation warnings, except for the ones listed under Result [page
328], which can be ignored.

Also, do not disable the default BI setting to collect and activate all dependencies. The instructions below
activate a minimum subset of objects, and it assumed that all their dependencies are collected and
activated.

The consumed data from the back-end system can be created by the SAP Assortment Planning application,
or be replicated from a source master data system. In both cases, beware of limitations with regard to the
characters allowed by SAP BW. For more information, see:

• SAP Assortment Planning Administration Guide under Initial Load of Data to DDF Using DRFOUT
• 173241
• Customizing activity Maintain permitted extra characters under SAP NetWeaver Business Warehouse
General Settings .

Procedure

1. On your back-end SAP Assortment Planning system, open the Data Warehousing Workbench (transaction
RSA1).
2. Verify transport connections.
1. Select Transport Connection in the left-hand frame.
2. Select Object Types.
3. Expand Source System.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 321
 Selecting Source Systems
4. Use Select Objects to ensure that the back-end system is selected as the source system.
5. Choose Transfer Selections.
6. At the top of the right-hand frame, above the list of Collected objects, choose Grouping and select Only
Necessary Objects.
7. At the top of the right-hand frame, choose Collection Mode and select Collect Automatically.

Grouping and Collection Settings

3. Determine if you need to enable to Match (X) or copy option for the BI Content, which you will activate in
the subsequent steps.

Match(X) or copy Selection

Installation Type Selection

New Installation Do not enable the Match (X) or copy option for any of the BI Content objects.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
322 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Installation Type Selection

Upgrade Standard /RAP/* BI Content ob­ Standard /RAP/* BI Content objects have been
jects have not been modified in modified in your local environment1
(Previously instal­
your local environment1
led/activated any of
the /RAP/* BI Content) Do not enable the Match (X) or copy Enable the Match (X) or copy option.
option for any of the BI Content ob­
During the activation of each BI Content object type,
jects.
you will be asked to carry out an additional Transfer
selections step. In this step, select to install the
Active Version (that is, your modified version) or
the Content Version (that is, the SAP delivered, and
possibly updated version of the object). The project
implementation team should advise you on which
option is required for each object.

 Caution
When you choose to install the Content Version,
the SAP delivered objects included in the current
release will be installed regardless of any modi­
fications made to the currently existing BI Con­
tent objects.

1 As a system administrator, you may need to contact the SAP Assortment Planning project implementation team to
learn if standard, SAP-delivered, BI Content objects have been modified in your local environment.

4. Activate InfoObject catalogs.

If at any point during the installation of BI Content objects you are presented with a dialog asking you to
add objects to a personal list, we recommend that you select No.

 Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

2. Select Object Types and expand InfoObject Catalog.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 323
 3. Use Select Objects to select the /RAP/CHAR_CAT and the /RAP/KYF_CAT catalogs.
4. Choose Transfer Selections.
5. In the right-hand frame, in the list of Collected objects, verify that both InfoObject catalogs are listed.
6. Right-click on each of the InfoObject catalogs, and choose Install all Bellow.
7. Choose Install.
If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a package if you
need to transport the objects.
5. Activate Variables.

 Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

2. Select Object Types and expand Query Elements followed by Variable.
3. Use Select Objects to select the following variables:
• /RAP/PLCND_ESM_02
• /RAP/PLCSET_ESM_02
• /RAP/PCYCLE_EMM_01
• /RAP/PLNHR_MSO_01
• /RAP/PLNHN1_MSO_01 to /RAP/PLNHN9_MSO_01 (inclusive)
• /RAP/PRDHN1_MMO_01 to /RAP/PRDHN9_MMO_01 (inclusive)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
324 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 4. Choose Transfer Selections.
5. In the right-hand frame, in the list of Collected objects, verify that all of the selected variables are listed
and that the option in the Install column is enabled .
6. Choose Install.
If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a package if you
need to transport the objects.
6. Maintain version master data.

1. In the left-hand frame, select Modeling InfoObjects .

2. In the right-hand frame under Assortment Planning for Retail RAP Character InfoObject Catalog ,
search in the object list for the InfoObject /RAP/VERSN.
3. Right-click the InfoObject /RAP/VERSN, choose Maintain Master Data from the context menu, and
maintain the following entries on the Time Independent tab:

Version Short description

# An empty version value that you must maintain

ALV Assortment List Vsn

APF Vsn of final plan

 Note

Save your changes and activate them.

7. Activate Advanced DataStore Objects.

If during the installation, you are presented with a message stating that your source system is not active,
navigate to the Modeling tab, locate your source system under Source Systems, and activate it by right-
clicking and selecting Activate. If prompted, choose Only Activate .

 Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

2. Select Object Types and expand DataStore Object (advanced).
3. Use Select Objects to select all DataStore Objects starting with /RAP/DS*.
4. Choose Transfer Selections.
5. In the list of Collected objects, verify that the option in the Install column is enabled for each of the
objects.
6. Choose Display List .
7. Right-click the tree node DataStore Object (advanced) and choose Install all Below.
8. Choose Install. If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a
package if you need to transport the objects.
8. Activate CompositeProviders.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 325
  Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

2. Select Object Types and expand CompositeProvider.
3. Use Select Objects to select all CompositeProviders from /RAP/CP40 to /RAP/CP46 (inclusive).
4. Choose Transfer Selections.
5. In the list of Collected objects, verify that the option in the Install column is enabled for each of the
objects.
6. Choose Display List .
7. Right-click the tree node DataStore Object (advanced) and choose Install all Below.
8. Choose Install. If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a
package if you need to transport the objects.
9. Activate Aggregation Levels.

 Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

2. Select Object Types and expand Planning Aggregation Level .
3. Use Select Objects to select the following Aggregation Level:

Aggregation Levels

Aggregation Levels

/RAP/C44A01

/RAP/C44A02

/RAP/C44A03

/RAP/C44A04

/RAP/C46A02

4. Choose Transfer Selections.

5. In the list of Collected objects, verify that the option in the Install column is enabled for each of the
objects.
6. Choose Install. If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a
package if you need to transport the objects.

10. Activate Planning Sequence Objects.

 Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
326 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 2. Select Object Types and expand Planning Planning Sequence .
3. Use Select Objects to select the following Planning Sequences:

Planning Sequences

Planning Sequences

/RAP/D50A01_PS01

/RAP/D57A01_PS01

/RAP/C40A01_PS01

/RAP/C40A05_PS01

/RAP/C46A01_PS01

/RAP/C46A03_PS01

/RAP/C46A04_PS01

/RAP/C46A04_PS02

4. Choose Transfer Selections.

5. In the list of Collected objects, verify that the option in the Install column is enabled for each of the
objects.
6. Choose Install. If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a
package if you need to transport the objects.

11. Activate Planning Function Type Objects.

 Remember

You can ignore activation warnings listed under Result [page 328].

1. Select BI Content in the left-hand frame.

2. Select Object Types and expand Planning Function Type for Planning .
3. Use Select Objects to select the following Planning Function:

Planning Functions

Planning Functions

/RAP/OP_BUFFER_DATA

4. Choose Transfer Selections.

5. In the list of Collected objects, verify that the option in the Install column is enabled for each of the
objects.
6. Choose Install. If an information dialog box appears, choose Continue. Choose Local Object or enter a
package if you need to transport the objects.

12. Choose Exit to leave the transaction.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 327
Results

If activation warnings similar to the ones displayed below appear, you can ignore them.

• CMP problem occurred in characteristic <CHAR> for InfoProvider <INFO_PROV>

• Rounding inaccuracies occur with data type FLOAT for AMOUNT and QUANTITY
• Characteristic <CHAR>: Lower case makes selection of char. values difficult
• Data type of char. <CHAR> (<TYPE1>) is not equal to data type of attribute <ATTR> (<TYPE2>)
• Length of characteristic <TEXT CHAR> (<LENGTH1>) and assigned attribute <ATTR> (<LENGTH2>) not
same
• The short text of DataSource <SOURCE> is not maintained in language <LANG>
• Skip key figure <KYF>: aggregation type NO2 not supported
• Attribute <ATTR>: Conversion routine <CONV> ignored
• Attribute <ATTR>: Compounding ignored
• Datatype FLTP for datafield <FIELD> of the DSO is not allowed
• Conversion problems possible for source field <FIELD1> / target field <FIELD2>

6.3.7 Configure Data Replication

SAP Assortment Planning uses master data, sales history data, inventory data, and merchandise planning data
originating from connected systems, such as SAP Retail (SAP ERP) or SAP BW.

For more information, see SAP Assortment Planning Administration Guide under Configure Data Replication.

6.3.8 Run the Validation Report

1. Run transaction /DMF/VAL_CAR_INSTALL.

Alternatively, run transaction SE38 and execute the /DMF/VALIDATE_CAR_INSTALLATION report.
2. Select the Assortment Planning scenario and select Execute.
In the dialog that appears, select whether to validate the Retail SAP BW structure, the Omnichannel SAP
BW structure, or both. The SAP BW structure to validate depends on the structure that you have selected
to activate during the previous step Activate Planning Framework Content (SAP Assortment Planning)
[page 319] .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
328 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Running this report allows you to verify the success of the installation, providing a log of potential issues.
For example, you may be presented with the following results:

Validation Report Results

View the long text associated with each message to see the link to the documentation describing the
procedure you have to troubleshoot.

Related Information

Activate Planning Framework Content (SAP Assortment Planning) [page 319]

6.3.9 Configure Front-End

6.3.9.1 Configure SAP Gateway

For information about the configuration and activation of SAP Gateway as well as the activation of all the
common OData services for SAP Fiori, see Configure SAP Gateway [page 110].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 329
6.3.9.2 Configure Index Calculation

We recommend that you schedule the Calculation of SAPUI5 Application Index for SAPUI5 Repositories report
(/UI5/APP_INDEX_CALCULATE) to run as a background job on your front-end server.

This is one of the mandatory tasks under SAP Customer Activity Repository Core (Mandatory for All
Applications) that you have most likely performed already. If not, see Calculate SAPUI5 Application Index for
SAP Fiori Apps [page 122].

6.3.9.3 Activate SAP Assortment Planning ICF Services

Use

For security reasons, all Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services relevant to your SAP Assortment
Planning application are made available in an inactive state.

You have activated the central ICF services as described in Perform General SAP Gateway Configuration [page
111] and Configure SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 120]. This procedure provides the instructions to activate ICF
services required for the SAP Assortment Planning SAP Fiori apps.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Open service maintenance (transaction SICF).
3. In the Define Services screen, select the Location Clustering service by specifying the following:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/locclsts_v2/
4. Choose Execute.
5. To activate the service, choose Service/host Activate.
6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 to ensure that all of the following services are activated:
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/attribmgmt_v2/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/assortlist/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ddfreuse_v2/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/locclsts_v2/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/modulemgmt_v2/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/optionplan_v2/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/phpmatch_v2/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/plnconfig/
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/optionplanning
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/styleplan

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
330 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/rankingkey
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/businessrule
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/manageproddtl
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/plancalendar

6.3.9.4 Define System Alias for Back-End Transactions

Use

A number of SAP Fiori apps, installed on your front-end system, launch transactions directly on the back-
end system. For example, the Manage Products tile actually launches the Demand Data Foundation (DDF)
POWL_EASY WebDynpro application.

To enable this behavior, you need to create a dedicated RFC connection between the front-end system and the
back-end system.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end system, that is, the system where you have installed the user interface (UI)
components of your application.
2. Launch Configuration of RFC Connections (transaction SM59).
3. Create an RFC connection with the following settings:
• RFC Destination: SAP_ISR_CARAB
Connection Type: H (HTTP connection)
Ensure to maintain all of the settings required to connect to your back-end system, in particular, the Target
Host entry on the Technical Settings tab.
4. Save your changes.
5. Create another RFC connection with the following settings:
• RFC Destination: SAP_ERP_ISR_CARAB
Connection Type: H (HTTP connection)
Ensure to maintain all of the settings required to connect your front-end system to the source master data
system, in particular, the Target Host entry on the Technical Settings tab.
6. Save your changes.
7. Open SAP Fiori Launchpad Designer using transaction /N/UI2/FLPD_CONF.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 331
8. Search for the catalog SAP_RAP_TC_T, choose Target Mappings, and map the semantic objects and
actions to the system aliases as indicated in the following table:

Semantic System
Catalog App Object Action Alias Description

SAP_RAP My Assortment MasterAssor displayLog SAP_ISR_C This setting allows the My

_TC_T Lists tment ARAB Assortment Lists app to launch
transaction SLG1 on the back-end
system.

 Note
This application is only used
to configure a link to the back-
end system, you do not need to
add this app to your SAP Fiori
launchpad.

My Assortment MasterAssor displayListingCon SAP_ERP_I This setting allows the My

Lists tment dition SR_CARAB Assortment Lists app to launch
transaction WSL10 on the connected
SAP Retail or SAP S/4HANA system.

 Note
This application is only used to
configure a link to the SAP Retail
or SAP S/4HANA system, you
do not need to add this app to
your SAP Fiori launchpad. In or­
der for the link to work, you must
maintain the HTTP Destination
for the Assortment Planning
application in the customizing

activity SAP Customizing

Implementation Guide SAP

Customer Activity Repository

Demand Data Foundation

Basic Settings Integration

Sending System and Master Data

System Coupling .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
332 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Semantic System
Catalog App Object Action Alias Description

My Assortment MasterAssor displayExtAssort SAP_ERP_I This setting allows the My

Lists tment ment SR_CARAB Assortment Lists app to launch:

Transaction WRF_WS0A3 on the con­

nected SAP Retail system

Transaction WS0A3 on the connected

SAP S4HANA system.

 Note
This application is only used to
configure a link to the SAP Retail
or SAP S/4HANA system, you
do not need to add this app to
your SAP Fiori launchpad. In or­
der for the link to work, you must
maintain the HTTP Destination
for the Assortment Planning
application in the customizing

activity SAP Customizing

Implementation Guide SAP

Customer Activity Repository

Demand Data Foundation

Basic Settings Integration

Sending System and Master Data

System Coupling .

Manage Category AreaOfResp maintain SAP_ISR_C This setting allows the Manage
Responsibilities onsibility ARAB Category Responsibilities app to
launch the corresponding DDF Web­
Dynpro application.

Manage Market AreaOfResp maintain_mh SAP_ISR_C This setting allows the Manage
Responsibilities onsibility ARAB Market Responsibilities app to launch
the corresponding DDF WebDynpro
application.

Manage Products Product maintain SAP_ISR_C This setting allows the Manage
ARAB Products app to launch the corre­
sponding DDF WebDynpro applica­
tion.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 333
 Semantic System
Catalog App Object Action Alias Description

Manage Locations Location maintain SAP_ISR_C This setting allows the Manage
ARAB Locations app to launch the corre­
sponding DDF WebDynpro applica­
tion.

6.3.9.5 Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori

Launchpad

Use

To be able to access SAP Fiori apps that constitute the SAP Assortment Planning user interface from the SAP
Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the necessary roles assigned. Based on the role(s)
assigned to your user, you can access certain business catalogs and business catalog groups.

Your SAP Assortment Planning application is delivered with two predefined roles, catalogs, and groups. These
include technical content as well as business content:

Front-End Server Business Content Front-End Technical Content

Technical
Business Role Business Catalog Business Catalog Group Technical Role Catalog

SAP_RAP_BCR_AP_PL SAP_RAP_BC_AP_PLA SAP_RAP_BCG_AP_PLANNER SAP_RAP_TCR_T SAP_RAP_TC

ANNER NNER _T

SAP_RAP_BCR_PLANN SAP_RAP_BC_PLANNI SAP_RAP_BCG_PLANNING_ADM

ING_ADMIN NG_ADMIN IN

To test the installation of SAP Assortment Planning from the SAP Fiori launchpad, you need to assign the roles
above to your user on the front-end system.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end system.

2. Launch User Maintenance (transaction SU01).
3. Enter your user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the roles SAP_RAP_BCR_AP_PLANNER and SAP_RAP_BCR_PLANNING_ADMIN to
your user.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
334 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Caution

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, you must clear your browser cache to apply any
modifications made to your user roles. Otherwise, your changes will not be reflected in the SAP Fiori
user interface.

More Information

Security Information section of the SAP Assortment Planning Administrator's Guide.

6.3.10 Extend an SAP Fiori App for SAP Assortment Planning

To extend an SAP Fiori app for SAP Assortment Planning:

1. Navigate to the SAP Fiori App Reference Library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/

externalViewer/index.html.
2. Search for the app.
3. On the app details screen, choose IMPLEMENTATION INFORMATION and select a delivery.
4. Consult the information under Extensibility. For example, here you can find a list of the available extension
points and controller hooks.
5. Consult SAP Note 2274090 (Steps to be followed to extend SAP Fiori Apps for SAP CARAB). Here you
can find an example of how to extend apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.
6. For general extensibility information for SAP Fiori, see the SAP Fiori Overview and consult the information
under Extend and Develop SAP Fiori Apps.

6.3.11 Additional Information for Retail SAP BW Structure

6.3.11.1 Specify Analysis Workbooks Settings

The Retail SAP BW Structure of SAP Assortment Planning is delivered with some SAP Analysis for Microsoft
Office workbooks. These are template workbooks that you can adapt to use in your retail business. However,
you should not use the Retail SAP BW Structure in a new installation but the Omnichannel SAP BW Structure.

For an example of how to create customized versions of the workbooks, see Workbook Design Example [page
339].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 335
6.3.11.1.1 Enable Macros

Use

In this procedure, you enable your SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks to use macros.

Procedure

1. Open SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office from Start All Programs SAP Business Intelligence SAP
BusinessObjects Analysis Analysis for Microsoft Excel .
2. Choose File Options Customize Ribbon .
3. Under Customize the Ribbon, select Main Tabs.
4. Enable the entry Developer and confirm by choosing OK.
5. Now you will see the new Developer tab in your SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office.
6. Select the Developer Tab and choose Macro Security.
7. Choose Enable all macros.

6.3.11.1.2 Set Language for Ribbons and Buttons in

Workbooks

Use

In this procedure, you can set the desired language of the following user interface objects that are specific to
the workbooks of SAP Assortment Planning:

• Ribbons Planning Functions, Refinement Functions, and Extended Features

• Tooltips for planning functions
• Message texts
• Buttons.

The content of the workbooks consists of multiple parts:

• The language of the standard menus and standard ribbons depends on the language set for Microsoft
Excel.
• The language of the contents in the cells (mainly KPIs) depends on the user-selected system language of
the back-end system.
• The language of the user interface objects that are specific to the workbooks of SAP Assortment Planning,
is not set by the selected system language of the back-end system, but you can change it for each
workbook according to the following procedure. The default language is English.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
336 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Procedure

1. Unhide the worksheet SAP_TEXT_CUSTOMIZING using standard functionality of Microsoft Excel.

2. On the worksheet SAP_TEXT_CUSTOMIZING, copy the column of the desired language to column B -
Custom Text.
3. Hide the worksheet SAP_TEXT_CUSTOMIZING.
4. Save your changes in the worksheet on the SAP NetWeaver Server by choosing File Analysis Save
Workbook to SAP NetWeaver .

 Note

To allow for correct interpretation of the texts by screen readers, make sure that the language for all parts
of the workbooks is set to the same desired one. Set the language as described in this section.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 337
6.3.11.1.3 Set ResultSetSizeLimit Registry Setting

Use

By default, SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbooks are set to display 500,000 cells. This setting might
not be sufficient for the productive use of SAP Assortment Planning. For example, if you have more than 300
products in your assortment plan, you might encounter the following error message:

Size Limit Error

To resolve this issue, you need to increase the default setting of the ResultSetSizeLimit registry setting.

Procedure

Read and implement SAP Note 1662968 .

 Note

As the administrator overseeing the installation of SAP Assortment Planning, you need to carry out the
steps listed in this procedure on the workstation of each SAP Assortment Planning user.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
338 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.3.11.2 Workbook Design Example

Use

In this procedure, you walk through an example of creating an SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office workbook.
You can use steps of this procedure to create customized versions of the SAP-delivered assortment planning
workbooks.

Prerequisites

The necessary BI queries must exist in the back-end system.

Procedure

1. Open SAP Analysis for Microsoft Office from Start All Programs SAP Business Intelligence SAP
BusinessObjects Analysis Analysis for Microsoft Excel .
2. Select the cell in the worksheet where the crosstab with the data from the selected data source should be
inserted.
3. From the menu, choose Analysis Insert Select Data Source .
4. Choose Skip on the popup window Logon to SAP BusinessObjects BI Platform.
5. In the Select Data Source dialog box, select the source system, then choose Next.
6. In the Logon to system <Your System Name> dialog box, enter your logon data, then choose OK.
7. In the Select Data Source dialog box, choose tab Search.
8. In the Search tab, you can search for the description or technical name of a data source, that is, the name
of the BI query that will provide the data for your workbook.
For example, search for /RAP/M01A01_IRQ02 or /RAP/M01A01_IRQ01. In general, you can search for /
RAP* to find any SAP Assortment Planning query.
9. Select the required data source, and then choose OK.
10. On the Prompts screen, make the relevant entries base on the selected query in the Specify Value for
Prompts area.
11. Choose OK, and then you will see the table is inserted in the sheet. You can now analyze the data and
change the displayed data set according to your needs. You can also add other components to your
analysis, for example charts.
12. Choose menu Analysis Display to open the design panel.
13. Choose the Components tab in the bottom right corner, and right-click Book1 and choose Use Planning
Sequence.
14. In the Search For field of the Open Planning Sequence dialog box enter your planning sequence and choose
Search.
15. Select the required planning sequence, and then choose OK. The planning sequence will be displayed
under Book1 Planning Objects in the design panel.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 339
16. Select the cell in the worksheet where a button should be inserted.
17. From the menu, choose Developer Insert Button (Form Control) , and insert the button using drag
and drop.
18. In the Assign Macro dialog box, choose New.
19. In the VB edit, maintain the relevant code in the Sub ButtonX_Click area.
20.Choose Close.
21. Right-click the button, and choose Edit Text. Replace the button name with a meaningful name.
22. Position your cursor where the condition will be defined, and make the relevant entries.
23. Select the sheet and position the cursor where the variable list will be inserted, for example cell H1 in
sheet1.
24. Choose menu Analysis Info Field Variables , and the variables will be inserted into the relevant
sheet.
25. Maintain the relevant entries in the sheet.
26. Choose your Planning Sequence in the design panel.
27. In the section of Variables of Planning Sequence, make the relevant entries.
28. Choose Save Button.
29. Provide a file name and save the workbook as type Excel Macro-Enabled Workbook (*.xlsm).
30.Choose Save.

Result

The customized workbook is created.

6.4 SAP Promotion Management

Using SAP Promotion Management functions

For full use of the SAP Promotion Management application, you must have a license for use of SAP Promotion
Management.

 Note

Limited functionality is available to users without an SAP Promotion Management license.

To use the FIORI-based user interface, implement the BAdI from Customizing Cross-Application
Components Demand Data Foundation Data Maintenance Offer Enhancements Using Business Add-Ins
Implementation: Fiori PMR Offers Switch .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
340 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.4.1 Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository

To set up this application, you must first perform the Core (Mandatory) steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository. The core steps are mandatory for all the consuming applications.

Procedure

Perform all steps listed under Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].

6.4.2 Activate Internet Communication Framework (ICF)

Services

For security reasons, all Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services relevant to your SAP Promotion
Management application are made available in an inactive state. In this procedure, you activate an ICF service
required for the SAP Manage Promotional Offers Fiori app.

1. Log on to your front-end system.

2. Open service maintenance (transaction SICF).
3. In the Maintain Service screen, select the service by specifying the following:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/bsp/sap/
4. Choose Execute
5. To activate the service, choose Service/host Activate
6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 to ensure that all of the following services are activated:
• pmroffers
• pmrcontent
• prodgrps
• locsubgrp
• eventprv

6.5 SAP Allocation Management

Post-installation setup for SAP Allocation Management

1. Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 260]
2. Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP Allocation Management [page 342]
3. Check Procedure Associated with Function GENIOS_SOLVE Is Active [page 346]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 341
4. Configure SAP Allocation Management [page 347]
5. Configure Data Replication [page 348]
6. Configure Front End [page 351]
7. Implement BAdI for Real-Time Inventory [page 354]

6.5.1 Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity

Repository

To set up this application, you must first perform the Core (Mandatory) steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository. The core steps are mandatory for all the consuming applications.

Procedure

Perform all steps listed under Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].

6.5.2 Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP Allocation

Management

Once all previous steps are successfully completed, you can activate SAP HANA content for SAP Allocation
Management.

Prerequisites

Before starting with the activation of the SAP HANA content for SAP Allocation Management, you must do the
following:

• Ensure that you have at least one of the SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H schemas in the SAP HANA database.
Based on your source system for all SAP ERP data, you have either an SAP_ECC schema or an SAP_S4H
schema (either physical schemas with these names, or at least authoring schemas). If you have both these
systems, you must have two schemas.
• Ensure that all tables listed for SLT replication are available in the relevant schemas. The spreadsheet
with tables that are relevant for replication and SAP HANA content activation is available on SAP Help
Portal at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB. Select the relevant version of SAP Customer Activity
Repository at the top and choose Implement. Download the SLT Tables for SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle 5.0 archive and extract the spreadsheet.
Also ensure that you have implemented SAP Note 2916915 (Error when Activating HANA Content for
Distribution Curves after Executing Report /DMF/CREATE_SLT_TABLES) and SAP Note 3003750 (SAP
Allocation Management - Corrections for using S4H 2020 as Source System).
Ensure that you have successfully set up the SLT tables in the schemas.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
342 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
SAP HANA Content Activation Steps

1. Run the report /AMR/INSERT_SLT_TABLES_TO_DB (Insert SLT Table Entries to Database) in insert mode
(by deselecting the simulation setting).
2. Deploy SAP Allocation Management delivered procedures, functions, and views.
SAP Allocation Management delivers several native HANA objects as a part of the application. These
objects are delivered via HANA transport for ABAP (HTA) and must be explicitly deployed into the SAP
HANA database. Without this deployment, you do not see these objects in the SAP HANA database. Once
deployed, you can find the content via the path sap.is.retail.rap.amr.db.
3. Activate SAP Customer Activity Repository and Demand Data Foundation (DDF) SAP HANA content.

 Note

If the SAP Customer Activity Repository and DDF SAP HANA content is already active, you can skip this
step.

SAP Allocation Management depends on active SAP HANA content for SAP Customer Activity Repository
and DDF. Therefore, it is recommended that you first activate the SAP HANA content for SAP Customer
Activity Repository and DDF.
Run the program Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP CARAB (/CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA) and select the
ECC Mode relevant to your installation. Under Business Scenario Activation, select the Customer Activity
Repository and Demand Data Foundation options.
Run the activation report. As a result, you have successfully activated and deployed the SAP HANA content
for SAP Customer Activity Repository and DDF.

 Caution

Do not select Allocation Management in this activation run for a simultaneous activation of SAP
Allocation Management SAP HANA content. Simultaneous activation leads to activation problems.

4. Check and maintain schema mapping.

Check the names you use for your physical schema. If you are using the default names below, no further
action is required:
• SAP_S4H, for your S/4HANA schema
• SAP_ECC, for your ECC or FMS schema
If the names you have chosen for your physical schema are different from the names above, you must do
the following:

Maintain a schema mapping in your SAP HANA database, where your customer-specific names are used
as authoring schemas for the physical schema.
5. Run the dummy schema and dummy table creation reports.
The reports check for a missing physical schema and create this physical schema and the corresponding
dummy tables in the schema if necessary. The successful completion of this step is a prerequisite for a
successful SAP HANA content activation for SAP Allocation Management.

 Note

The running of the report requires a database user in the ABAP system with the authorization to create
the dummy schema. Check the application log for the report if there were errors.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 343
 In your back-end system, start transaction SE38 and execute the following two reports, in the sequence in
which they are listed:
• /DMF/CREATE_SLT_TABLES (Create SLT Tables)
1. Select your source system. For S/4HANA, enter the release.
2. Enter the physical source and dummy schema names. For the Physical Source Schema, enter the
physical schema name into which your SLT tables are replicating. For the Physical Dummy Schema,
enter the name for the schema to be created. If the physical source schema already exists in the SAP
HANA database, then only the dummy tables in this schema are created when you execute the report.
3. Select the simulation mode for a test run. After the simulation run, you can check for errors in the
application log.
4. Run the report again, this time without simulation mode.
5. If you have chosen a dummy schema name that is neither SAP_ECC nor SAP_S4H, maintain schema
mapping for the dummy schema. Follow the guidelines mentioned in Step 4.
• /AMR/CREATE_DYNAMIC_SLT_TABLES (Create SLT Tables Dynamically)
1. Select your source system. For S/4HANA, enter the release.
2. Enter the physical source and dummy schema names. For the Physical Source Schema, enter the
physical schema name into which your SLT tables are replicating. For the Physical Dummy Schema,
enter the name for the schema to be created. If the physical source schema already exists in the SAP
HANA database, then only the dummy tables in this schema are created when you execute the report.
3. Select the simulation mode for a test run. After the simulation run, you can check for errors in the
application log.
4. Run the report again, this time without simulation mode.
5. If you have chosen a dummy schema name that is neither SAP_ECC nor SAP_S4H, maintain schema
mapping for the dummy schema. Follow the guidelines mentioned in Step 4.
6. Activate relevant inactive SAP HANA content for DDF.
Based on your scenario, there may be inactive packages in DDF, even though you have activated the
content earlier via the report /CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA (Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP CARAB).
For the following packages in DDF, perform these actions:
• In the table CTS_HOT_PREWORK, set the PREWORK_DONE indicator to X for these packages.
• Call up transaction SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY (SAP HANA Transport for ABAP - Deployment) to check and to
deploy (if not already deployed) these packages, strictly in the sequence they are listed. Do not select
the option to Include subpackages:
• sap.is.ddf.ecc
• sap.is.ddf.fms
• sap.is.ddf.fms_s4h
• sap.is.ddf.cross.ecc
• sap.is.ddf.cross.fms
• sap.is.ddf.cross.fms_s4h
• sap.is.ddf.cross

 Note

The package names are case-sensitive.

If your SAP Retail release has tables that do not contain any FMS fields, some views might not be
activated successfully in the fms and fms_s4h packages. You can nevertheless continue with further
activation steps.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
344 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 7. Grant authorization.
The two SLT table creation reports use the database user maintained in the ABAP system to create the
dummy schemas. The _SYS_REPO user needs the exact same authorizations on the newly created dummy
schema that this user already has on the physical source schema. In addition, to display the schema in the
navigator, a SELECT authorization on the schema (with GRANT option) must be provided to the database
user for the content activation.

 Note

This step must be performed by the SAP HANA database administrator who has the authorization for
these activities.

8. Set Prework Done for SAP Allocation Management packages.

A precondition for SAP HANA Transport for ABAP (HTA) activation is that the PREWORK_DONE indicator is
set for all packages with activation mode P – prework needed. You can check this setting in the table
CTS_HOT_PACKAGE in field HOT_ACTIVATION_MODE.
You can set the PREWORK_DONE indicator for all packages relevant for SAP Allocation Management
manually or by implementing an SAP Note. To make the setting manually, follow the additional steps
listed in this step. Alternatively, implement SAP Note 2861929 (Setting the PREWORK_DONE flag in
table CTS_HOT_PREWORK for AMR HANA Content packages) instead of setting the indicator manually.
The manual steps are as follows:
1. Set the PREWORK_DONE indicator to X for all packages in the CTS_HOT_PREWORK table. The indicator
shows that the SAP HANA content in all packages relevant for SAP Allocation Management is ready for
deployment.
2. Call transaction SE16 (Data Browser) and display the content of table CTS_HOT_PACKAGE.
Search for package names sap.is.retail.rap.amr* in the field HANA_PACKAGE_ID. Please note
that the package names are case-sensitive.
You should find 163 entries that match the search criterion. Copy the package names from the result
list of your search.
3. Run the program Activate SAP HANA Content for SAP CARAB (/CAR/ACTIVATE_HTA) with the
following settings:
• Select the relevant setting under ECC Mode.
• Under Business Scenario Activation, select the Allocation Management option.
• Under Processing Control, select Perform Prerequisite Check.
4. Display the selection screen of table CTS_HOT_PREWORK. Enter the HANA_PACKAGE_ID for all
packages from the result list of your search in table CTS_HOT_PACKAGE.
5. Ensure that all 163 entries have been successfully updated with PREWORK_DONE indicator to X in the
CTS_HOT_PREWORK table.
9. Once you have successfully deployed all content as described in the previous steps, call up transaction SAP
HANA Transport for ABAP - Deployment (SCTS_HTA_DEPLOY). To deploy the SAP Allocation Management
packages, enter package name sap.is.retail.rap.amr* and choose Execute.

 Note

With this step, the SAP HANA content for SAP Allocation Management is finally deployed. This is the
last and most critical activation step.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 345
Checking for Missing Views

If content activation errors occur, check for missing views in the database. For more information, see
Troubleshooting: Missing Views in Database [page 346].

Related Information

Create/Replicate Source Master Data System Tables [page 94]

Activate SAP HANA Content [page 98]

6.5.2.1 Troubleshooting: Missing Views in Database

After the SAP HANA content activation, you can check for missing views in transaction DB02.

Check if SAP Allocation Management views are highlighted as objects missing in the database. There could
be some missing objects, despite having received success messages from the previous step of activating SAP
Allocation Management SAP HANA content.

1. Call up transaction Diagnostics: Missing Tables and Indexes (DB02)

2. Select Diagnostics Tables/Views and enter the technical name.
3. Check if any SAP Allocation Management views are displayed as missing in the database.
4. If there are views missing in the database, raise a support ticket.

6.5.3 Check Procedure Associated with Function

GENIOS_SOLVE Is Active

For SAP Allocation Management, confirm that the procedure associated with function GENIOS_SOLVE is active
in the _SYS_AFL catalog.

Prerequisites

You have configured the AFL usage and confirmed that the OFL algorithm was installed successfully as
described in section Check the OFL Installation [page 62].

Context

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
346 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Procedure

1. Go to SAP HANA Systems view in the SAP HANA Development Perspective.

2. In your system, filter for catalog _SYS_AFL.
3. In the _SYS_AFL catalog, filter on procedures to search for OFL_AREA_GENIOS_SOLVE_PROC
4. Confirm that this procedure OFL_AREA_GENIOS_SOLVE_PROC is available.

6.5.4 Configure SAP Allocation Management

To use SAP Allocation Management, you must define several application-specific settings in Customizing.

General Settings

Define the settings under SAP Implementation Guide Cross-Application Components Allocation
Management .

SAP Allocation Management provides optional integration scenarios with:

• UDF (Unified Demand Forecast)

• SAP Assortment Planning

Both scenarios require additional installation steps, which are described in sections SAP Assortment Planning
[page 311] and Complete UDF Setup [page 146] of this guide.

Allocation information from allocation plans can be transferred to follow-on systems to create the
corresponding allocation tables. You set up the transfer of allocation plans with the implementation of SAP
Notes in the follow-on systems. For more information, see Implement SAP Notes for the Installation [page 34].

Activation of Notifications

As part of the promotional business scenarios, you can enable the creation of push notifications for users.
These notifications inform responsible users about important changes that affect existing allocation plans, for
example, the deletion of an offer or product or a change in the offer validity period.

To activate these notifications in your SAP Customer Activity Repository system, proceed as follows:

1. Under SAP Implementation Guide SAP NetWeaver Notification Channel Notification Channel
Provider Enablement Administration Notification Provider Settings , access the Register Notification
Providers Customizing activity.
2. In this activity, make sure that the following information is available:
• Provider ID: /AMR/NOTIF_PROMO_PUSH
• Provider class: /AMR/CL_NOTIF_PROVIDER

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 347
3. Then activate this provider in the Manage Notification Providers activity in the Notification Provider Settings
group that you accessed in Step 1.

6.5.5 Configure Data Replication

SAP Allocation Management uses master data such as product, store, and product hierarchy that is imported
to the Demand Data Foundation (DDF) and Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) modules using the data replication
framework (DRF, transaction DRFOUT).

 Note

Not all of the master data is replicated using the data replication framework. Some data must be replicated
separately using SAP Landscape Transformation Replication Server (SLT).

For detailed information about the SLT replication procedure, see Create/Replicate Source Master Data
System Tables [page 94].

6.5.5.1 Initial Load of Data to DDF Using DRFOUT

SAP Allocation Management uses master data, such as product, location, and product hierarchy, that is
replicated from SAP Retail or SAP S/4HANA to DDF using DRFOUT.

Procedure

SAP Allocation Management specifically requires that the following data is replicated sequentially from a
connected SAP ERP system using DRFOUT:

Sequence Master Data Technical Details For more information, see:

1 Product Hierarchy • SAP ERP Description: Material Group https://help.sap.com/car <your release>
Hierarchy and then the Use tab, application
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: help for SAP Customer Activity
PMCH Repository: Demand Data Foundation
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Integration Information Inbound
MDIF_PROD_HIER_INBOUND Interfaces For Remote Function Call (RFC)

Communication Product Hierarchy

Master Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
348 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Sequence Master Data Technical Details For more information, see:

2 Product • SAP ERP Description: Material https://help.sap.com/car <your release>

• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: and then the Use tab, application
PMAT help for SAP Customer Activity

• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Repository: Demand Data Foundation

MDIF_PRODUCT_INBOUND Integration Information Inbound
Interfaces For Remote Function Call (RFC)

Communication Product Master Data

3 Location • SAP ERP Description: Plant https://help.sap.com/car <your release>

• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: and then the Use tab, application
PPLT help for SAP Customer Activity

• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Repository: Demand Data Foundation

MDIF_LOCATION_INBOUND Integration Information Inbound
Interfaces For Remote Function Call

(RFC) Communication Product Location

Master Data

4 Product Location • SAP ERP Description: Material/Plant https://help.sap.com/car <your release>

• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: and then the Use tab, application
PMPL help for SAP Customer Activity

• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Repository: Demand Data Foundation

MDIF_PROD_LOC_INBOUND Integration Information Inbound
Interfaces For Remote Function Call

(RFC) Communication Product Location

Master Data

5 Product Location • SAP ERP Description: Sales Price https://help.sap.com/car <your release>
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: and then the Use tab, application
PMAT help for SAP Customer Activity

• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Repository: Demand Data Foundation

MDIF_PROD_LOC_INBOUND Integration Information Inbound
Interfaces For Remote Function Call

(RFC) Communication Product Location

Master Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 349
Sequence Master Data Technical Details For more information, see:

6 Inventory • SAP ERP Description: Inventory https://help.sap.com/car <your release>

• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: and then the Use tab, application
PINV help for SAP Customer Activity

• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Repository: Demand Data Foundation

OPIF_INVENTORY_INBOUND Integration Information Inbound
Interfaces For Remote Function Call

(RFC) Communication Inventory Master

Data

7 Transportation • SAP ERP Description: Source of Sup­ https://help.sap.com/car <your release>

Lane ply and then the Use tab, application
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: help for SAP Customer Activity
PSOS Repository: Demand Data Foundation
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Integration Information Inbound
MDIF_LANE_INBOUND Interfaces For Remote Function Call

 Note (RFC) Communication Transportation

Before transferring the planned deliv­ Lane Master Data

ery time to DDF, implement a BAdI
to update the planned delivery time
values as described in SAP Note
2357255 ).

8 Location • SAP ERP Description: Vendor https://help.sap.com/car <your release>

• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: and then the Use tab, application
PVEN help for SAP Customer Activity

• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Repository: Demand Data Foundation

MDIF_LOCATION_INBOUND Integration Information Inbound
Interfaces For Remote Function Call

(RFC) Communication Location Master

Data

9 Product Hierarchy • SAP ERP Description: Article Hierar­ https://help.sap.com/car <your release>
chy and then the Use tab, application
• DRFOUT Outbound Implementation: help for SAP Customer Activity
PAHY Repository: Demand Data Foundation
• DDF Inbound Interface: /DMF/ Integration Information Inbound
MDIF_PROD_HIER_INBOUND Interfaces For Remote Function Call (RFC)

Communication Product Hierarchy

Master Data

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
350 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
You can import the data into staging tables, and then transfer this data to production tables using report /DMF/
PROCESS_STAGING_TABLES. Alternatively, you can skip the staging tables and import the data directly into the
production tables. For more information, see:

• https://help.sap.com/car <your release> and then the Use tab, application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository: Demand Data Foundation Integration Information Inbound Processing
• https://help.sap.com/car <your release> and then the Use tab, application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository: Demand Data Foundation General Services Monitor Imports Process Inbound Staging
Tables

More Information

For more information on monitoring the replication, see:

• https://help.sap.com/car <your release> and then the Use tab, application help for SAP Customer Activity
Repository: Demand Data Foundation General Services Monitor Imports
• The Periodic Tasks section of the Administration Guide for SAP Allocation Management.

Related Information

Periodic Tasks

6.5.5.2 Delta Load of Data to DDF Using DRFOUT

When performing a delta load of data from the source master data system using the DRFOUT framework, you
must ensure that the product location data required to enhance the sales records with historical sales cost is
loaded prior to the sales data.

Furthermore, we recommend that you schedule a daily periodic task to replicate data from the source system
to the SAP Allocation Management system.

6.5.6 Configure Front End

Check if you have performed the SAP Gateway configuration and that you have activated the OData Services
for distribution curve and SAP Allocation Management.

Activate SAP Allocation Management ICF Services [page 352]

Perform these steps to activate Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services for SAP Allocation
Management.

Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori Launchpad [page 353]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 351
 To be able to access SAP Fiori apps that constitute the SAP Allocation Management user interface from
the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the necessary roles assigned. Based on
the roles assigned to your user, you can access certain business catalogs and business catalog groups.

Change Default Sorting Order in My Allocation Plans (Optional) [page 354]

The My Allocation Plans app is delivered with a default sorting order. For the promotional push and
promotional buy scenarios, default sorting is by offer name. For all other business scenarios, default
sorting is by product name.

Related Information

Configure SAP Gateway [page 110]

Activate OData Services [page 114]

6.5.6.1 Activate SAP Allocation Management ICF Services

Perform these steps to activate Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services for SAP Allocation
Management.

For security reasons, all Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services relevant to your SAP Allocation
Management application are made available in an inactive state.

You have activated the central ICF services while configuring the SAP Gateway. This procedure provides the
instructions to activate ICF services required for the SAP Allocation Management SAP Fiori apps.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Open service maintenance (transaction SICF).
3. In the Maintain Service screen, select the Location Clustering service by specifying the following:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path: /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_alloplan/
4. Choose Execute.
5. To activate the service, choose Service/host Activate.
6. Repeat steps 3–5 to ensure that all of the following services are activated:
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_alloplan
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_allo_params
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_dist_config
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_lib_reuse
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_marketunit
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_workload

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
352 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_kpiconfig
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_result
• /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/amr_capacity

6.5.6.2 Assign Roles, Catalogs, and Groups in SAP Fiori

Launchpad

To be able to access SAP Fiori apps that constitute the SAP Allocation Management user interface from the
SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the necessary roles assigned. Based on the roles
assigned to your user, you can access certain business catalogs and business catalog groups.

Your SAP Allocation Management application is delivered with a predefined role, catalog, and group. These
include technical content as well as business content:

Front-End Server Business Content Front-End Technical Content

Technical
Business Role Business Catalog Business Catalog Group Technical Role Catalog

SAP_AMR_BCR_ALLOC SAP_AMR_BC_ALLOCA SAP_AMR_BCG_ALLOCATOR_T SAP_AMR_TCR_T SAP_AMR_TC

ATOR_T TOR_T _T

To test the installation of SAP Allocation Management from the SAP Fiori launchpad, you need to assign the
roles to your user on the front-end system.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end system.

2. Launch User Maintenance (transaction SU01).
3. Enter your user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the roles SAP_AMR_BCR_ALLOCATOR_T and SAP_AMR_TCR_T to your user.

 Caution

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, you must clear your browser cache to apply any
modifications made to your user roles. Otherwise, your changes are not reflected in the SAP Fiori user
interface.

More Information

See the Security Information section of the Administration Guide for SAP Allocation Management.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 353
6.5.6.3 Change Default Sorting Order in My Allocation
Plans (Optional)

The My Allocation Plans app is delivered with a default sorting order. For the promotional push and promotional
buy scenarios, default sorting is by offer name. For all other business scenarios, default sorting is by product
name.

You can change the default sorting order to meet your business needs. Note that this change takes effect for
the app at system and client level.

 Note

To use the SAP Fiori launchpad designer, your user must have the administrator role for SAP Fiori
launchpad. For more information, see the product documentation for SAP Fiori Launchpad on SAP Help
Portal.

To replace the default sorting order, proceed as follows:

1. Open the SAP Fiori launchpad designer using transaction /n/UI2/FLPD_CUST.

2. Select Catalogs in the search filter bar and search for allocator.
This displays the catalog to which all SAP Allocation Management apps are assigned.
3. Click the SAP_AMR_BC_ALLOCATOR_T catalog to open the tiles for the SAP Allocation Management apps.
4. Click the tile for the My Allocation Plans app.
5. In the Parameters field, enter the field that you want to use for sorting allocation plans.
For example, to sort by the product ID, you must enter Sort=Product_ExternalId here.
Product_ExternalId is the technical name (case-sensitive) of a back-end property mapped to Product
ID.

The applied sorting criterion is shown in the URL for the My Allocation Plans app.

 Note

If you have changed the default sorting order, the new sorting criterion takes effect when opening the My
Allocation Plans app directly. If you open an allocation plan after creating it in one of the My Workload apps,
the predefined sorting order as delivered takes effect.

6.5.7 Implement BAdI for Real-Time Inventory

You must implement a BAdI to use real-time inventory in SAP Allocation Management.

As of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0, a BAdI implementation is required to obtain
real-time data inventory data for SAP Allocation Management.

You can implement a BAdI using standard logic or implement your own logic. For more information and detailed
steps, please see SAP Note 2982741 - SAP Allocation Management - BAdI Implementation for Real-Time
Inventory View.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
354 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.6 SAP Replenishment Planning

Post-installation setup for SAP Replenishment Planning

1. Ensure that the SAP XRP AFL component is installed. For more information, see Download and Install SAP
XRP AFL (Only for SAP Replenishment Planning) [page 69].
2. Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 260]
3. Complete UDF Setup [page 146]
4. Implement SAP Notes for the Integration of SAP Replenishment Planning with SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA
[page 356]
5. Specify RFC Destinations for Source Master Data Systems [page 357]
6. Enable the Use of Scheduling Groups [page 358]
7. Adjust the Use of Shelf Life Information [page 358]
8. Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359]
9. Make Fiori Launchpad Tiles for SAP GUI Transactions Accessible With Hub Deployment [page 389]
10. Set Up Database Roles and Authorizations [page 391]
11. Set Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]
12. Set Up Authorizations for Transfer of Order Plan Items to Source Master Data System [page 398]
13. Perform Configuration Steps in SAP Customer Activity Repository [page 399]
14. Ensure a Suitable Configuration of the Enqueue Server [page 400]
15. Configure SAP Replenishment Planning [page 401]
16. Define the Parameterization Profiles and the Assignment [page 406]
17. Configure Exception Management [page 407]
18. Configure Process Packaging and Parallelization [page 409]
19. Set Up Real-Time Inventory Integration [page 410]
20.Check Performance-Related Configuration Options (Optional) [page 412]

6.6.1 Perform Core Steps for SAP Customer Activity

Repository

To set up this application, you must first perform the Core (Mandatory) steps for SAP Customer Activity
Repository. The core steps are mandatory for all the consuming applications.

Procedure

Perform all steps listed under Core (Mandatory for All Applications) [page 86].

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 355
6.6.2 Implement SAP Notes for the Integration of SAP
Replenishment Planning with SAP ERP or SAP S/
4HANA

There are notes that provide the functionality for receiving order plan items from SAP Customer Activity
Repository and notes that provide the functionality for the replication of additional information relevant for SAP
Replenishment Planning from SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA.

To decide whether you have to install these notes on your SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA system or not, please
check if the following notes are already included in the support packages that you have installed (by checking
the Support Packages & Patches section of these notes).

SAP Notes for Receiving Order Plan Items from SAP Customer Activity Repository

SAP Note Description

2679390 This note provides the proxy functionality in SAP ERP and
SAP S/4 HANA for the transfer of order plan items.
Integration Proxy for CAR-based Replenishment (Order Plan
to Purchase Order)

2800988 This note provides the enhancement for persisting the infor­
mation about the origin of the purchase order item and the
Grouping of Order List Items: External Reference persisted
corresponding reference number.
(EXTERNALREFERENCEID)

2806257 This note provides the reference field EXTERNALREFEREN­

CEID in table EKPO for receiving the order plan item ID.
Enhancement of table EKPO by the field EXTERNALREFER­
ENCEID

2834608 This note contains instructions for creating DDIC objects

that are required for implementing SAP note 2679390.
Automatic implementation of manual changes for note
2679390 (SAP S/4)

2900882 This note contains correction instructions for the consider­

ation of obsolete order list items whose ordering time is
Grouping of Order List Items: 'Obsolete' Order List Items
exceeded in the Grouping of Order List Items into Purchase
Orders function.

2917595 This note contains instructions for creating DDIC objects

Grouping of Order List Items: 'Obsolete' Order List Items - and documentation enhancements that are required for im­
DDIC + Documentation plementing SAP note 2900882.

3004161 This note contains instructions for the integration of addi­

tional date and time fields in the Grouping of Order List Items
Grouping of Order List Items: SAP Replenishment Planning -
into Purchase Orders function.
Support of additional date/time fields

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
356 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 SAP Note Description

3037795 This note provides an option to store order list items as

additional purchase order items instead of updating already
Grouping of Order List Items: SAP Replenishment Planning -
existing items.
Add. Order List Items as Add. PO Item: package check

3048955 This note contains correction instructions for the conversion

from the material number.
Inbound of order plan items: Material number conversion fails

3052569 This note contains correction instructions for the use of the
Material Staging Date/Time field for the update or creation
Order Plan - Staging Date/Time
of purchase order documents and for the consideration of
existing order list items as additional items instead of an
update of the already existing items.

SAP Notes for Replicating Additional Information Relevant for SAP Replenishment Planning from SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA

SAP Note Description

2774819 This note lists the DRF outbound implementations that are
available to replicate master and transaction data from a
DRFOUT Implementations by scenario for Customer Activity
source master data system (SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA) to
Repository Application Bundle
the applications of SAP Customer Activity Repository.

2918510 This note describes how to determine which notes are re­
quired for the data integration from a source master data
How to find notes to get integration up to date for DRFOUT to
system (SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA) to the Demand Data
DDF
Foundation module of SAP Customer Activity Repository.

6.6.3 Specify RFC Destinations for Source Master Data

Systems

To transfer order plan items to a source master data system (SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA), you must specify an
RFC destination for each master data system to which you want to transfer order plan items for purchase order
creation.

You specify an RFC destination as follows in the Customizing for Demand Data Foundation:

1. In transaction SPRO, navigate to Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Basic

Settings Maintain RFC Mapping and execute this Customizing activity.
2. For each master data system to which you want to transfer order plan items for purchase order creation,
create a mapping entry with the following values:
• Application: Order Plan Export to Purchasing
• Sender System: Name of the master data system to which order plan items are to be sent
• RFC Destination: Name of the RFC destination assigned to the master data system

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 357
6.6.4 Enable the Use of Scheduling Groups

The scheduling group is a master data attribute of product and product location in the Demand Data
Foundation (DDF) that can be used as selection criterion for the workload selection of the replenishment
calculation or as condition for configuration assignments. There is no standard replication of the scheduling
group from SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA Retail to DDF.

To use scheduling groups for SAP Replenishment Planning, implement one or both of the following Business
Add-Ins (BAdI) of enhancement spot ES_DMF_BADI in the source master data system. These BAdIs serve to
replicate information from SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA to the DDF scheduling group at product or product
location level:

• DMF_BADI_PRODUCT_SCHED_GRP for mapping of information to product scheduling group

• DMF_BADI_PRODLOC_SCHED_GRP for mapping of information to product location scheduling group

Use one or both BAdIs depending on the level where you store or where you use the data. Both BAdIs provide
an example implementation (class) for mapping the loading group from the source master data system to the
scheduling group in DDF, either at article (product) level (MAW1-WLADG) to product scheduling group, or at
article/site (product/location) level (MARC-LADGR) to product location scheduling group.

Once a BAdI is implemented, you must implement the change pointer for the field you are mapping the
scheduling group to. For detailed information, see the documentation of the Business Add-Ins that you plan to
implement in the source master data system.

6.6.5 Adjust the Use of Shelf Life Information

During the replenishment calculation, SAP Replenishment Planning considers information on the minimum
remaining shelf life of your products to determine the expected spoilage of the order plan items . This
information is replicated from the article master data in the ERP system into Demand Data Foundation (DDF).

Use

The shelf life information is composed of:

• Minimum remaining shelf life: Specifies the minimum amount of time for which a product must keep
upon goods receipt before the assumed shelf life of the goods receipt quantity ends. This information is
considered for the expected spoilage, which can be used as a cost component.
• Minimum remaining shelf life percentage for store: Specifies the percentage of the minimum remaining
shelf life a product must have when it arrives at the store.

Extensibility

If the minimum remaining shelf life percentage for store is not maintained in the ERP system, the percentage
has a default value of zero. Having a value of zero means that 0% of the minimum remaining shelf life is

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
358 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
assumed for the store, and 100% for the distribution center. To change the percentage for store to any other
value of your choice that is not maintained in the ERP system, you can implement an Business Add-In (BAdI) in
the ERP outbound.

To do so, you can access the relevant BAdI BAdI: Material Interface RFC (DMF_BADI_PRODUCT_RFC) in the
ERP system in transaction spro under Logistics General Merchandise Lifecycle Optimization Outbound
Business Add-Ins Material .

For more information on the use of minimum remaining shelf life and minimum remaining shelf life percentage
for store, see Master Data and Transaction Data in the SAP Replenishment Planning Application Help.

6.6.6 Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning

After you have set up and configured your system landscape, you implement the SAP Fiori apps for SAP
Replenishment Planning by performing different tasks on the front-end server and on the back-end server.

Context

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the single entry point for the SAP Fiori apps delivered with SAP Replenishment
Planning. In addition to these setup instructions, technical implementation information is available for each
app.

• App Implementation: Manage Configuration Assignments [page 366]

• App Implementation: Manage Constraint Profiles [page 368]
• App Implementation: Manage Cost Profiles [page 370]
• App Implementation: Manage Procurement Schedules [page 371]
• App Implementation: Manage Shelf Cost Profiles [page 373]
• App Implementation: Review Order Plan Items [page 375]
• App Implementation: Simulate Replenishment [page 377]
• App Implementation: Manage Alerts [page 379]
• App Implementation: Manage Alert Profiles [page 385]
• App Implementation: Manage Exception Profiles [page 387]

Prerequisites

• You have configured SAP Gateway.

 Note

The common OData services are delivered as part of the SAP Fiori front-end server and are located in
the SAP Gateway system. They are required for the SAP Fiori launchpad and you must always activate
them.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 359
 For information, see Activate OData Services [page 114].

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service /DMF/
DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information, see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page 364].
• (Optional, recommended) To be able to display on-screen help directly in the app and easily call up a
detailed app description, you must have enabled the in-app help with the underlying framework. See
section Enable In-App Help [page 416].

Process Steps

To set up the SAP Fiori apps for SAP Replenishment Planning, perform the following steps.

Activate ICF Services

For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the apps.

 Note

After an upgrade, you must ensure that the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services required for
the apps are still active.

To activate the ICF services required for the apps:

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Execute transaction SICF.
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path:

App Service Path

Manage Configuration Assignments /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/configassignman

Manage Constraint Profiles /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/prflconstrntman

Manage Cost Profiles /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/prflcostsman

Manage Procurement Schedules /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/procschedeman

Manage Shelf Cost Profiles /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/prflshlfcapman

Review Order Plan Items /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/review_opi

Simulate Replenishment /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/repl_simulation

Manage Alerts /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/rtlplngalrtman

Manage Alert Profiles /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/prflalertsman

Manage Exception Profiles /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/prflexcptnman

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
360 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).
5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click a service to open the Create/Change a Service screen.

App ICF Service

Manage Configuration Assignments configassignman

Manage Constraint Profiles Prflconstrntman

Manage Cost Profiles prflcostsman

Manage Procurement Schedules procschedeman

Manage Shelf Cost Profiles prflshlfcapman

Review Order Plan Items review_opi

Simulate Replenishment repl_simulation

Manage Alerts Rtlplngalrtman

Manage Alert Profiles prflalertsman

Manage Exception Profiles prflexcptnman

6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

7. Repeat steps 3 to 6, this time using /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/udfreuse/ as the service path.

8. Repeat steps 3 to 6, this time using /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ddfreuse_v2/ as the service path.

Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning

To activate the application-specific OData services required for SAP Replenishment Planning:

1. Log on to your front-end server (your SAP Gateway system).

2. In transaction SPRO, navigate to SAP Reference IMG SAP NetWeaver SAP Gateway OData Channel
Administration General Settings Activate and Maintain Services and execute the Customizing
activity.

 Tip

As a quick shortcut to the same screen, use transaction /n/IWFND/MAINT_SERVICE.

The Service Catalog shows you all the services that are currently active in your SAP Gateway system.
3. Activate the services that are required for the SAP Replenishment Planning application:
1. Choose Add Service.
The Add Selected Services screen is displayed.
2. In System Alias, select the alias of your back-end system.
3. Choose Get Services (or press ENTER ).
The available services are displayed.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 361
 4. Use the following table for reference and select the services:

App OData Service

Manage Configuration Assignments /DMF/PARAMETER_ASSIGNMENT_SRV

Manage Constraint Profiles /DMF/PROFILE_CONSTRAINT_PARAM_SRV

Manage Cost Profiles /DMF/PROFILE_COST_PARAM_SRV

Manage Procurement Schedules /DMF/PROCUREMENT_SCHEDULE_SRV

Manage Shelf Cost Profiles /DMF/PRFL_SHLFCAP_VIOLTN_PARAM_SRV

Review Order Plan Items /XRP/REVIEW_ORDER_PLAN_ITEMS_SRV

/IWBEP/MESSAGE_TEXT

Simulate Replenishment /XRP/OD_REPLNMT_COST_SIMLN_SRV

Manage Alerts /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERTS_SRV

Manage Alert Profiles /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERT_PRFL_SRV

Manage Exception Profiles /DMF/PROFILE_EXCPTN_PARAM_SRV

4. Choose Add Selected Services and follow the instructions.

 Note

User roles are only needed if you want to have connections to multiple back-end systems or multiple
clients on the same back-end. The user roles are system-specific and are not delivered by default. If
required, you must create them manually. If you define multiple user roles for different connections,
make sure you have only one role assigned to your user at any time. If you need to change roles, first
remove the old role from your user, then assign the new role.

Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori Launchpad

To be able to access the apps from the SAP Fiori launchpad, your front-end system user must have the
necessary role(s) assigned. This allows you to access the business catalogs and business groups required for
the apps.

You can use the following role as a template for your own roles: Replenishment Planner (SAP_XRP_TCR_T). The
following catalogs and business groups are assigned to this role:

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL (Replenishment Planning)

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL (Replenishment Planning)

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG (Replenishment

Configuration)

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_PLANNING (Replenishment Planning)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
362 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Component Technical Name

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_SIMULATION (Replenishment Simulation)

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_ALERT_MANAGEMENT (Alert Management)

To enable the apps for SAP Fiori launchpad:

1. Log on to your front-end system.

2. Execute transaction SU01 to open the User Maintenance screen.
3. Enter your front-end user name in the User field and choose Change.
4. On the Roles tab, assign the Replenishment Planner (SAP_XRP_TCR_T) role to your user or assign a
custom role that was created by using the Replenishment Planner (SAP_XRP_TCR_T) role as a template.
5. Save your changes.

 Tip

If you already have an SAP Fiori launchpad open, clear your web browser cache to see the changes.

 Note

To access the Analyze Forecast app either from the SAP Fiori launchpad or in the Review Order Plan Items
app and to run the UDF reuse component, the Demand Planner (Retail) (SAP_DPL_TCR_T) business role is
required.

Assign Area of Responsibility (AOR) to ABAP Back-End User

You can only display and select product and location hierarchies that have been assigned as an AOR to your
ABAP back-end user.

To assign an area of responsibility (AOR) to an ABAP back-end user:

1. Log on to your ABAP back-end system.

2. Execute transaction NWBC to open the SAP NetWeaver Business Client.
3. Choose Services Maintain Area of Responsibility Product Hierarchy and Location Hierarchy.
4. Select your ABAP back-end user, choose Continue, and define the AOR.
For instructions, see the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at https://help.sap.com/
viewer/p/CARAB. Search for Maintain Area of Responsibility and follow the instructions.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 363
6.6.6.1 Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component

Before implementing an app for SAP Replenishment Planning, you must install the reuse component for UDF.
For the Manage Alerts app, you must install the reuse components for UDF and DDF.

Context

The UDF reuse component consists of two parts:

• Front-end server: SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE

• Back-end server: OData service /DMF/DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES

The DDF reuse component consists of:

• Front-end server: SAP UI5 Application DDFREUSE_V2

Process Steps

To set up the reuse components for UDF and DDF, perform the following steps:

Activate ICF Services

For security reasons, the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services are delivered in an inactive state.
You must activate the services that are required for the UDF and DDF reuse component.

 Note

After an upgrade, you must ensure that the Internet Communication Framework (ICF) services required for
the UDF and DDF reuse components are still active.

To activate the ICF services required for the UDF and DDF reuse components, perform the following steps:

1. Log on to your front-end server.

2. Execute transaction SICF.
3. In the Define Services screen, make the following selections:
• Hierarchy Type: SERVICE
• Virtual Host: DEFAULT_HOST
• Service Path:

Component Service Path

UDF reuse component /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/udfreuse

DDF reuse component /sap/bc/ui5_ui5/sap/ddfreuse_v2

4. Choose Execute ( F8 ).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
364 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 5. Under Virtual Hosts / Services, double-click a service to open the Create/Change a Service screen.

Component ICF Service

UDF reuse component udfreuse

DDF reuse component ddfreuse_v2

6. To activate a service, choose Service/Host Activate .

 Note

You can check the activation status by selecting the service and opening the context menu. If the
Activate Service option is grayed out, this means the service is already active.

Create your custom copy of the /DMF/DPL role on the back-end server
1. Log on to the back-end server.
2. Execute transaction PFCG to open the Role Maintenance screen.
3. Search for the /DMF/DPL role.

 Note

/DMF/DPL (Demand Planner (Retail)) is the back-end server authorization role required for the apps for
demand forecasting (Analyze Forecast, Adjust Forecast, Manage Demand Influencing Factors), demand
data foundation (Manage Configuration Assignments, Manage Alerts, Manage Alert Profiles) and SAP
Replenishment Planning (Review Order Plan Items, Simulate Replenishment).

 Caution

/DMF/DPL is one of the standard roles delivered by SAP.

Standard roles are delivered as templates (most begin with the prefix SAP_*). Never change the
standard roles, but only your custom copies of these roles (Z_*). Otherwise, any standard roles that
you have changed will be overwritten by newly delivered standard roles during a later upgrade or
release change.

4. Create your custom copy of /DMF/DPL on the back-end server:

Choose Role Copy and enter a name from the customer namespace for your copied role.
5. Save your changes.

The authorization object /DMF/DPL is assigned to the role /DMF/DPL. This authorization object implements
the following components:

• Product and product hierarchy filters

• Location and location hierarchy filters
• Chart component consisting of time series chart, decomposition chart and table view

Among others, these components are used by the Review Order Plan Items and Simulate Replenishment apps.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 365
6.6.6.2 App Implementation: Manage Configuration
Assignments

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Configuration Assignments app in the
SAP Fiori apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/
index.html#?appId=F4644.

Prerequisites

Before implementing the app, you must ensure the following:

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service
/DMF/DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page
364].

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PARAMETER_ASSIGNMENT_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application CONFIGASSIGNMAN

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
366 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up
Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Configuration Assignments app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/DPL Authorization to use ACTVT Execute Activity

the product and

product hierarchy fil-
ters and the loca­
tion and location hi­
erarchy filters in the
Manage Configuration
Assignments app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 367
 Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/MCASG Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change

Change
configuration assign­
ments by using the
Manage Configuration
Assignments app.

6.6.6.3 App Implementation: Manage Constraint Profiles

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Constraint Profiles app in the
SAP Fiori apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/
index.html#?appId=F4477 .

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PROFILE_CONSTRAINT_PARAM_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
368 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application PRFLCONSTRNTMAN

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set
Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Constraint Profiles app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change con­

Maintain
straint profiles by
using the Manage
Constraint Profiles app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 369
6.6.6.4 App Implementation: Manage Cost Profiles

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Cost Profiles app in the SAP Fiori apps
reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/index.html#?
appId=F4478.

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PROFILE_COST_PARAM_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application PRFLCOSTSMAN

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
370 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up
Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Cost Profiles app, the following authorization
objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change cost

Maintain
profiles by using the
Manage Cost Profiles
app.

6.6.6.5 App Implementation: Manage Procurement

Schedules

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Procurement Schedules app in the
SAP Fiori apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/
index.html#?appId=F4475.

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 371
Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PROCUREMENT_SCHEDULE_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application PROCSCHEDEMAN

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
372 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up
Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Procurement Schedules app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/MPSCH Authorization to dis­ Display Activity

play and change

Change
procurement sched­
ules by using the
Manage Procurement
Schedules app.

6.6.6.6 App Implementation: Manage Shelf Cost Profiles

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Shelf Cost Profiles app in the
SAP Fiori apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/
index.html#?appId=F4476.

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PRFL_SHLFCAP_VIOLTN_PARAM_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under SAP Replenishment Planning.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 373
Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application PRFLSHLFCAPMAN

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359].

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up
Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Shelf Cost Profiles under app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change shelf

Maintain
cost profiles by using
the Manage Shelf Cost
Profiles app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
374 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.6.6.7 App Implementation: Review Order Plan Items

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Review Order Plan Items app in the SAP Fiori
apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/index.html?
appId=F4235.

Prerequisites

Before implementing the app, you must ensure the following:

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service /DMF/
DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information, see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page 364].

To be able to navigate to other apps from the Review Order Plan Items app, follow the corresponding
implementation instructions:

• For the Analyze Forecast app as the target for the navigation from the Review Order Plan Items app, see Set
Up the Analyze Forecast App [page 158] and follow the instructions.
• For the Manage Constraint Profiles app as the target for the navigation from the Calculation Basis section
of the Review Order Plan Items app, see App Implementation: Manage Constraint Profiles [page 368] and
follow the instructions.
• For the Manage Cost Profiles app as the target for the navigation from the Calculation Basis section of the
Review Order Plan Items app, see App Implementation: Manage Cost Profiles [page 370] and follow the
instructions.
• For the Manage Shelf Cost Profiles app as the target for the navigation from the Calculation Basis section
of the Review Order Plan Items app, see App Implementation: Manage Shelf Cost Profiles [page 373] and
follow the instructions.
• For the Manage Exception Profiles app as the target for the navigation from the Calculation Basis section
of the Review Order Plan Items app, see App Implementation: Manage Exception Profiles [page 387] and
follow the instructions.

Implementation Tasks

The following sections list tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 375
Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /XRP/REVIEW_ORDER_PLAN_ITEMS (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAPUI5 Application REVIEW_OPI

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL (Replenishment Planning)

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL (Replenishment Planning)

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_PLANNING (Replenishment Planning)

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
376 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set
Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Review Order Plan Items app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description

Description

/DMF/DPL Authorization to: ACTVT Execute Activity

• Use the product

and product hier­
archy filters and
the location and
location hierarchy
filters in the
Review Order Plan
Items app.
• Create forecast
corrections in the
Adjust Forecast
app.
• Create demand
influencing fac­
tors assignments
in the
Manage Demand
Influencing
Factors app.

/XRP/ROPI Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change order

Change
plan items by using
the Review Order Plan
Items app.

6.6.6.8 App Implementation: Simulate Replenishment

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Simulate Replenishment app in the SAP Fiori
apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/index.html?
appId=F4396.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 377
Prerequisites

Before implementing the app, you must ensure the following:

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service /DMF/
DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information, see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page 364].

Implementation Tasks

The following sections list tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /XRP/OD_REPLNMT_COST_SIMLN_SRV (1)

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAPUI5 Application repl_simulation

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
378 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL (Replenishment Planning)

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL (Replenishment Planning)

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_SIMULATION (Replenishment Simulation)

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set
Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Simulate Replenishment app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description

Description

/DMF/DPL Authorization to per­ ACTVT Execute Activity

form several actions
in different SAP Fiori
apps. For more infor­
mation, see Set Up
Back-End Roles and
Authorizations [page
392].

/XRP/SIM Authorization to ex­ ACTVT Execute Activity

ecute the Simulate
Replenishment app
and the replenish­
ment simulation
with report /XRP/
REPLENISHMENT_SIM.

6.6.6.9 App Implementation: Manage Alerts

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Alerts app in the SAP Fiori apps reference
library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/index.html#?appId=F5163.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 379
Prerequisites

Before implementing the app, you must ensure the following:

• You have installed the UDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application UDFREUSE and OData service /DMF/
DEMAND_PLAN_UTILITIES). For information, see Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page 364].
• You have installed the DDF reuse component (SAP UI5 Application ddfreuse_v2). For information, see
Set Up the UDF and DDF Reuse Component [page 364].

To be able to navigate to other apps from the Manage Alerts app, follow the corresponding implementation
instructions:

• For the Review Order Plan Items app as the target for the navigation from the Manage Alerts app, see App
Implementation: Review Order Plan Items [page 375] and follow the instructions.

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERTS_SRV (1)

Re-Use Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) APS_CHANGE_DOCUMENTS_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application Rtlplngalrtman

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
380 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_ALERT_MANAGEMENT

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up
Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Alerts app, the following authorization objects
are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/MNGAT Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change alert

Maintain
status by using the
Manage Alerts app.

6.6.6.9.1 App Extensibility: Manage Alerts

You can extend the Manage Alerts app regarding different aspects according to your business needs. With
the extensibility, you can create custom fields, data source extensions, and implementation descriptions for
specific business contexts to enhance pre-delivered applications that are extensible to adapt them to your
business needs.

To achieve the extensibility of this app, you need to go through the following process steps.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 381
Creation of New Alert Types and Alert Key Figures

You can add a new alert key figure using the Customizing activity Maintain Key Figures in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under Replenishment Planning Alert and Exception Management .

Perform the following steps to create an alert key figure:

• Navigate to the relevant Customizing activity and choose New Entries.

• Enter the values for the fields Alert Key Figure, Alert Key Figure Description.
• Choose Save.

You can add a new alert type using the Customizing activity Define Alert Types and Key Figure Assignments
in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Replenishment Planning Alert and Exception
Management .

Perform the following steps to create an alert type:

• Navigate to the relevant Customizing activity and choose New Entries.

• Enter the values for the fields Alert Type, Alert Type Description, Alert Priority (optional), and Average Unit
Sales Threshold (optional).

 Note

Note that the Alert Assignment checkbox must be selected if you want this alert type to be displayed
in the dropdown list for alert assignment in the Manage Configuration Assignments app and the search
help (F4) of the Alert Type filter in the Manage Alerts app and the dropdown list for the alert type in the
Manage Alert Profiles app.

• Choose Save.
• Select the alert type that you have created before and navigate to the view Key Figure Assignments and
Weighting.
• Choose New Entries.
• Enter the values for the fields Alert Key Figure and, Weighting Factor. Choose Save.

BAdI Extension

This process enables you to create and maintain implementations of custom logic that can be used to enhance
applications and change application behavior without impacting the delivered source code. You can apply
further upgrades to the original business function without losing your specific enhancements. BAdI calls can be
integrated into customer applications which in turn can then be enhanced by other customer applications.

In the creation process for alerts with new custom alert types, you can use the alert generation report (/DMF/
GENERATE_ALERTS) provided by SAP. You can do this by adding your own logic to the BAdI without changing
the report core logic to generate new alerts along with the user-defined alert types. For more information on
the report, see the accompanying system documentation.

You can adapt the alerts and alert scoring based on your business needs in Customizing for Cross-Application
Components under Replenishment Planning Alert and Exception Management Enhancements Using
Business Add-Ins .

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
382 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
The following BAdIs are available for extensibility purposes:

• BAdI:Adaptation of Alerts (/DMF/MANAGE_ALERT_TYPES)

• BAdI: Adaptation of Alert Scoring (/DMF/MANAGE_ALERT_SCORING)

Perform the following steps to implement BAdIs from the Customizing activity:

• Select the IMG - Activity button. The Create Enhancement Implementation window opens.
• Add the enhancement implementation and a short text. Click on creation of enhancement button.

As a result, the enhancement implementation is created. Add the BAdI implementation, description, and
implementing class information.

You can find the detailed steps about BAdI implementation in the document Enhancement Framework on
SAP Help Portal for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/
CARAB and search for section How to Implement a BAdI and look for the latest version.

For more information on BAdIs see, Enhancement Framework on SAP Help Portal for SAP Customer Activity
Repository applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and search for section Business
Add-Ins (BAdIs) and look for the latest version.

CDS View Extension

A CDS view extension is a transportable extension that can be used to add fields from the entities used by the
view without making modifications. A CDS view can be used to add new elements or CDS annotations from its
underlying data source or to define new associations for the CDS view.

Extension of CDS Views for Custom Alerts

The standard CDS view /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetails can be extended if you have custom alerts and you
want to view the information of custom alerts in the Manage Alerts Fiori application.

To display additional information in the detail screen of the Fiori application for the custom alerts, you need to
create your own custom CDS views.

Follow the below steps:

• Create your own custom CDS views for the custom alerts.
• Create an extension view for /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetails. Add the custom CDS view in extension
view through associations and expose all the fields that you want to display in the Manage Alerts Fiori
application's detail view.
• The extension view will extend the existing standard CDS consumption view /DMF/
C_RtlPlngAlertDetails.
• Add basic UI annotations to show those fields on the user interface.

 Note

You must expose all the fields from all the custom CDS views through association if you want to show
the fields on the user interface (UI).

• After completing the above steps, the new custom fields of custom alerts will be displayed automatically in
the Manage Alerts app.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 383
  Note

All the custom fields that are exposed in the CDS extension view will be displayed in the Manage Alerts app.
You need to follow the adaptation project to manipulate the visibility of alert type-specific fields in the table
and hide the fields that are not relevant for the specific alert type.

Extension of CDS Views for Standard Alerts

If you have the custom fields to add and display in the Manage Alerts app for standard alert types, the following
CDS views need to be extended:

• /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetailsFcst for High Forecast

• /DMF/C_RtlPlngAlertDetOrdPrpsl for High Order Plan Quantity

Extend the above views with the custom fields. As you add them, the new custom fields will be displayed
automatically in the Manage Alerts app.

For more information on extending the CDS views see the following sources,

• About ABAP Programming Model for SAP Fiori on SAP Help Portal for SAP Customer Activity Repository
applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and search for section Extending Apps with
Custom Fields and look for the latest version.
• https://help.sap.com/doc/abapdocu_750_index_htm/7.50/en-US/abencds_f1_extend_view.htm.

Extending Manage Alerts Fiori Application with Adaptation Project

The SAPUI5 adaptation project allows you create an app variant for an existing SAP Fiori elements-based
application or freestyle application. You can create an app variant that includes the changes you make to the
source application and to the variant itself. Extensions are made via SAPUI5 flexibility possibilities and will
not modify the source. This modification-free approach allows you to reference the source application and its
artifacts instead of modifying the source artifacts themselves.

An adaptation project behaves as follows:

• Start as a preview
• Adapt using SAPUI5 adaptation project
• Deploy from SAP business application studio

The artifacts in an adaptation project represent only the changes that you make but not the entire application
that you reuse. The app variant refers to the original application but contains a separate set of changes created
in the adaptation project. Also, an application ID is defined for the variant and needs separate registration in
Fiori Launchpad. The option to create app variants based on existing apps allows you to keep both instances
running and keeps the original application untouched. You can configure both application instances as different
tiles on the SAP Fiori Launchpad. You can work with both applications and assign the app variant to a different
set of users.

In the alerting extension process, you can create an adaptation project to display custom alert type-specific
fields.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
384 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Creation of Adaptation Project

Perform the following steps to create an adaptation project:

• Right-click on the workspace, select New Adaptation Project . Enter values for Project Name and
Application Title under the Basic Information tab.
• Under the Configuration tab, select a system where Manage Alerts app is deployed. Select the application
retail.ddf.retailplanningalerts.manage.

For information about adaptation extensions see, SAPUI5: UI Development Toolkit for HTML5 and search for
section Extending Delivered Apps Using Adaptation Extensions and look for the latest version.

Pre-Configuration of Adaptation Project

A pre-configuration of the adaptation project may be required to run SAPUI5 Visual Editor and to run the
application locally. Use the following pre-configurations to test the sample adaptation project locally.

• To add a reference to the app library, right-click on the app and select Project Add Reference to
Library .
• Select both libraries sap.nw.core.changedocs.lib.reuse and retail.udf.reuse either from
workspace or from ABAP repository.
• To run the configuration setting, right-click on the app and select Run Run Configurations .
• Select + and select Run as Web Application.
• In the configuration General tab, select file name as Adaptation_index.html.
• In the Advanced Settings tab, choose the correct SAPUI5 version and select the corresponding target
destination. Select the checkbox Use my workspace first and click on Get Resource Versions and wait for
the resources to show up.
• Right-click the app and select Project Project Settings . Select SAPUI5 Visual Editor under the
General section, choose the corresponding Run Configuration and choose Save.
• You can now run the app locally and test your logic to display alert type-specific fields on the detail page.

 Note

Consult SAP Note 2274090 (Steps to be followed to extend SAP Fiori Apps for SAP CARAB). Here you
can find an example of how to extend apps in SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle.

6.6.6.10 App Implementation: Manage Alert Profiles

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Alert Profiles app in the SAP Fiori apps
reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/index.html#?
appId=F5559.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 385
Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/MANAGE_RTLPLNG_ALERT_PRFL_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application prflalertsman

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
386 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Component Technical Name

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_ALERT_MANAGEMENT

Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up
Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Alert Profiles app, the following authorization
objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change alert

Maintain
profiles by using the
Manage Alert Profiles
app.

6.6.6.11 App Implementation: Manage Exception Profiles

 Tip

You can also find the data required to implement the Manage Exception Profiles app in the
SAP Fiori apps reference library at https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/
index.html#?appId=F5598 .

Implementation Tasks

The following section lists tasks that have to be performed to implement this app. The tables contain the
app-specific data required for these tasks.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 387
Front-End Server: Activate OData Services

Component Technical Name

OData Service (Version Number) /DMF/PROFILE_EXCPTN_PARAM_SRV (1)

For more information about activating OData services, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate Application-Specific OData Services for SAP Replenishment Planning.

Front-End Server: Activate SAPUI5 Application

Component Technical Name

SAP UI5 Application PRFLEXCPTNMAN

For more information about how to activate the ICF service, see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment
Planning [page 359] under Activate ICF Services.

Front-End Server: Enable App for Access in SAP Fiori Launchpad

The SAP Fiori launchpad is the entry point to apps. In the launchpad, the user can see and access those apps
that have been assigned by an administrator to the catalog designed for this user's role. For more information,
see Set Up SAP Fiori Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning [page 359] under Enable the Apps for SAP Fiori
Launchpad.

SAP delivers technical catalogs for groups of SAP Fiori apps as repositories to create your own catalogs in the
launchpad designer. Along with these catalogs, more technical content is delivered for each SAP Fiori app.

Front End Server: Catalog Details

Component Technical Name

Technical Catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL

Business Catalog SAP_XRP_BC_REPL

Business Group SAP_XRP_BCG_REPL_CONFIG

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
388 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Back-End Server: Set Up Authorizations

On the back-end server, set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set
Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations [page 392]. For the Manage Exception Profiles app, the following
authorization objects are relevant:

Authorization Object
Authorization Object Description Field Value Field Description

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change ex­

Change
ception profiles by
using the Manage
Exception Profiles app.

6.6.7 Make Fiori Launchpad Tiles for SAP GUI Transactions

Accessible With Hub Deployment

To make Fiori Launchpad tiles for SAP GUI transactions accessible with central hub deployment, you must
update the target mapping configurations of those tiles with the RFC destination name to the ABAP back-end
system as the system alias.

Use

Several SAP Fiori apps that are installed in your front-end system launch transactions directly in the back-end
system. For example, the Calculate Replenishment tile launches the SAP GUI transaction /XRP/RPL_CALC.

If your front-end components for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle are installed in a
separate front-end system (central hub deployment), the target mapping configurations of those tiles targeting
SAP GUI transactions need to be updated with the RFC destination name (to the ABAP back-end system) as
the system alias.

Procedure

Verify/Create RFC Destination

Verify that there is an RFC connection to your SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle back-end
system using the following steps.

1. Log on to your front-end system, that is, the system where you have installed the user interface (UI)
components of your application (for example, SAP Replenishment Planning).
2. Launch Configuration of RFC Connections (transaction SM59).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 389
3. If there is no RFC connection, create one with the following settings:
• Destination: SAP_ISR_CARAB or any other name
• Connection Type: H (HTTP connection)
Ensure that you maintain all settings required to connect to your back-end system, in particular, the Target
Host entry on the Technical Settings tab.
4. Save your changes.

Configure the Target Mappings

The following steps describe local changes in your current client only.

 Note

If you want to transport your changes, you need to decide for which scope (configuration scope or
customizing scope) you would like to make your configuration changes, see Running the Launchpad
Designer in the product documentation of SAP Fiori launchpad. Depending on the scope, you need to
create a workbench or a customizing request to record your configuration changes, see Creating Transport
Requests for User Changes in the product documentation of SAP Fiori launchpad.

1. Launch the SAP Fiori launchpad designer.

2. Search for the technical catalog SAP_XRP_TC_REPL.
3. Choose the Target Mappings icon.
4. From the list, select an item with the navigation type Transaction.
For example, select the semantic object OrderPlanItem in combination with the action Calculate, which
refers to the back-end transaction /XRP/RPL_CALC.
5. Select Configure in the footer bar.
6. Enter your RFC destination in the field System Alias.
7. Save your changes.
8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 for all target mappings with the navigation type Transaction:

Semantic Object Action Transaction Description

OrderPlanItem Calculate /XRP/RPL_CALC Replenishment Calculation

purge /DMF/OPI_PURGE Purging of Order Plan Items

transfer /XRP/OPI_OUT Order Plan Outbound Proc­

essing

purgeCalculationSimulation /XRP/SIM_REORG Purging of Replenishment

Simulations

OrderPlanItemForAggrega­ purge /DMF/OPI4A_PURGE Purging of Order Plan Items

tion for Aggregation

ProfileCost defineSimulationRanges /XRP/RSI_COST_PRFL_R Cost Profile Range

ConfigurationAssignment defineHierarchies /DMF/CONFIGHIER_SET Configuration Assignment

Settings

PerformanceMonitorMea­ ConfigurePerformanceMo- /DMF/PERFMON_CONFIG Performance Monitoring

surement nitoring Configuration

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
390 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Semantic Object Action Transaction Description

purge /DMF/PERFMON_PURGE Purging of Performance

Monitoring Measurements

RetailPlanningAlert purge /DMF/ALERTS_PURGE Purging of Alerts

generate /DMF/ALERTS_GEN Generate Alerts

6.6.8 Set Up Database Roles and Authorizations

In SAP HANA studio, grant the SELECT privilege on the SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H schema and the
AFL__SYS_AFL_XRP_EXECUTE role to the SAPHANADB user. The privilege and the role are mandatory for the
successful execution of SAP Replenishment Planning.

 Note

In this guide, SAPHANADB is used as a variable. Replace it with the name of the database user or database
schema in your ABAP back-end system. You might also come across documentation or user interfaces that
use SAPHANADB. Both variables mean the same.

For more information and an example, see the Important Variables in section Naming Conventions [page 7].

For more information about database users and schemas, see SAP Note 2535951 (FAQ: SAP HANA
Users and Schemas).

Context

The SELECT privilege on the SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H schema enables read access to the SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H
schema and is required for the replenishment calculation. The relevant schema depends on your source
master data system (SAP_ECC is used for SAP ERP and SAP_S4H for SAP S/4HANA). The SELECT privilege
is probably already granted, see Verify SAP HANA Users and Privileges [page 49] for more information. If not,
grant this privilege according to the procedure in this chapter.

The AFL__SYS_AFL_XRP_EXECUTE role enables the SAPHANADB user to call the XRP application function
library (part of the SAP XRP AFL component) in the SAP HANA database.

Prerequisites for Using the SAP XRP AFL

• You have installed the SAP XRP AFL component as described in section Download and Install SAP XRP
AFL (Only for SAP Replenishment Planning) [page 69] in this guide.
• You have database administrator rights so that you can grant roles to users.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 391
Procedure

 Tip

• If you encounter issues related to authorization or authentication, see the Security-Related Issues
section of the SAP HANA Troubleshooting and Performance Analysis Guide, which you can find under
https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_HANA_PLATFORM <Version> Administration .
• We have also provided example SQL statements below that you can adapt as needed for your system
landscape.

1. In SAP HANA studio, access your back-end system and open the SAP HANA Administration Console.
2. Choose Security Users .
3. Select your SAPHANADB user and open the user details (or double-click the user).
4. To grant the SELECT privilege on the SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H schema:
1. On the Object Privileges tab, choose the plus icon and select the SAP_ECC or SAP_S4H catalog object
from the list.
2. In the view Privileges for SAP_ECC or Privileges for SAP_S4H (on the right), enable the SELECT
privilege.
Alternatively, you can use the following SQL example on the SQL console:
GRANT SELECT on SCHEMA SAP_ECC TO SAPHANADB; or
GRANT SELECT on SCHEMA SAP_S4H TO SAPHANADB;
5. To grant the AFL__SYS_AFL_XRP_EXECUTE role: On the Granted Roles tab, choose the plus icon and select
AFL__SYS_AFL_XRP_EXECUTE as the role name.
Alternatively, you can use the following SQL example on the SQL console:
GRANT AFL__SYS_AFL_XRP_EXECUTE TO SAPHANADB;
6. Save your changes by choosing the Deploy (F8) icon at the top right.

Result

You have successfully set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning.

6.6.9 Set Up Back-End Roles and Authorizations

To access the relevant Customizing activities and core SAP Replenishment Planning application functionality,
you must have a user on the ABAP back-end server.

Create roles with the suitable authorization objects according to your demand and based on the segregation of
duties. Then assign the roles to the users depending on their tasks.

Example

Users who are responsible for the parameter maintenance receive a role that contains only the authorization
object for the parameter maintenance. Users who are responsible for running the operative replenishment

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
392 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
process receive a role that contains only the authorization objects for executing the replenishment calculation
and transferring order plan items.

Standard Authorization Objects

The following table shows the security-relevant authorization objects that are used by SAP Replenishment
Planning.

Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description

Description

/DMF/ALERT Authorization for ACTVT Add Activity

generating alerts
Create
with the Generate
Alerts (/DMF/
GENERATE_ALERTS)
report.

/DMF/AOP Authorization to exe­ ACTVT Execute Activity

cute a remote function
call /DMF/
AGGR_ORDER_PLAN_R
EAD for the aggregated
order plan.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 393
Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description
Description

/DMF/DPL Authorization to do the ACTVT Execute Activity

following:

• Create forecast
corrections in the
Adjust Forecast
app.
• Create demand
influencing fac­
tors assignments
in the
Manage Demand
Influencing
Factors app.
• Filter for prod­
uct and prod­
uct hierarchy in
the apps for de­
mand forecasting
(Analyze Forecast,
Adjust Forecast,
Manage Demand
Influencing
Factors) and SAP
Replenishment
Planning (Review
Order Plan
Items, Simulate
Replenishment).
• Filter for loca­
tion and loca­
tion hierarchy in
the apps for de­
mand forecasting
(Analyze Forecast,
Adjust Forecast,
Manage Demand
Influencing
Factors) and SAP
Replenishment
Planning (Review
Order Plan
Items, Simulate
Replenishment).

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
394 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description
Description

• Use/display the
chart component
consisting of time
series chart, de­
composition chart
and table view in
the apps for de­
mand forecasting
(Analyze Forecast,
Adjust Forecast,
Manage Demand
Influencing
Factors).

/DMF/MPSCH Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and maintain
Maintain
procurement sched­
ules by using the
Manage Procurement
Schedules app.

/DMF/MCASG Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and maintain
Maintain
configuration assign­
ments by using the
Manage Configuration
Assignments app.

/DMF/MNGAT Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and review alerts
Maintain
by using the Manage
Alerts app.

/DMF/OP4AP Authorization for purg­ ACTVT Execute Activity

ing order plan items for
aggregation with the
Purge Order Plan Items
for Aggregation (/DMF/
ORDERPLAN_4_AGG_P
URGE) report.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 395
Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description
Description

/DMF/OPPRG Authorization for purg­ ACTVT Execute Activity

ing order plan items
with Purge Order
Plan Items (/DMF/
ORDERPLAN_PURGE)
report.

/DMF/PCPWL Authorization to exe­ ACTVT Execute Activity

cute parallel process­

Display
ing and to display and
change workloads in Change
the Manage Workloads
Delete
app.

/DMF/PERFM Authorization to purge ACTVT Display Activity

performance monitor­
ing data using the Delete
Purging of
Performance
Monitoring
Measurements (/DMF/
PERFORMANCE_MONIT
OR_PURGE) report.

/DMF/PMCNF Authorization to ACTVT Change Activity

display or main­
tain settings for Display
the Performance
Monitoring
Configuration.

/DMF/PRFLM Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and maintain pa­
Maintain
rameter profiles by
using the Manage
Cost profiles, Manage
Constraint Profiles,
Manage Shelf Cost
Profiles, Manage
Exception Profiles, and
Manage Alert Profiles
apps.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
396 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description
Description

/DMF/PRGAT Authorization for ACTVT Delete Activity

purging alerts
with the Purging
of Alerts (/DMF/
PURGE_ALERTS) re­
port.

/XRP/EXTRV Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Change Activity

play and change order
plan items externally. Display

/XRP/OPANA Authorization to fetch ACTVT Execute Activity

the aggregated sched­
ule line quantities of
the purchase order
items with the Store
Order Plan Information
for Analytics (/XRP/
OPI_PO_DATA_UPD)
report.

/XRP/OPOUT Authorization to trans­ ACTVT Execute Activity

fer order plan items
into an ERP system
with the Order Plan
Outbound Processing
(/XRP/
ORDERPLAN_OUTBOUN
D) report.

/XRP/OPUST Authorization to adapt ACTVT Execute Activity

the status of order plan
items with the Adapt
Status of Order Plan
Items (/XRP/
ORDERPLAN_ADAPT_S
TATUS) report.

/XRP/REPL Authorization to exe­ ACTVT Execute Activity

cute the replenishment
calculation with the
Replenishment
Calculation (/XRP/
REPLENISHMENT_CAL
C) report.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 397
Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description
Description

/XRP/ROPI Authorization to dis­ ACTVT Display Activity

play and change order
plan items by using Change
the Review Order Plan
Items app.

/XRP/SIM Authorization to exe­ ACTVT Execute Activity

cute the Simulate
Replenishment app
and the replenishment
simulation with the
Replenishment
Simulation (/XRP/
REPLENISHMENT_SIM
) report.

There are further applications and funtionalities in SAP Replenishment Planning that require special
authorizations. For more information about this objects and corresponding authorization objects, see Display
of Data with Tools Reports.

6.6.10 Set Up Authorizations for Transfer of Order Plan Items

to Source Master Data System

To transfer order plan items from SAP Customer Activity Repository to SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA the user
needs a role with authorization objects in the source master data system.

The following authorization objects are required to transfer order plan items to the source master data system:

Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description

Description

M_BEST_BSA Document Type in Or­ ACTVT • Create or gener­ Activity

der ate
• Change
• Display change
documents
• Display prices

BSART Type of purchasing Purchasing document

document to be cre­ type
ated. The type can
be NB (Standard
purchase order), UB
(Stock transport or­
der), or customized.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
398 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Authorization Object Authorization Object Field Value Field Description
Description

M_BEST_EKG Purchasing Group in ACTVT • Create or gener­ Activity

Purchase Order ate
• Change
• Display change
documents
• Display prices

EKGRP Purchasing group for Purchasing group

which purchase orders
may be processed

M_BEST_EKO Purchasing Organiza­ ACTVT • Create or gener­ Activity

tion in Purchase Order ate
• Change
• Display change
documents
• Display prices

EKORG Purchase organization Purchasing organiza­

for which purchase or­ tion
ders may be processed

M_BEST_WRK Plant (location) in Pur­ ACTVT • Create or gener­ Activity

chase Order ate
• Change
• Display change
documents
• Display prices

WERKS Plants (locations) for Plant (location)

which purchase orders
may be processed

6.6.11 Perform Configuration Steps in SAP Customer Activity

Repository

The following configuration steps in SAP Customer Activity Repository that are required for the operation
of SAP Replenishment Planning should have been already done during the configuration of SAP Customer
Activity Repository.

You find detailed information about these configuration steps in the following sections of the SAP Customer
Activity Repository Administration Guide as follows:

• Enabling Demand Data Foundation and Creating Demand Forecast

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 399
 You must enable Demand Data Foundation (DDF) to support planning, analysis, and forecasting in
consuming applications of SAP Customer Activity Repository and to create a demand forecast with Unified
Demand Forecast (UDF).
• Configure Demand Data Foundation (DDF)
Set up and enable the DDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository for creating demand forecasts
with Unified Demand Forecast (UDF) and supporting the consuming applications.
• Set Up and Configure DDF Services
Set up and configure services that the Demand Data Foundation module in SAP Customer Activity
Repository provides for different scenarios and consuming applications.
• Configure Unified Demand Forecast (UDF)
Configure the UDF module in SAP Customer Activity Repository to adjust demand modeling and
forecasting for your scenario. You can select from multiple UDF features, optimize performance for your
scenario, and configure parameters for modeling and for forecasting. Additionally, you can set up the
demand planning apps.

6.6.12 Ensure a Suitable Configuration of the Enqueue Server

To ensure the smooth operation of the replenishment calculation or order plan outbound processing, configure
the enqueue server in a suitable manner regarding the maximum number of locks.

Order plan items are secured against concurrent updates via locking by means of the enqueue server. The
process steps making use of this mechanism include:

• Replenishment calculation: Obtains locks at the level of the processed product locations
• Reviewing of order plan items: Obtains locks at the level of single order plan items being adjusted
• Outbound processing of order plan items: Obtains locks at the level of order plan items that are selected
for the transfer to SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA
• Purging of obsolete order plan items: Obtains locks at the level of order plan items that are selected for
purging with a status that allows operative processing

The number of locks managed within an SAP NetWeaver system at any single point of time is subject to an
upper limit. Therefore, this upper limit should allow for all processes running concurrently to be able to retrieve
the locks they require.

Procedure

1. Determine the maximum number of locks needed concurrently

For each of the process steps mentioned above, determine the number of locks needed at maximum. In a
parallel scenario, you can determine this number by multiplying the number of locks needed within one job
by the number of jobs being run in parallel. Please note that the number of locks heavily depends on the
selections being applied.
Example:
If a typical job size for the replenishment calculation is 2000 product location combinations and the
calculation is performed in 50 parallel jobs, the maximum total number of locks required for this process
at any point in time is roughly 2000 * 50 = 100,000. Check which of the processes might run concurrently

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
400 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 (for example, replenishment calculation and outbound processing of order plan items running at the same
time for different selections), and determine an upper limit that covers even peak loads.

 Tip

If you use the Process Packaging and Parallelization framework, you can derive the number of locks
from the configured task size and maximum number of work processes.

2. Check and adapt the maximum number of locks (if necessary)

Configure the parameter enq/server/schema in transaction SMENQ.
For more information on managing and configuring the enqueue server, see Administration of Application
Server ABAP. Choose Monitoring and Administration Tools for AS ABAP Managing Lock Entries using
SMENQ .

6.6.13 Configure SAP Replenishment Planning

To customize automated replenishment processes in SAP Replenishment Planning according to your business
needs, set up Customizing activities and use BAdIs.

SAP Replenishment Planning is a consuming application of the Demand Data Foundation module. Therefore,
to set up SAP Replenishment Planning, in addition to make application-specific settings, you also need to
make settings in Customizing in transaction SPRO under Cross-Application Components Demand Data
Foundation . The DDF Customizing activities that are mandatory for SAP Replenishment Planning can be
found in Customizing for Replenishment Planning. Which additional DDF Customizing activities are relevant for
SAP Replenishment Planning can be found in the organizational activities in Customizing for Replenishment
Planning.

 Note

Depending on your existing settings and your business requirements, you might not need to make settings
for all activities; however, we recommend that you check all relevant DDF settings during the initial setup of
SAP Replenishment Planning.

 Note

For alert statuses, you need to ensure that the data from client 000 is cascaded to other relevant clients.

Use the following Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins in transaction SPRO under Cross-Application
Components Replenishment Planning to set up and customize SAP Replenishment Planning:

 Note

For details about a Customizing activity, read the respective Customizing activity documentation in the
system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 401
Mandatory Customizing Activities

Basic Settings

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Basic Settings

• Maintain RFC Mapping

With this Customizing activity, you specify an RFC destination for each master data system to which you
want to transfer order plan items for purchase order creation.
• Define Replenishment Types Relevant for Replenishment Planning
With this Customizing activity, you define whether a product location is considered in replenishment
planning by defining replenishment types relevant for replenishment planning.

Replenishment Calculation

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Replenishment Calculation

• Maintain Number Range for Replenishment Run ID

Use this Customizing activity to maintain the number range for the replenishment run ID.

Optional Customizing Activities and Business Add-Ins

Stock Determination

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Stock Determination

• BAdI: Determination of Customer-Specific Stock

You can use this BAdI to determine a customer-specific stock quantity for each product location that is
considered in the replenishment planning process.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Customer-Specific Stock
You can use this BAdI to adapt the stock quantity for each product location that is considered in the
replenishment planning process.

Source of Supply Determination

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Source of Supply

Determination

 Note

If you want internal sources of supply to be considered in the source of supply determination, you need
to include Supplying Site transportation lanes in the transfer of transportation lanes from the ERP source
system to SAP Customer Activity Repository. You can access the relevant Customizing activity in the ERP
system in transaction SPRO under Logistics General Merchandise Lifecycle Optimization Outbound
Handling of Control Parameters Maintain Control Parameters for Source of Supply .

• Define Client-Specific Settings for Source of Supply Determination

With this Customizing activity, you can activate an optional listing check for a product at a receiving
location. If the listing check is activated, the listing is considered as ranking criterion for the selection of the
preferred source of supply.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
402 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • BAdI: Determination of Valid Transportation Lanes
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic for identifying valid transportation lanes during source
of supply determination.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Valid Transportation Lanes
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic to add new valid transportation lanes and to change or
remove existing transportation lanes during source of supply determination.
• BAdI: Selection of Preferred Transportation Lanes
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic for selecting preferred transportation lanes during
source of supply determination.

Scheduling

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Scheduling

• Define Client-Specific Settings for Scheduling

With this Customizing activity, you can define whether the staging date and time of a product location are
to be calculated if they are not provided in a procurement schedule and also define if the replenishment
block and its start date defined for a product location are considered in the replenishment calculation.
You can also enable the use of scheduling information from SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling by SAP
Replenishment Planning.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Replenishment Schedule
You can use this BAdI to adapt the replenishment schedule that was calculated by the system.
• BAdI: Deactivation of Listing Check for Schedule Items
You can use this BAdI to deactivate the listing check on procurement schedule items that are used as a
basis for calculating replenishment schedules.

Open Goods Movements

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Open Goods Movements

• Define Purchase Order Document Types for Promotion Quantity Reservation

With this Customizing activity, you can define which purchase order document types are considered for
the promotion quantity reservation.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Open Goods Movements Based on Order Plan
You can use this BAdI to adapt open goods movements that have been derived from order plan items.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Open Goods Movements Based on Purchase Orders
You can use this BAdI to adapt open goods movements that have been derived from purchase orders.

Replenishment Calculation

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Replenishment Calculation

• Define Client-Specific Settings for Order Units and Rounding

With this Customizing activity, you can define client-specific settings that control if multiple order units are
to be allowed and how rounding rules are applied for the replenishment calculation.
• Define Client-Specific Settings for Minimum Order Quantity
With this Customizing activity, you can control whether the minimum order quantity defined for a product
location is considered in the replenishment calculation.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Non-Listing Periods for Replenishment Calculation
You can use this BAdI to adapt the non-listing periods that were determined by the system for use in the
replenishment calculation.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 403
• BAdI: Reduce Worklist for Replenishment Calculation
You can use this BAdI to reduce the worklist of the replenishment calculation by excluding product
locations from being processed by removing them from the worklist.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Calculated Order Quantity and Unit
You can use this BAdI to adapt the order quantity and/or order units of operative and fallback order plan
items calculated by the replenishment calculation before they are stored to the database.

Replenishment Configuration

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Replenishment

Configuration

• BAdI: Modification of Control Paramter Values

You can use this BAdI to change the values of control parameters of configuration objects assigned to
product locations that are considered in the replenishment planning process.

Order Plan Processing

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Order Plan Processing

• Define Change Reasons for Order Plan Items

With this Customizing activity, you can define reasons for manual changes of order plan items.
• Configure Order Plan Item Change History
With this Customizing activity, you can enable and configure the order plan item change history.
• BAdI: Order Plan Outbound - Selection of Order Plan Items
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic to select order plan items for the order plan outbound
processing.
• BAdI: Order Plan Outbound - Adaptation of Order Plan Items
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic to add new order plan items and to change or remove
existing order plan items for the order plan outbound processing.
• BAdI: Aggregation of Order Plan Items - Definition of Order Horizon Start
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic to define which order plan items that have not yet been
used for the creation of purchase orders should be excluded from the aggregation process.
• BAdI: Aggregation of Order Plan Items - Definition of Excluded Document Types
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic to exclude open stock transport orders from the
aggregation process based on their document type.

Performance Monitoring

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Performance Monitoring

• Define Measured Units for Performance Monitoring

With this Customizing activity, you can define measured units that you want to be available for
performance monitoring.
• Define Reference Key Figure Types for Performance Monitoring
With this Customizing activity, you can define reference key figure types that you want to use in the
performance monitoring.
• Define Characteristic Types for Performance Monitoring
With this Customizing activity, you can define characteristic types that you want to use in performance
monitoring.
• BAdI: Definition of Additional Characteristics for Performance Measurements

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
404 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 You can use this BAdI to add characteristics relevant for later analysis to a performance measurement.

Analytics

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Analytics

• Define Client-Specific Settings for Analytics

With this Customizing activity, you can define whether the adapted order quantity of a purchase order item
is to be stored in the order plan item based on which the purchase order item was created in addition to the
order quantity proposed in the order plan item .
Furthermore, you can define whether additional order plan item for aggregation data is calculated for
analytical evaluations.

Alert and Exception Management

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Alert and Exception

Management

• Maintain Configuration Data for High Level Exceptions

With this Customizing activity, you can change configuration settings for high level exceptions. For more
information, see Configure Exception Management [page 407].
• Maintain Configuration Data for Low Level Exceptions
With this Customizing activity, you can change configuration settings for low level exceptions. For more
information, see Configure Exception Management [page 407]
• Define Alert Statuses
With this Customizing activity, you can define alert statuses for the Manage Alerts app.

 Note

If you want to add several custom statuses based on your scenario, you must define them using
this Customizing activity. For more information on how to access this Customizing, see the SAP
Replenishment Planning application help and search for Alert Management.

• Maintain Alert Key Figures

With this Customizing activity, you can manage key figures for alerts.
• Define Alert Types and Key Figure Assignments
With this Customizing activity, you can manage alert types and assign key figures to them. You can
maintain key figures and weighting factors for each of the alert types based on your business scenario.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Alert Scoring
You can use this BAdI to implement your own scoring logic for the alert types.
• BAdI: Adaptation of Alerts
You can use this BAdI to implement your own logic to generate alerts for the new custom alerts.

Process Packaging and Parallelization

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Process Packaging and

Parallelization

• Maintain Basic Settings

With this Customizing activity, you can maintain basic settings for process packaging and parallelization.
• Define Parameters for Workload Types
With this Customizing activity, you can maintain parameters related to predefined workload types.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 405
• BAdI: Set Preconditions for Processing
You can use this BAdI to set preconditions for processing of workloads in process packaging and
parallelization.

6.6.14 Define the Parameterization Profiles and the

Assignment

This section provides an overview of the configuration steps for creating configuration objects and
assignments that are valid for every product location that is supposed to be processed by the replenishment
calculation.

The configuration objects comprise single control parameters, groups of parameters (so-called profiles), as
well as other structured objects (such as an entire procurement schedule). For a comprehensive list of
the configuration objects, see the subsection Replenishment Configuration in the Application Help for SAP
Replenishment Planning at https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/CARAB/latest/en-US?task=use_task.

Prerequisites

1. You have set up the authorizations for SAP Replenishment Planning as described in Set Up Back-End Roles
and Authorizations [page 392].
2. You are familiar with the configuration concept, especially with the various configuration objects and the
ways to assign them to product locations. For information about the configuration concept, see subsection
Replenishment Configuration in the Application Help for SAP Replenishment Planning.
3. You are familiar with the various use cases. The configuration hints therein will help you to find the right
parameterization matching to your specific business requirements. As an entry point, you can use the
use case Use Basic Cost-Optimized Ordering and refine your configuration with further use cases. For
information about the use cases, see subsection Use Cases in the Application Help for SAP Replenishment
Planning.

Create and Assign Configuration Objects

1. Create or import procurement schedules. For more information about the maintenance of the
procurement schedules using an app, see the section Manage Procurement Schedules in the
application help. For more information about importing procurement schedules from another system
(inbound processing of procurement schedules), see the documentation of the function module /DMF/
MDIF_PRCSCHD_INBOUND in the system.
2. Configure the parameters in profiles according to your business requirements. For more information about
the configuration of the parameters using apps, see the following sections in the application help:
• Manage Cost Profiles
• Manage Shelf Cost Profiles
• Manage Constraint Profiles

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
406 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 • Manage Exception Profiles
3. You can assign configuration objects to the product locations based on product hierarchy nodes and
location hierarchy nodes. For uniqueness and unambiguity, these assignments can only use hierarchy
nodes from one product hierarchy and one location hierarchy. In turn, these hierarchies must contain all
the nodes relevant for assignments. You have to select these hierarchies prior to creating assignments.
To select these hierarchies, use the transaction /DMF/CONFIGHIER_SET in your ABAP back-end system
according to the following steps:
• You can access the Define Hierarchies for Configuration Assignments transaction either in the
system on the SAP Easy Access screen (transaction /DMF/CONFIGHIER_SET) or from the SAP Fiori
Launchpad ( Define Hierarchies Configuration Assignments) tile.
• Ensure that one record exists for each connected master data system which hosts product locations
that are subject to SAP Replenishment Planning. Within these records, specify the product and
location hierarchies that should be used for assignments of configuration objects to product locations
originating from the respective master data system.
4. Assign the parameters and profiles to the product locations. We recommend that you assign them on
global level initially so that they are valid for all product locations without corresponding parameter or
profile assignments on any lower level. Depending on your business requirements, you can create more
specific assignments.
The alert generation process can read (using extension concept) the configuration objects (alert profiles)
assigned within the manage configuration assignment application and use them for the alert generation.
You must configure the configuration objects for every product that you want to be used in the alert
generation process. Hence, it is recommended that you provide alert profiles on the product hierarchy level
and provide a more specific alert profile on the product level. Configure the thresholds in alert profiles
according to your business requirements. Use Manage Alert Profiles app for creating alert profiles. For
more information, see section Manage Configuration Assignments in the application help.
5. Assign procurement schedules to product locations depending on your business requirements. Common
procurement schedules are usually applicable for groups of product locations based on special
characteristics. You have to create the assignments accordingly. If, for example, all products in a location
which share the same scheduling group should share the same procurement schedule, you would have to
create assignments specifying the procurement schedule on the assignment level Location, with specific
conditions based on the Scheduling Group attribute. Unlike for the parameters, it is rather unusual
that there is one procurement schedule which can be assigned on global level as a fallback. For more
information, see section Manage Configuration Assignments in the application help.

6.6.15 Configure Exception Management

Standard settings for exception management are delivered so that nothing is missing from a functional point of
view. This includes that all exceptions specific for SAP Replenishment Planning are switched on. If necessary,
you can then adjust the settings to meet the needs of your specific business processes.

We recommend that you check especially the settings for high-level exceptions.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 407
Settings for High-Level exceptions

You can change the settings for high-level exceptions using the Customizing activity Maintain Configuration
Data for High Level Exceptions in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Replenishment
Planning Alert and Exception Management .

We recommend that you check especially the following settings:

Assignment to Business Areas

Exceptions that might occur during the replenishment calculation or the order plan transfer are assigned to
one or two of the following business areas by default:

• 61 Replenishment Order Plan Transfer

• 62 Replenishment Review Order Plan Items
• 63 Replenishment Calculation
• 64 Replenishment Review Order Plan Items externally

You can change the assignments according to your needs. Further business areas are relevant for
SAP Replenishment Planning. For more information, see the subsection Exception Management of the
Application Help for SAP Replenishment Planning at https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/CARAB/5.latest/
en-US?task=use_task.

Validity Period

You can set the validity period (maximum number of days that an exception object is stored) until the exception
can be deleted by the Purging Exceptions from the Database report. You can access this report in the system
on the SAP Easy Access screen (transaction /DMF/PURGE_EWB_MSG). For more information about purging
exceptions, see subsection Monitor Exceptions in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/CARAB/latest/en-US?task=use_task.

Priority

You can adjust the priority for each exception. Exceptions that are not relevant are switched off; that is, they are
not generated during runtime.

Settings for Low-Level exceptions

You can change the settings for low-level exceptions using the Customizing activity Maintain Configuration Data
for Low Level Exceptions in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Replenishment Planning
Alert and Exception Management .

We recommend that you check especially the following setting:

Default Priority

You can adjust the default priority for each exception. Exceptions that are not relevant are switched off; that is,
they are not generated during runtime.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
408 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Relevant DDF settings

We also recommend that you check all relevant DDF settings during the initial setup of SAP Replenishment
Planning.

This includes the following optional settings:

• You can replace standard exception texts by user-defined texts using the Customizing activity Define
Customer-Specific Replacement Messages.
• You can create custom statuses for exception messages using the Customizing activity Define
Customizable Message Status.

For more information about these settings, see the organizational Customizing activity Alert and Exception
Management (DDF) in Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Replenishment Planning Alert
and Exception Management .

6.6.16 Configure Process Packaging and Parallelization

This section provides information necessary to configure Process Packaging and Parallelization and some
recommendations for its optimum usage.

Process Packaging and Parallelization (PPP) focuses on creating well-defined work packages and executing
them as parallel tasks to optimize the utilization of your computational resources and timely completion of
your time-critical processes in SAP Replenishment Planning.

For more information, see the section Process Packaging and Parallelization in the application help for SAP
Customer Activity Repository at https://help.sap.com/viewer/product/CARAB/latest/en-US?task=use_task.

Process Packaging and Parallelization supports the following replenishment planning processes:

Process Workload Type

Replenishment calculation Replenishment Calculation

Replenishment calculation for aggregation

Order plan transfer Order Plan Outbound

For more information about monitoring and managing these processes, see Monitoring and Management.

Customizing Settings

Customizing path: Cross-Application Components Replenishment Planning Process Packaging and

Parallelization

• Maintain Basic Settings

With this Customizing activity, you can maintain basic settings for process packaging and parallelization.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 409
  Note

To use the Dispatcher Daemon for processing of workloads, you must

execute the one-time report Set up Start Up Configuration (transaction /DMF/
PCP_DISP_START) in the system. For information on ABAP Daemons,
see https://help.sap.com/docs/ABAP_PLATFORM_NEW/753088fc00704d0a80e7fbd6803c8adb/
311af9b769d84fffa7b7384bae27109c.html?version=202009.001.

• Define Parameters for Workload Types

 Note

The workload type you wish to configure must be available and the data from client 000 must be
cascaded to other relevant clients.

With this Customizing activity, you maintain the size of each workload task (Task Size) and the maximum
work processes (Max WP) you wish to run in parallel for Replenishment Calculation and Order Plan
Outbound, the predefined workload types for replenishment planning.
• BAdI: Set Preconditions for Processing
You can use this BAdI to set preconditions for processing of workloads in process packaging and
parallelization.

Recommendations for Scheduling

For optimum use of Process Packaging and Parallelization in the supported replenishment planning processes,
we have the following recommendations:

• If you plan to create workloads on a periodic basis, use the Application Job app.
• If you plan to create workloads as a one-time activity, use the Manage Workloads app.
• Select the Use Parallel Processing option in the Replenishment Calculation (/XRP/REPLENISHMENT_CALC)
and the Order Plan Outbound Processing (/XRP/ORDERPLAN_OUTBOUND) reports for the creation of
workloads only as an alternative option to the Manage Workloads and Application Job apps but not as
a standard practice.

6.6.17 Set Up Real-Time Inventory Integration

Check the setup regarding data replication framework (DRF), SAP client(s) in your ABAP back-end system,
tables for replicating data from your source master data system, SAP HANA content with the required options,
and the population of the /POSDW/TLOGUS table.

Ensure that the following steps have been done to enable the use of real-time inventory data (RTI stock) in SAP
Replenishment Planning.

• The data replication framework (DRF, transaction DRFOUT) for replicating master and transactional data is
set up. For more information, see section Complete UDF Setup [page 146] and Configure Data Replication
from SAP ERP and SAP S/4HANA to DDF in the SAP Customer Activity Repository Administration Guide.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
410 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
  Note

If you activate the real-time inventory determination, make sure that the information about purchase
orders, which are replicated via DRF outbound from SAP ERP or SAP S/4HANA to SAP Customer
Activity Repository, is up to date as well. Only if this information about purchase orders is up to
date, the current state of purchase orders that are considered as open goods movements in the
replenishment calculation is in sync with the stock information. If the stock and the open goods
movements are not in sync, the stock might be considered as too high.

• One or more SAP clients in your ABAP back-end system have been set up and the mapping for the client
of each source master data system to a client in your ABAP back-end system is configured. For more
information, see section Set Up SAP Client [page 75]. In this section, you must execute both Procedure
for All Scenarios Using Demand Data Foundation and Procedure for Scenarios Not Using Demand Data
Foundation.
• Creation of tables in SAP Customer Activity Repository that are required for replicating data from your
source master data system: For more information, see Create/Replicate Source Master Data System
Tables [page 94].
• The SAP HANA content for SAP Customer Activity Repository and Demand Data Foundation (DDF) is
activated with the options that are listed in section Activate SAP HANA Content [page 98].
• The /POSDW/TLOGUS table must be continuously populated with unprocessed POS sales transactions. For
more information, see the following sections in the application help for SAP Customer Activity Repository:
• Procedure for populating the /POSDW/TLOGUS table: section Creating Worklists for POS Transactions.
• Background information about the access to the /POSDW/TLOGUS table with the inventory visibility
view (InventoryVisibilityCurrentStock): section Inventory Visibility.

You can activate the use of real-time inventory with the Real-Time Inventory Status parameter in the Manage
Configuration Assignments app.

6.6.18 Configure SAP Analytics Cloud for Replenishment-

Related Analytics (Optional)

If you want to use Replenishment-Related Analytics, set up a live connection between SAP Replenishment
Planning and SAP Analytics Cloud. Replenishment-Related Analytics has been predefined in SAP Analytics
Cloud and is part of the standard delivery of SAP Analytics Cloud. If you are using a different analytics tool, or if
you do not run analytics at all, you may skip this section.

Prerequisites

• You run and connect the Content Innovation 20 or later release of SAP Analytics Cloud with SAP
Replenishment Planning to use the predefined set of replenishment-related analyses. For installation
information related to SAP Analytics Cloud, see System Requirements and Technical Prerequisites.
• To use historical data related to order plan items in your analyses, you must execute the one-time report
Store Order Quantities of PO Items for Analytics (transaction /XRP/OPI_PO_DATA_UPD) in the system.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 411
• To use historical data related to your stocks in your analyses, you must execute the one-time report Update
Validity End Date of Stocks to Create a Continuous Time Series (/DMF/INV_HISTORY_UPDATE_DATA)
using the transaction SE38 in the system.

Set Up Live Connection Between SAP Replenishment Planning and SAP

Analytics Cloud

1. Configure SAP Replenishment Planning to support cross-origin resource sharing (CORS), for cross-domain
communication from the browser.
For more information, see the application help for SAP Analytics Cloud at https://help.sap.com/viewer/
product/SAP_ANALYTICS_CLOUD and search for the Live Data Connection to SAP HANA On-Premise
Using a Direct Connection topic.
2. In SAP Analytics Cloud, navigate to Home Connection and select live connection SAPRTCARAB (SAP
Replenishment Planning and Unified Demand Forecast). This connection is part of the standard delivery.
3. Click Edit Connection and enter your custom details for Host, HTTPS Port, and Client.

6.6.19 Check Performance-Related Configuration Options

(Optional)

Use additional configuration options for SAP Replenishment Planning to optimize performance for different use
cases.

Procedure

See the following options and implement those that are relevant for you:

Use Case Configuration Option

You have a great number of products and locations, so that Consider table partitioning.
the resulting tables are very large.
For information, see the Partition Tables for SAP
Replenishment Planning section of the SAP Replenishment
Planning Administration Guide.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
412 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 Use Case Configuration Option

You want to optimize workload distribution for Replenish­ Consider using the Process Packaging and Parallelization
ment Calculation. framework.

• For information about this framework, see the appli­

cation help for SAP Customer Activity Repository at
https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB and search for
the Process Packaging and Parallelization section.
• For information about the configuration for Process
Packaging and Parallelization with (optional) custom­
izing activities, see Configure SAP Replenishment Plan­
ning [page 401].
• For information about job scheduling and monitor­
ing for Process Packaging and Parallelization, see
the sections Monitoring and Management in the SAP
Replenishment Planning Administration Guide.

You calculate the order plan for aggregation for a great num­ Consider disabling the creation of detailed information
ber of product locations and/or a long planning horizon, so (traceability information) for the calculation of the order plan
that the resulting tables are very large. for aggregation.

For more information about enabling or disabling detailed

information in the Replenishment Calculation report, see the
Replenishment Calculation section in the application help for
SAP Replenishment Planning.

6.7 Configure Access to Documentation on SAP Help Portal

(Optional for All Applications)

In transaction SR13, configure your ABAP back-end system to access documentation on SAP Help Portal.

Context

You can configure your ABAP back-end system to access documentation provided on SAP Help Portal for SAP
Customer Activity Repository applications bundle at https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/CARAB.

 Example

If you are using SAP Customer Activity Repository or SAP Replenishment Planning, you may want to
configure access to the respective application help.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 413
Prerequisites
• The documentation that you want to access is available on SAP Help Portal.
• The users who access the documentation have access to the Internet.
• You are aware that you can configure access to only one combination of product and version. This is the
Path that you will enter in the procedure below.

 Example

The product/version combination CARAB/5.0.4 is valid for all the applications in SAP Customer
Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0 FPS04.

 Note

If these prerequisites cannot all be fulfilled, you must install the documentation in your local system
landscape using the download packages or DVDs/CDs provided. For more information, see the Installation
Guide for SAP Library.

Procedure

1. Open transaction SR13.

2. Select the tab PlainHtmlHttp.
3. Choose New Entries.

 Note

In the next two steps, you will create Area entries for Documentation and XML Documentation. Be
aware that you must repeat these entries for each platform that you are using and for each language in
which you want to provide access to the documentation.

4. To create entries for the Documentation area, enter the following values:

Name Value

Variant Enter a name for the variant.

Platform Select the platform relevant for your implementation from

the list of available platforms (for example, WN32).

Area Select Documentation from the list; this will display as

IWBHELP in the table.

Server Names Enter https://help.sap.com/http.svc/ahp2.

Path (<Product/Version>) Enter CARAB/5.0.4.

 Note
The value is case-sensitive. Enter it exactly as shown
here.

Language Select the language you need from the list.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
414 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
 5. To create entries for the XML Documentation area, enter the following values:

Name Value

Variant Enter a name for the variant.

Platform Select the platform relevant for your implementation from

the list of available platforms (for example, WN32).

Area Select XML Documentation from the list; this will display
as XML_DOCU in the table.

Server Names Enter https://help.sap.com/http.svc/ahp2.

Path (<Product/Version>) Enter CARAB/5.0.4.

 Note
The value is case-sensitive. Enter it exactly as shown
here.

Language Select the language you need from the list.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each relevant platform and language.

7. Select one entry as the default language for each platform and area.
8. Save your entries.

Results

You have configured your back-end system to point to the desired documentation on SAP Help Portal.

Related Information

SAP Note 2652009 Connecting the help to the SAP Help Portal
SAP Note 2572047 SAP provides user assistance (documentation) as HTML, PDF, or directly via SAP Help
Portal
SAP Note 2149786 Customizing help settings in transaction SR13

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 415
6.8 Enable In-App Help

In-app help is available for several SAP Fiori apps of SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle. To
enable the in-app help, you need to make it available in the SAP Fiori launchpad by setting up the underlying
framework.

Context

After a successful setup, you can see the Help icon (question mark) in the SAP Fiori launchpad and at the top
of each app that supports in-app help. Simply choose this icon to display the in-app help and easily call up a
detailed app description.

 Note

For example, the in-app help is available for the following apps:

• Apps for demand forecasting (Analyze Forecast, Adjust Forecast, Manage Demand Influencing Factors)
• Apps for Demand Data Foundation (Manage Alerts, Manage Alert Profiles, Manage Configuration
Assignments, and Manage Workloads)
• Apps for configuring the replenishment calculation (Manage Cost Profiles app and Manage Exception
Profiles app)
• Apps for SAP Replenishment Planning (for example, Review Order Plan Items)

The in-app help is not available for the SAP Smart Business for Multichannel Sales Analytics apps in SAP
Customer Activity Repository.

Procedure

1. Install and Configure SAP Web Dispatcher [page 417]

Install and configure SAP Web Dispatcher as the reverse proxy in your SAP Fiori system landscape.
2. Set Up the In-App Help Plugin [page 419]
To make in-app help available in the SAP Fiori Launchpad, set up the in-app help plugin in the relevant
front-end systems.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
416 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
6.8.1 Install and Configure SAP Web Dispatcher

Install and configure SAP Web Dispatcher as the reverse proxy in your SAP Fiori system landscape.

Installation

Install the latest SAP Web Dispatcher version as the reverse proxy. For more information, see SAP Fiori
Implementation Information and search for section Installing SAP Web Dispatcher.

Configuration

 Note

Instead of configuring the SAP Web Dispatcher, you can maintain the URLs required for the context-
sensitive user assistance in transaction /UI2/FLP_CUS_CONF as described in SAP Note 3022494 . This
is possible if you are using a product with at least the front-end component SAP_UI 7.55 SP02 installed.

If this does not work, please configure the SAP Web Dispatcher as described in the following procedure.

1. Adjust the SAP Web Dispatcher profile file.

In the sapwebdisp_pf.txt file, add the following parameters:
• For the User Assistance Content Platform:
wdisp/system_<number> = SID=<SID1>, EXTSRV=https://cp.hana.ondemand.com:443,
SRCURL=/sap/dfa/help/, SRCSRV=*:*, PROXY=<your proxy>:<your proxy port>,
STANDARD_COOKIE_FILTER=OFF
• For the script server in your production system:
wdisp/system_<number> = SID=<SID2>, EXTSRV=https://
xray.hana.ondemand.com:443, SRCURL=/resources/sap/dfa/help/, SRCSRV=*:*,
PROXY=<your proxy>:<your proxy port>, STANDARD_COOKIE_FILTER=OFF

 Note

• Make sure that the numbers following wdisp/system_ are smaller than the numbers that you use
for all your application server. The rules for the context-sensitive user assistance need to come
before the rules for the application servers.
• Make sure that the SIDs are not the same as your system IDs.

2. Activate the usage of the modification handler:

icm/HTTP/mod_0 = PREFIX=/, FILE=$(DIR_PROFILE)/redirect.txt
For more information about the profile parameter, see SAP Help Portal at ABAP Platform under
Application Server ABAP - Infrastructure Components of Application Server ABAP SAP Web
Dispatcher Administration of the SAP Web Dispatcher SAP Web Dispatcher Parameter Reference
icm/HTTP/mod_<xx>: .
3. Adjust the SAP Web Dispatcher redirect file.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 417
 In the redirect.txt file, add the following parameters:

# User Assistance Content Platform - rewrite rule

if %{SID} = <SID1>
begin
SetHeader HOST cp.hana.ondemand.com:443
RegRewriteRawUrl ^/sap/dfa/help/(.*) /dps/$1
end
# Script Server - rewrite rule
if %{SID} = <SID2>
begin
SetHeader HOST xray.hana.ondemand.com:443
RegRewriteRawUrl ^/resources/sap/dfa/help/(.*) /xRayControls/
resources/sap/dfa/help/$1
end

 Note

Make sure that the SIDs in the redirect.txt file are the same as in the sapwebdisp_cf.txt file.

4. You can check if the content platform is working properly through the proxy connection by accessing:
https://<your server>:<your port>/sap/dfa/help/odata.svc/?$format=json

 Example

If the content platform is connected correctly, you can see the following output on your screen, for
example:

{"d":{"EntitySets":
["Transport","DeliverableForReplication","Tile","Project","Deliverable","Tran
sportHistory","TourIssue","ReplicationTourIssue","Hotspot","Product","Context
"]}}

5. You can check if the help script server is working properly through the
proxy connection by accessing: https://<yourserver>:<yourport>/resources/sap/dfa/
help/sap/cfg/XrayBootstrapHelpConfig.json

 Example

If the help script server is connected correctly, you can see the following output on your screen, for
example:

{
"description":"This configuration registers the Xray bootstrap plug-in",
"modulePaths":{
"sap.dfa.help":"/resources/sap/dfa/help/~201509221536~"
},
"bootstrapPlugins":{
"BootstrapXrayPlugin":{

"module":"sap.dfa.help.utils.adapters.fiori.BootstrapXrayHelpPlugin"
}
}
}

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
418 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Result

The in-app help is available in the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Parent topic: Enable In-App Help [page 416]

Next: Set Up the In-App Help Plugin [page 419]

6.8.2 Set Up the In-App Help Plugin

To make in-app help available in the SAP Fiori Launchpad, set up the in-app help plugin in the relevant front-end
systems.

Procedure

1. Log on to your front-end system.

2. Execute transaction /UI2/FLP_CUS_CONF.
3. Under FLP Configuration, click on Change → Display and then on New Entries.
4. In the field FLP Property ID, select or enter ENABLE_HELP.
5. Enter the property value true.
6. Click on Save.
7. Double-click on FLP Plugins.
8. Click on Change → Display and then on New Entries.
9. In the field FLP Plugin ID, select or enter WEB_ASSISTANT_HELP_PLUGIN, and in the field Activity State,
choose Active.
10. Highlight the entry WEB_ASSISTANT_HELP_PLUGIN and double-click on Configuration.
11. Click on New Entries.
12. Enter the following values:

FLP Property ID Property Value

BUTTON_LOCATION head

CAROUSEL_ORIENTATION vertical

DATA_URL_UACP https://help.sap.com/webassistant

EDITOR false

LA_COMMUNITY_URL https://community.sap.com/

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Set Up the Applications PUBLIC 419
 FLP Property ID Property Value

LEARNING_APP_BACKEND_URL https://education.hana.ondemand.com/education/

LEARNING_APP_WORKSPACE CARAB

NO_HELP_MODE Carousel

PRODUCT CARAB

RO_MODEL UACP

RW_MODEL WPB

SERVICE_LAYER_VERSION UACP

USE_GLOBAL_HELP true

VERSION 5.0.4

 Note

The table above describes how to set up context-sensitive user assistance to link to the latest
published user assistance of the release. We recommend that you link to the latest version as this
ensures that you receive the most up-to-date documentation.

13. Optionally, you can configure that the In-App Help opens immediately when the SAP Fiori launchpad or an
app is opened. To configure this behavior, add the following property:

FLP Property ID Property Value

PARAMETERS openImmediately=full

To open the In-App Help in minimized mode, specify the property value openImmediately=minimized.
Note that this property causes the In-App Help to open for all apps irrespective if the In-App Help content
is available or not.

14. Click on Save.

After you have made these settings, the question mark icon for the in-app help is available for the SAP Fiori
launchpad.

Parent topic: Enable In-App Help [page 416]

Previous: Install and Configure SAP Web Dispatcher [page 417]

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
420 PUBLIC Set Up the Applications
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

Hyperlinks
Some links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.
About the icons:

• Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your
agreements with SAP) to this:

• The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.

• SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any
damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

• Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering a SAP-hosted Web site. By using
such links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this
information.

Videos Hosted on External Platforms

Some videos may point to third-party video hosting platforms. SAP cannot guarantee the future availability of videos stored on these platforms. Furthermore, any
advertisements or other content hosted on these platforms (for example, suggested videos or by navigating to other videos hosted on the same site), are not within
the control or responsibility of SAP.

Beta and Other Experimental Features

Experimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by
SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use
the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.
The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your
feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.

Example Code
Any software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax
and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of
example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Bias-Free Language
SAP supports a culture of diversity and inclusion. Whenever possible, we use unbiased language in our documentation to refer to people of all cultures, ethnicities,
genders, and abilities.

Common Installation Guide for SAP Customer Activity Repository applications bundle 5.0
FPS04
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 421
www.sap.com/contactsap

© 2022 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP
affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed
without prior notice.

Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors

contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.

These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for

informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any
kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or
omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or
SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and
services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty.

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as
their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP
SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All
other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their
respective companies.

Please see https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html for

additional trademark information and notices.

THE BEST RUN